CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO /IL/
10-K405, 1997-04-30
DEPARTMENT STORES
Previous: CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO /IL/, DEF 14A, 1997-04-30
Next: U S DIAGNOSTIC INC, 10KSB/A, 1997-04-30



<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
[X]              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                  For the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997
 
                                      OR
 
[_]            TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
               For the transition period from         to
 
                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-22682
 
                               ----------------
                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
               ILLINOIS                              37-0175980
    (State or Other Jurisdiction of               (I.R.S. Employer
    Incorporation or Organization)               Identification No.)
 
 
        331 W. WISCONSIN AVENUE                         53203
         MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN                        (Zip Code)
    (Address of Principal Executive
               Offices)
 
      Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (414) 347-4141
 
                               ----------------
  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS              NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH
     Common Shares, $.01 Par Value                   REGISTERED
                                            New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
     Common Share Purchase Rights           New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
 
  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   [X] Yes   [_] No
 
  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
 
  State the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
of the registrant:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                         <C>
      As of April 10, 1997                                        $489,261,651
</TABLE>
 
             APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY
                 PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan
confirmed by a court.   [X] Yes   [_] No
 
  Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:
 
     April 10, 1997                   15,910,948 Common Shares, $.01
                                          Par Value, exclusive of
                                         21,555,068 shares held by
                                      subsidiaries of the registrant
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
  List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the
Part of the Form 10-K into which the document is incorporated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE                 PART OF FORM 10-K
          ----------------------------------                 -----------------
      <S>                                                    <C>
       Proxy Statement relating to the Company's                 Part III
          1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
PART I....................................................................   1
  Item 1. Business........................................................   1
  Item 2. Properties......................................................   8
  Item 3. Legal Proceedings...............................................   8
  Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.............   8
  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT....................................   9
PART II...................................................................  10
  Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Shareholder
   Matters................................................................  10
  Item 6. Selected Financial Data.........................................  11
  Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of
          Operations......................................................  12
  Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.....................  17
  Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial
          Disclosure......................................................  17
PART III..................................................................  17
  Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.............  17
  Item 11. Executive Compensation.........................................  17
  Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.  17
  Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................  17
PART IV...................................................................  17
  Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-
   K......................................................................  17
SIGNATURES................................................................  18
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE................................ F-1
INDEX TO EXHIBITS......................................................... E-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
 
  Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "CPS" mean Carson Pirie
Scott & Co. and references to the "Company" mean CPS and its subsidiaries.
 
  As used herein, "Fiscal 1996", "Fiscal 1995" and "Fiscal 1994" refer to the
Company's fiscal years ended February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January
28, 1995, respectively.
 
GENERAL
 
  The Company and its predecessors have been operating department stores since
1889. CPS was incorporated in the State of Illinois in 1902. As of April 1997,
the Company operates 53 family-oriented department stores in Illinois,
Wisconsin, Indiana and Minnesota, and four freestanding furniture stores in
Illinois and Wisconsin. The department stores operate under the trade names of
Carson Pirie Scott, Boston Store and Bergner's. Each of these trade names has
strong regional recognition and an operating tradition approaching or
exceeding 100 years. The Company believes that it is the largest or second
largest traditional department store retailer in terms of sales in each of the
greater Chicago, Milwaukee and central Illinois regions. In Fiscal 1996, the
Company generated net sales of $1,102.8 million and operating earnings of
$80.3 million.
 
  Department stores and freestanding furniture stores comprise the Company's
only business. The Company's merchandise offerings consist of a complete line
of apparel, cosmetics, accessories/jewelry, shoes, home textiles and
housewares, and furniture in selected locations. The mix of merchandise
emphasizes moderate through better prices and is targeted at the traditional
and current fashion customer. In relation to its department store competition,
the Company is positioned above the budget/moderate price stores and below the
more upscale department stores.
 
  The Company added four new store locations and closed one underperforming
location during Fiscal 1996 as described below. In February 1996, the Company
purchased a department store located in Aurora, Illinois which was renovated
and reopened in October 1996. In March 1996, the Company purchased the
leasehold interests for two department stores in Rockford, Illinois. These
stores were renovated and reopened in mid-1996. The Company closed an
underperforming Rockford department store in conjunction with the opening of
the new Rockford locations. In October 1996, the Company opened a 55,000
square foot freestanding furniture store in Brookfield, Wisconsin.
 
  CPS has repurchased a number of shares of its outstanding common stock, par
value $.01 per share ("Common Shares") since becoming a public company in
October 1993. Through Fiscal 1996, CPS repurchased 4,203,800 Common Shares, an
amount equal to 21% of its Common Shares outstanding as of October 1993
(exclusive of 21,555,068 shares held by subsidiaries of CPS), through various
buyback programs, including 517,000 Common Shares repurchased for $12.3
million in Fiscal 1996. In January 1997, CPS's Board of Directors authorized
the Company to purchase, in open-market or negotiated transactions, up to an
additional $20.0 million of CPS's Common Shares over the next two years.
 
  In Fiscal 1996, the Company sold 1,026,550 shares of Proffitt's, Inc.
("Proffitt's") common stock (the "Proffitt's Shares") for $31.1 million and
realized a gain of $14.9 million. In addition, the Company recorded a loss of
$10.5 million related to the write-down of its interest in 9% Junior
Subordinated Exchange Debentures Due 2004 of County Seat Holdings, Inc. (the
"County Seat Debentures").
 
STORE OPERATIONS
 
  The Company is a combination of three major regional department store chains
that operate as a single unit. The three chains include Carson Pirie Scott in
the greater Chicago area, Boston Store in Wisconsin and Bergner's
<PAGE>
 
in central Illinois. In addition, the Company operates four freestanding
furniture store locations. The following table sets forth the number of stores
in operation in each of these chains, by region, as of February 1, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 CARSON                           FURNITURE    TOTAL
      REGION                   PIRIE SCOTT BOSTON STORE BERGNER'S STORES (3) PER REGION
      ------                   ----------- ------------ --------- ---------  ----------
      <S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>
      Chicago Area (1)........      28          --          --         3         31
      Wisconsin (2)...........       1          11          --         1         13
      Central Illinois........      --          --          13        --         13
                                   ---         ---         ---       ---        ---
                                    29          11          13         4         57
                                   ===         ===         ===       ===        ===
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes three stores in northwest Indiana.
(2) Includes one Carson Pirie Scott store in Rochester, Minnesota.
(3) Three furniture stores operate under the trade name of Carson Pirie Scott
    Furniture Gallery and one furniture store operates under the trade name of
    Boston Store Furniture Gallery.
 
  Carson Pirie Scott--Chicago Area is the largest region in terms of sales and
number of stores, with 28 of the 53 department store locations and three of
the four furniture store locations. This region accounted for $658.0 million,
or 59.7%, of the Company's Fiscal 1996 net sales. The Company's operations in
the greater Chicago area include three stores in northwest Indiana. The
average size of a Carson Pirie Scott suburban department store in the Chicago
area is approximately 140,000 square feet. The Company operates three stores
in downtown Chicago: the 888,000 square foot landmark State Street store; a
50,000 square foot store; and an 11,000 square foot store. The Company
believes that it is the second largest traditional department store chain in
the Chicago area in terms of sales. In terms of store count by traditional
department store operator, the Company maintains the number one position in
greater Chicago. In February 1996, the Company purchased a department store
located in Aurora, Illinois, which was renovated and reopened in October 1996.
 
  Boston Store--Wisconsin is the second largest sales region with 13 stores,
including a Rochester, Minnesota location. This region generated Fiscal 1996
net sales of $256.3 million, or 23.2% of the Company's 1996 net sales. The
average size of a Boston Store department store is approximately 160,000
square feet. The Company believes that Boston Store is the largest traditional
department store chain in terms of sales in Milwaukee, Wisconsin's largest
metropolitan area. In October 1996, the Company opened a 55,000 square foot
freestanding furniture store in Brookfield, Wisconsin.
 
  Bergner's--Central Illinois includes 13 department stores operating in
medium-sized markets, including Rockford, Peoria, Springfield, Champaign,
Bloomington, Quincy, Galesburg and Forsyth. The region generated Fiscal 1996
net sales of $188.5 million, or 17.1% of the Company's 1996 net sales. The
average size of a Bergner's store is approximately 110,000 square feet. Trade
areas in the central Illinois region are generally characterized by a single
primary regional mall with two major department stores. The Company has stores
in substantially all of the major shopping centers in the central Illinois
area and believes that Bergner's is the largest traditional department store
chain in this region in terms of sales. In this region, Bergner's is typically
viewed as the high-end retailer in terms of merchandise quality and pricing.
In Fiscal 1996, the Company purchased the leasehold interests for two
department stores in Rockford, Illinois. These stores were renovated and
reopened in mid-1996. The Company closed one underperforming Rockford
department store in conjunction with the opening of the new Rockford
locations.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company is focused on generating profitable growth while maintaining
financial stability. The Company believes this growth will come from three
primary components. The first component, the Company's operating strategy, is
a comprehensive approach designed to improve the sales productivity and profit
performance of the Company's existing stores. The second component, the
pursuit of existing market
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
enhancement opportunities, is designed to add single store locations and
freestanding furniture store locations within or contiguous to the Company's
existing trade areas. The purpose of these single-store additions is to
provide greater convenience for the Company's customers and enhance overall
profitability by leveraging the fixed costs (distribution, advertising and
administrative costs) associated with operating in an existing trade area. The
third component is the expansion into new trade areas with a view toward
generating economies of scale. This component focuses on opportunities, as
they may arise, for the acquisition of a small to medium size department store
chain in a geographically contiguous market.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
  The Company's operating strategy is a comprehensive approach designed to
improve the sales productivity and profit performance of the Company's
existing stores by drawing upon the foundation strengths of its department
stores and layering on strategic initiatives tailored to the needs of the
Company's core customers. The foundation strengths of the Company's operation
are derived from three primary factors:
 
  STRONG FRANCHISES WITH 100-YEAR OPERATING TRADITIONS. The Company's
  tradenames have operated for periods approaching or exceeding 100 years,
  and hold a number one or number two traditional department store market
  share in each market. Each tradename has strong regional recognition which
  has resulted in customer loyalty.
 
  MARKET COVERAGE THAT PROVIDES CONVENIENCE. The Company believes that it
  operates more store locations than its traditional department store
  competitors in each of its principal markets. The Company believes that by
  operating more store locations, it offers its customers greater convenience
  which provides an opportunity to generate additional sales.
 
  TRADITIONAL DEPARTMENT STORE FORMAT. The traditional department store
  format, with a variety of merchandise offerings, provides the customer a
  one-stop shopping destination.
 
  The Company builds upon these foundation strengths through its customer-
focused strategic initiatives. These initiatives include:
 
  A MERCHANDISING STRATEGY that focuses on providing targeted merchandise
  assortments in key categories. This strategy is designed to differentiate
  the Company from its competition by offering an extensive selection in key
  fashion apparel and home merchandise categories. This strategy also focuses
  on providing a combination of price and quality that equates to value for
  the customer.
 
  Creation of a POSITIVE SHOPPING EXPERIENCE for customers by renovating
  stores, refocusing merchandise presentation and providing improved customer
  service.
 
  RELATIONSHIP MARKETING PROGRAMS that communicate the Company's image to its
  core customers and help to reinforce customer loyalty.
 
  SUPPORTIVE STRATEGIES in customer credit, technology and distribution that
  improve operating efficiency and enhance customer service.
 
MERCHANDISING STRATEGY
 
  The Company has positioned itself as a traditional department store offering
merchandise with price points and fashion characteristics generally higher
than discount department stores and lower than upscale fashion department
stores. The Company offers an extensive selection of merchandise in key
categories through prominent space allocations and inventory investment. The
key categories that the Company has selected include
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
career fashion and home furnishings. The following table sets forth the
percentage of sales for the last three fiscal years for all major merchandise
categories:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERCENT OF SALES
                                                            --------------------
                                                            FISCAL FISCAL FISCAL
                                                             1996   1995   1994
                                                            ------ ------ ------
<S>                                                         <C>    <C>    <C>
APPAREL AND OTHER SOFT GOODS
  Women's apparel..........................................  29.7%  28.7%  28.4%
  Men's apparel and accessories............................  16.4   16.2   16.2
  Cosmetics................................................  11.4   11.4   10.6
  Women's fashion accessories..............................   6.8    7.0    7.2
  Children's apparel.......................................   5.7    5.8    5.7
  Intimate apparel.........................................   3.7    3.9    4.1
  Shoes....................................................   3.7    3.8    3.9
  Fine jewelry.............................................   3.0    3.0    3.1
                                                             ----   ----   ----
    Total..................................................  80.4%  79.8%  79.2%
                                                             ----   ----   ----
HOME FURNISHINGS AND OTHER
  Textiles, tabletop and housewares........................  13.5%  15.1%  15.3%
  Furniture, floor covering and bedding....................   4.2    3.2    3.5
  Other licensed, services and discontinued................   1.9    1.9    2.0
                                                             ----   ----   ----
    Total..................................................  19.6%  20.2%  20.8%
                                                             ----   ----   ----
                                                              100%   100%   100%
                                                             ====   ====   ====
</TABLE>
 
  The Company's merchandise strategy relies upon certain core components
including a focus on branded merchandise and pricing strategies that project a
strong quality/value relationship. The Company complements its branded
merchandise with private label merchandise offerings that are exclusive to the
Company in each of its trade areas.
 
  Branded Merchandise: In Fiscal 1996, approximately 92% of the Company's net
sales were generated from branded merchandise. The Company enhanced its
branded merchandise offerings by adding Tommy Hilfiger, Polo by Ralph Lauren
and Nautica into selected stores in Fiscal 1995. These brand names were rolled
out to additional stores and women's apparel lines during Fiscal 1996. The
Company's other major brands include Liz Claiborne, Estee Lauder, Clinique,
Guess?, Lancome, Croscill, Jones New York, London Fog, Alfred Dunner, J.H.
Collectibles, Ellen Tracy, Haggar, Esprit, Levi's, Oshkosh B'Gosh, Jockey,
Leslie Fay, Krups, Farberware, Coach, Mikasa, Lenox, Waterford, Fieldcrest,
Hanes, Arrow, Pendleton, Perry Ellis, Calvin Klein and Elizabeth Arden.
 
  Pricing: The Company strives to establish a strong quality/value
relationship by pricing its merchandise so that its customers will buy when
they have a need and desire to shop, rather than feeling compelled to wait for
a sale. The focus of this strategy is to offer high profile national brands at
competitive prices and to supplement and enhance these offerings with item
promotions and private label merchandise offerings. Item promotions offer the
customer high demand, in-season items at very attractive prices for short
durations. Item promotions are used to offer value to the customer while the
Company generates incremental store traffic.
 
  Private Label Merchandise: The Company's private label merchandise offerings
are exclusive to the Company in all of its markets. The Company uses its
private label merchandise to provide a point of differentiation from its
competition and to complement the Company's branded merchandise. The Company's
private labels, such as Preswick and Moore and Great Lakes Recreation, have
demonstrated that customers will respond to private label merchandise if it is
"fashion right" and has a favorable price/quality relationship.
 
  The Company is a member of Associated Merchandising Corporation ("AMC"), a
cooperative buying service that supplies merchandise to the Company and other
major department stores throughout the United States. As a member of AMC, the
Company participates in a cost effective network of worldwide product
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
sourcing offices and benefits from the favorable pricing structure associated
with major import purchase volumes. During Fiscal 1996, approximately 8% of
the Company's total purchases were made through AMC. No other single source
supplies more than 6% of the Company's total purchases. The Company has no
long-term purchasing commitments or arrangements with any of its suppliers and
believes that it is not dependent on any one supplier.
 
  Inventory Management: The Company uses three inventory management systems to
allocate merchandise to its stores: post allocation, basic replenishment and
pre-distribution. Approximately 50% of the Company's total merchandise
receipts are processed on a post allocation system in which basic and fashion
merchandise is delivered in bulk to the Company's distribution center and is
broken into smaller lots for shipment to individual stores based on individual
store sales trends. Approximately 35% of merchandise receipts are processed on
a basic replenishment system in which purchase orders are automatically
generated for categories of basic merchandise that the vendor can consistently
ship according to the Company's needs. The remaining 15% of merchandise
receipts are processed on a pre-distribution system in which the Company's
buying staff allocates receipts by store.
 
  Licensed Departments: The Company utilizes third party operators (licensed
departments), doing business principally under the Company's trade names, to
offer merchandise and services which are highly specialized or which require
significant inventory investment. The Company's major licensed departments are
shoes, fine jewelry and beauty salons. In Fiscal 1996, licensed departments
generated sales of $90.3 million and gross margin of $14.1 million. The
licensee is responsible for substantially all of the licensed department's
selling and administrative expenses, including payroll, advertising and
supplies.
 
POSITIVE SHOPPING EXPERIENCE
 
  The Company's positive shopping experience initiative is used to highlight
its targeted merchandise assortments through the combination of store
renovations, merchandise presentation and service levels tailored to achieve
the Company's "100% Customer Satisfaction" objective. The Company believes
that its successful execution of this customer-focused objective will provide
a point of differentiation from lower end, lower service competitors while
making the Company competitive with higher-end, higher-service traditional
department stores.
 
  Store Renovations: The Company's store renovation program is the cornerstone
of the positive shopping experience strategy. Under the program, more
prominent and considerably larger amounts of space are dedicated to the
Company's targeted merchandise assortments with the goals of reducing
markdowns and increasing sales per square foot and inventory turnover. The
renovated stores are more pleasant and efficient to shop through the creation
of wider aisles, brighter lighting and focused visual presentation. The
Company initiated the store renovation program in fiscal 1992. During Fiscal
1996, the Company renovated five stores, bringing the total number of stores
renovated since 1992 to twenty-five. The Company plans to renovate an
additional five to six stores per year over the next two fiscal years which,
by the end of fiscal 1998, would bring the total renovated or new square
footage since fiscal 1991 to 80% of the Company's total square footage.
 
  Substantially all of the Company's renovated stores have generated sales
gains in the first year after renovation and continue to generate year-over-
year sales gains in subsequent years. The stores renovated between fiscal 1992
and Fiscal 1995 had total sales productivity of $139 per square foot in fiscal
1991. For Fiscal 1996, the total sales productivity in these stores increased
to $169 per square foot.
 
  Merchandise Presentation: The Company highlights its key categories through
enhanced visual presentation, tailored fixturing and the use of vendor shops.
In Fiscal 1995, the Company strengthened its targeted merchandise assortments
in select locations with the introduction of vendor shops to house three key
men's vendors (Polo by Ralph Lauren, Tommy Hilfiger and Nautica) and two key
home vendors (Liz Claiborne Home and Ralph Lauren Home Collection). Due to the
success of these shops, the Company introduced these vendors to additional
stores in Fiscal 1996 and will continue the rollout of these vendors to
additional stores in fiscal 1997.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  100% Customer Satisfaction: The Company is committed to achieving its "100%
Customer Satisfaction" objective by improving those facets of its business that
materially impact its customers. As part of its commitment to achieving the
objective in fiscal 1997, the Company will focus on the following goals:
 
    (1) Improving its satisfaction of customers merchandise expectations by
        improving its in-stock position on all advertised and basic
        merchandise.
 
    (2) Increasing and improving customer interactions by minimizing the
        non-selling tasks that selling associates perform.
 
    (3) Improving the quality of selling associates' skills through
        increased training in the areas of selling and product knowledge
        and through enhanced hiring practices.
 
    (4) Improving store environments so they are more pleasant and easier
        to shop.
 
    (5) Enhancing credibility with our customers through more effective
        advertising and by pricing merchandise at a good value for the
        customer.
 
  The Company measures customer satisfaction through a customer feedback
program. The customer feedback program is a direct mail program in which
customers with recent purchases receive a postcard requesting feedback on their
shopping experience. The information collected through the feedback program is
used to measure and improve the Company's operations and store service levels.
 
RELATIONSHIP MARKETING PROGRAMS
 
  The Company communicates, reinforces and blends together the merchandising
and positive shopping experience strategies for its customers through
relationship marketing programs. The programs utilize targeted marketing and
promotional events in key categories that highlight the Company's targeted
merchandise assortments and store renovations.
 
  Target Marketing: The Company tailors direct mail advertising to its
customers to improve customer responses to promotions and to reduce advertising
costs.
 
  Promotional Events: The Company utilizes promotional events to generate
additional sales volume and profits. However, the Company's marketing efforts
have evolved to include not only traditional storewide sales but also category
events that emphasize the Company's targeted merchandise assortments and offer
more benefits to the customer than just sale prices. For example, the Company
promotes its Petites Week event that includes compelling values for the
customer in terms of price, quality and selection of merchandise, as well as
vendor representatives on hand at select locations to discuss the latest trends
in fashion.
 
SUPPORTIVE STRATEGIES
 
  Customer Credit: Approximately 46% of the Company's Fiscal 1996 sales were
transacted on the proprietary credit-card program owned and operated by
National Bank of the Great Lakes ("NBGL"), the Company's wholly owned
subsidiary. NBGL, directly or by contract with CPS or one of its affiliates,
operates all phases of its credit card operations, including marketing,
servicing and collection. NBGL has approximately 2.8 million credit card
accounts, of which approximately 0.9 million are active. The Company reinforces
the relationship with NBGL's credit card customers by offering them private
shopping nights, direct mail catalogues and advance notice of sale events.
 
  NBGL's credit card program is subject to government regulations, including
consumer protection laws, that impose restrictions on the making and collection
of consumer loans and on other aspects of credit card operations. There can be
no assurance that the existing laws and regulations will not be amended, or
that new laws or regulations will not be adopted, in a manner that could
adversely affect NBGL's credit card operations.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  Investments in Technology: The Company believes that technological
investments are necessary to support its business strategies. One of the major
areas of technological investment has been Electronic Data Interchange
("EDI"). EDI allows the Company to speed the flow of information and
merchandise in order to capitalize on emerging sales trends, maximize
inventory turnover and minimize out-of-stock conditions. The Company's use of
EDI technology includes an advance shipping notice system ("ASN"). The ASN
system identifies discrepancies between merchandise that is ready to be
shipped from a vendor's warehouse and that which was ordered from the vendor.
This early identification provides the Company with a window of time to
resolve any discrepancies in order to speed merchandise through the
distribution center and into its stores.
 
  The Company anticipates that it will incur approximately $4.2 million in
aggregate costs in fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 on year 2000 information system
compliance. The Company is updating all of its systems to ensure that they
will continue to function beyond the turn of the century under this program.
 
  Distribution: The Company operates a modern, highly automated distribution
center in Rockford, Illinois that processes soft goods (non-furniture
products) for all of its department stores. This distribution center is linked
electronically to the Company's buying staff through a computerized purchase
order management system, facilitating rapid reorder and replenishment of
merchandise. All shipments received at the distribution center are processed
within time standards designed to assure shipment to stores within 48 to 72
hours of receipt, thus reducing in-store inventory requirements while enabling
stores to respond quickly to customer demand.
 
  The Company's objective for soft goods distribution is to speed the flow of
merchandise from the vendor's dock to the Company's stores and to do so at the
least possible cost. The Company meets this objective through the use of full
bar code scanning, the receipt of floor ready merchandise and negotiated
vendor purchase allowances or reimbursement of processing costs for returned
merchandise. The Company has an agreement under which an independent third
party is providing furniture warehousing and delivery services for the Company
at a facility located in Naperville, Illinois.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The retailing industry, in general, and the department store business, in
particular, are highly competitive. Generally, the Company's department stores
compete not only with other department stores in the geographic areas in which
they operate, but also with numerous other types of retail operations,
including specialty stores, general merchandise stores, mail order companies
and off-price and discount stores. The Company believes that its retail stores
compete on the basis of price, inventory levels, responsiveness to consumer
demands and trends, marketing, customer service and displays. Some of the
retailers with which the Company competes are larger than the Company, have
greater financial resources than the Company and may have various other
competitive advantages.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of April 1997, the Company employed approximately 12,000 full time and
part time employees on a regular basis. During peak periods such as the
Christmas season, the Company employs up to 2,500 additional persons. Less
than 1% of the Company's employees are represented by unions. In general, the
Company considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.
 
SEASONALITY
 
  The Company's business is seasonal in nature with a high proportion of sales
and net income generated in November and December. Over the last several
years, the Company's customers have demonstrated an inclination to buy closer
to the time of need. In response, the Company has been adjusting the flow of
merchandise to better anticipate customer buying patterns. Working capital
requirements fluctuate during the year, increasing somewhat in mid-summer in
anticipation of the fall merchandising season and increasing substantially
prior to the Christmas season when the Company must carry significantly higher
inventory levels.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
TRADEMARKS
 
  The Company owns the federally registered trademark Carson Pirie Scott and
has registered the name Bergner's in the State of Illinois. In addition, the
Company uses various other trademarks in connection with its private label
merchandise program. Management believes that its trademarks and trade names
are important but, with the exception of Carson Pirie Scott, Boston Store and
Bergner's, the loss of any of its trademarks or trade names would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
 
  The Company's stores range in size from 11,000 square feet to 888,000 square
feet. For summary information on the average size of the Company's stores by
region, see "Item 1. Business--Store Operations" of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
 
  The following table sets forth certain information about the Company's
stores, including the number of stores owned and the number leased, as of
April 10, 1997. Leased stores are classified according to the expiration date
of their current leases, assuming that the leases are renewed for one renewal
period after the expiration of their current term. A typical lease has an
initial term of between 15 and 30 years, with one to 10 renewal periods of
five to 10 years each, exercisable at the Company's option. Six of the owned
stores are encumbered by mortgages.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       LEASED
                                                ---------------------
                                                  0-5     5-10   10+    TOTAL
      REGION                          OWNED (1) YEARS (2) YEARS YEARS PER REGION
      ------                          --------- --------- ----- ----- ----------
      <S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>   <C>   <C>
      Chicago Area (3)...............      8         3       2    18      31
      Wisconsin (4)..................      9        --       1     3      13
      Central Illinois...............      5        --       3     5      13
                                         ---       ---     ---   ---     ---
          Totals.....................     22         3       6    26      57
                                         ===       ===     ===   ===     ===
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes seven stores subject to ground leases.
(2) Includes the Hillside location scheduled to close in May 1997.
(3) Includes three stores in northwest Indiana.
(4) Includes one store in Rochester, Minnesota.
 
  Substantially all of the Company's leases provide for a minimum annual rent
that is fixed or adjusts to specified levels during the lease term, including
renewals. Many leases provide for additional rent based on a percentage of
sales to be paid when designated sales levels are achieved. At April 10, 1997,
the average minimum annual rent of the 29 stores that operated under operating
leases was $2.75 per square foot, and the average minimum annual rent of the
seven stores with ground leases was $0.32 per square foot.
 
  Since many of the Company's stores are located in regional shopping centers,
the Company is also a party to other agreements which are inextricably tied to
the Company's leases or the ownership of its property. Anchor tenants, such as
the Company, generally enter into reciprocal easement agreements with shopping
center developers. These agreements establish, among other things, reciprocal
easements and operating covenants to which the anchor tenants are bound. In
addition, individual anchor tenants often enter into separate agreements with
the developers relating to, among other things, allocation of common area
charges and other center operating expenses.
 
  The Company's corporate headquarters is located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin on
the same site as an owned Boston Store. In addition, the Company owns its
distribution center in Rockford, Illinois.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
  None.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
 
  None.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                     EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
persons who are executive officers of CPS. Each officer serves for a one year
term and until a successor is elected and qualified.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  NAME              AGE              POSITIONS HELD
                  ----              ---              --------------
      <S>                           <C> <C>
      Stanton J. Bluestone.........  62 Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                        Executive Officer and Director
      Michael R. MacDonald.........  45 President and Chief Operating Officer
                                        and Director
      Catherine A. Shaw............  49 Executive Vice President--Stores, Visual
                                        Merchandising and Store Planning
      Edward P. Carroll, Jr........  50 Executive Vice President--Sales
                                        Promotion and Marketing
      Darren R. Jackson............  32 Senior Vice President and Chief
                                        Financial Officer
</TABLE>
 
  The following is a description of the business experience of each of CPS's
executive officers.
 
  Stanton J. Bluestone, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and
Director. Mr. Bluestone has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer since March 1996 and has been a Director of CPS since January 1985. He
served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of CPS from August 1993 to
March 1996. He was President and Acting Chief Executive Officer of CPS from
May 1991 to August 1993 and was President of CPS from January 1985 to May
1991.
 
  Michael R. MacDonald, President and Chief Operating Officer and Director.
Mr. MacDonald has been President and Chief Operating Officer since March 1996
and a Director of CPS since August 1991. He served as Executive Vice President
and Chief Administrative Officer of CPS from August 1993 to March 1996 and
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CPS from September
1990 to August 1993. Prior to joining CPS, he served as Senior Vice
President--Chief Financial Officer of Marshall Field & Co., a department store
chain, from April 1985 to September 1990.
 
  Catherine A. Shaw, Executive Vice President--Stores, Visual Merchandising
and Store Planning. Ms. Shaw has been Executive Vice President--Stores, Visual
Merchandising and Store Planning of CPS since June 1989. She served as Senior
Vice President--Director of Stores of CPS for the Central Illinois Region and
then the Wisconsin Region from 1984 to 1989.
 
  Edward P. Carroll, Jr., Executive Vice President--Sales Promotion and
Marketing. Mr. Carroll has been Executive Vice President--Sales Promotion and
Marketing of CPS since March 1993 and was Senior Vice President--Sales
Promotion and Marketing of CPS since joining CPS in 1985.
 
  Darren R. Jackson, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr.
Jackson has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
February 1997. He served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CPS
from August 1995 to February 1997. He served as Vice President and Treasurer
of CPS from June 1992 to August 1995. He served as Director of Treasury
Services of CPS from September 1990 to June 1992.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.
 
  The Common Shares have been traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the
"NYSE") since December 6, 1994 and are currently listed and principally traded
on the NYSE under the trading symbol "CRP".
 
  The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of the Common
Shares by fiscal quarter from January 30, 1995, reported as NYSE Composite
Transactions as published in financial sources.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      FISCAL 1996                                                 HIGH     LOW
      -----------                                                ------- -------
      <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
      First Quarter............................................. $26.500 $16.500
      Second Quarter............................................  28.875  21.875
      Third Quarter.............................................  27.375  22.375
      Fourth Quarter............................................  28.625  23.250
<CAPTION>
      FISCAL 1995                                                 HIGH     LOW
      -----------                                                ------- -------
      <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
      First Quarter............................................. $18.125 $15.000
      Second Quarter............................................  17.125  15.250
      Third Quarter.............................................  20.750  16.500
      Fourth Quarter............................................  20.750  15.375
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Common Shares and
expects to continue this policy for the foreseeable future.
 
  As of April 10, 1997, the Company had 81 holders of record and approximately
3,600 beneficial owners.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
 
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND SQUARE FOOT DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE
                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED               MONTHS     NINE MONTHS FISCAL YEAR
                         -------------------------------------     ENDED        ENDED       ENDED
                         FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,  JANUARY 28,  JANUARY 29,  OCTOBER 30, JANUARY 30,
                             1997         1996         1995        1994        1993(A)     1993(A)
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net sales............... $1,102,826   $1,083,812   $1,161,612   $  387,679    $760,760   $1,155,198
Cost of sales...........   (700,080)    (700,435)    (745,360)    (245,446)   (488,101)    (733,166)
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............   (307,133)    (295,724)    (323,718)     (90,250)   (238,586)    (340,723)
Depreciation and
 amortization...........    (15,521)     (11,392)      (7,264)      (1,123)    (24,801)     (31,849)
Minnesota disposition
 gain (costs)...........        --        55,179       (2,129)         --          --           --
Settlement of
 reorganization
 payables...............      1,280          725       18,300          --          --           --
Other...................     (1,092)         212          (64)      (1,033)     (2,188)      (1,865)
                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    --------   ----------
Income from operations..     80,280      132,377      101,377       49,827       7,084       47,595
Interest expense, net...    (15,910)     (17,974)     (17,624)      (4,545)     (9,552)     (12,053)
Acquisition costs.......        --        (6,835)         --           --          --           --
Reorganization items....        --           --           --           --     (219,857)     (52,266)
Gain on sale of
 marketable securities,
 net....................      4,367          --           --           --          --           --
Other...................     (2,827)         --           --           --          --           --
Income tax provision....    (26,100)     (43,027)     (33,501)     (18,110)        --           --
Loss from discontinued
 operations.............        --           --           --           --          --        (6,885)
Extraordinary gain on
 extinguishment of
 debt...................        --           --           --           --      212,139          --
Cumulative effect of a
 change in
 accounting principle...        --           --           --           --      (13,994)         --
                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    --------   ----------
Net income (loss)....... $   39,810   $   64,541   $   50,252   $   27,172    $(24,180)  $  (23,609)
                         ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========    ========   ==========
Net income per share
 (b).................... $     2.39   $     3.75   $     2.48   $     1.35
                         ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END
 OF PERIOD):
Working capital (c)..... $  319,188   $  320,007   $  351,931   $  318,041    $251,422   $  345,530
Total assets............    724,047      692,102      723,338      712,295     806,267      965,168
Long-term debt,
 including current
 maturities.............    162,489      195,786      240,222      258,367     264,953      210,212
Net debt (d)............    141,871      151,402      209,978      174,691     145,697       56,539
Shareholders' equity....    358,817      319,816      286,078      232,524     205,000       24,180
Shares outstanding (b).. 16,686,941   17,217,707   20,304,165   20,230,577
OPERATING DATA:
Comparable store sales
 growth (e).............        2.2%         2.7%         3.7%         6.3%        1.2%         0.9%
Net sales per total
 square foot (f)........ $      137   $      134   $      132   $       43    $     83   $      121
EBITDA (g).............. $   95,613   $   87,653   $   92,534   $   51,983    $ 34,073   $   81,309
EBITDA as a percentage
 of net sales (h).......        8.7%         8.1%         8.0%        13.4%        4.5%         7.0%
Net debt/capital (d)....       28.3%        32.1%        42.3%        42.9%       41.5%        70.0%
Operating earnings per
 share (b) (i).......... $     2.33   $     2.04   $     2.00   $     1.35         --           --
Capital expenditures.... $   52,887   $   38,614   $   54,732   $    9,360    $ 35,559   $   18,633
Number of stores open
 (end of period)........         57           54           61           59          63           62
</TABLE>
- --------
  This table should be read in conjunction with Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
(a) CPS, its then parent corporation, P.A. Bergner & Co. Holding Company (the
    "Company's Predecessor") and most of its subsidiaries filed voluntary
    petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
    Bankruptcy Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern
    District of Wisconsin (the "Bankruptcy Court") on August 23, 1991. On
    October 12, 1993 CPS, its affiliated debtors, and several of its creditors
    filed with the Bankruptcy Court a Fourth Amended Joint Plan of
    Reorganization that was consummated on October 29, 1993.
(b) Shares outstanding and net loss per share are not presented for periods
    prior to October 30, 1993 because the Company's Predecessor's common stock
    was not publicly held. Shares outstanding represent weighted average
    common shares and common share equivalents used in calculating fully
    diluted net income per share.
(c) Working capital excludes cash and cash equivalents and the current
    maturities of long-term debt.
(d) Net debt is outstanding debt, including current maturities of long-term
    debt, net of cash and cash equivalents.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
(e) Comparable store sales growth is normally calculated using sales of stores
    and merchandise departments that have been open for the full fiscal period
    being calculated and the full prior fiscal period. However, for Fiscal
    1995, even though eight of the nine Minnesota Stores (the "Minnesota
    Closed Stores") were not open for all of Fiscal 1995, comparable sales
    include the Minnesota Closed Stores' clearance sales because these
    clearance sales would normally have occurred across all stores.
(f) Net sales per total square foot is calculated using net sales divided by
    total square footage of the stores. Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal 1995 sales per
    square foot excludes the net sales and square footage of the eight
    Minnesota Closed Stores sold in March 1995.
(g) EBITDA is defined as operating earnings before interest, taxes,
    depreciation, amortization and other non-cash and nonrecurring items. The
    Company has included EBITDA with its financial results and believes it is
    a useful measure of its performance because EBITDA is used in covenant
    calculations under current debt agreements and is used as a key
    performance measurement for the Company's top management. However, EBITDA
    is not a defined term under generally accepted accounting principles
    ("GAAP") and is not indicative of operating or cash flow from operations
    as determined under GAAP.
(h) EBITDA as a percentage of sales is calculated using EBITDA divided by net
    sales. The Fiscal 1995 EBITDA rate is 8.3% if the $25.0 million in sales
    from the Minnesota Closed Stores sold in March 1995 are excluded from the
    calculation because these sales did not contribute to EBITDA.
(i) Operating earnings per share excludes from net income the impact of
    nonrecurring items. Nonrecurring items include Minnesota disposition gain
    (costs), Settlement of reorganization payables, $1,280 of Other operating
    expense in 1996 relating to year 2000 expense and store closing costs,
    Acquisition costs, Gain on sale of marketable securities, net and Other
    non-operating costs.
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
 
  The following is a discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended February 1,
1997 ("Fiscal 1996"), February 3, 1996 ("Fiscal 1995"), and January 28, 1995
("Fiscal 1994"). The financial information, discussion and analysis which
follow are based upon and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
GENERAL
 
  CPS is a traditional department store retailer with sales in Fiscal 1996 of
$1,102.8 million. As of February 1, 1997, the Company operated 53 traditional
department stores and four freestanding furniture stores. The Company operates
its department stores under the trade names of Carson Pirie Scott, Boston
Store and Bergner's. Each of these trade names has strong regional recognition
and an operating tradition approaching or exceeding 100 years.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
COMPARISON OF FISCAL 1996 AND FISCAL 1995
 
  Net sales. Net sales increased to $1,102.8 million in Fiscal 1996 from
$1,083.8 million in Fiscal 1995, an increase of $19.0 million or 1.8%. The
increase was due to a 2.2% comparable store sales increase and the sales from
four new stores opened in 1996. These increases were offset by the Company's
sale of eight of its nine Minnesota Stores (the "Minnesota Closed Stores") in
March 1995. The Minnesota Closed Stores contributed $25.0 million in clearance
sales during 1995 that were absent in 1996. In addition, Fiscal 1995 contained
53 weeks, while Fiscal 1996 contained 52 weeks. The extra week resulted in
$14.0 million of additional sales in Fiscal 1995.
 
  Gross margin. Gross margin increased to $402.7 million in Fiscal 1996 from
$383.4 million in Fiscal 1995, an increase of $19.3 million or 5.1%. Gross
margin as a percentage of net sales was 36.5% in Fiscal 1996 and 35.4% in
Fiscal 1995. Excluding the impact of the Minnesota Closed Stores clearance
sales, which did not contribute to gross margin in the prior year, the Fiscal
1995 rate was 36.2%. The increase in gross margin rate was primarily
attributable to an increased initial mark-up rate on goods sold without an
offsetting increase in the markdown rate.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased to $307.1 million in Fiscal 1996 from $295.7
million in Fiscal 1995, an increase of $11.4 million or 3.9%. The increase is
primarily attributable to the Company's four new store openings and increased
benefits costs. Selling,
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 27.8%
and 27.3%, for Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995, respectively. After excluding the
impact of clearance sales associated with the Minnesota Closed Stores, the
Fiscal 1995 rate was 27.9%. The decrease in rate from 27.9% to 27.8% was
primarily attributable to reduced bad debt expense and expense controls
throughout the Company that offset the impact of store opening costs and
increased benefit charges.
 
  Depreciation and amortization expense. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased to $15.5 million in Fiscal 1996 from $11.4 million in Fiscal 1995,
an increase of $4.1 million. Depreciation expense increased during Fiscal 1996
as the Company's capital expenditure program increased the carrying value of
property, fixtures and equipment. The Company anticipates that the level of
depreciation expense will continue to rise as the Company continues its
capital expenditures for new store acquisitions and store renovations.
 
  Minnesota disposition gain (costs). In March 1995, the Company sold the
Minnesota Closed Stores for net proceeds of $70.8 million. The sale, which
consisted of the stock of a subsidiary, involved store buildings and real
estate, all of which, except for one ground lease, were owned and
unencumbered. The assets sold had a carrying value of $9.5 million. In
addition, the Company liquidated all inventory, fixtures and accounts
receivable related to the Minnesota Closed Stores for net proceeds of
approximately $30.0 million. The Company recorded a gain on the sale of the
Minnesota Closed Stores of $55.2 million ($33.1 million after tax), in Fiscal
1995, after closing costs.
 
  Settlement of reorganization payables. During Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995
the Company reduced its reorganization payables reserve for bankruptcy claims
by $1.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, to reflect the favorable
resolution of claims.
 
  Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net decreased to $15.9 million in
Fiscal 1996 from $18.0 million in Fiscal 1995, a decrease of $2.1 million or
11.5%. The decrease occurred because, during the third and fourth quarters of
Fiscal 1995, the Company redeemed its 13% ten-year subordinated notes. The
notes were issued in March 1995 in the total principal amount of $57.0
million. The savings due to the redemption of the subordinated notes was
partially offset by lower interest income in Fiscal 1996 from the Company's
interest in 9% Junior Subordinated Exchange Debentures Due 2004 of County Seat
Holdings, Inc. (the "County Seat Debentures"), and the additional interest
expense related to the capital expenditure and working capital requirements
for the Company's four new stores.
 
  Acquisition costs. Acquisition costs of $6.8 million recorded in Fiscal 1995
represents the costs related to the Company's abandoned attempt to acquire
Younkers, Inc. ("Younkers").
 
  Gain on sale of marketable securities, net. During Fiscal 1996, the Company
sold 1,026,550 shares of Proffitt's, Inc. ("Proffitt's") common stock (the
"Proffitt's Shares") for $31.1 million and realized a gain of $14.9 million.
The Company recorded a loss of $10.5 million in Fiscal 1996 related to the
write-down of the County Seat Debentures. The Company received the County Seat
Debentures in 1993 when County Seat Holdings, Inc. exercised its option to
exchange the County Seat Debentures for other securities that had been issued
to the Company as part of the sale price for the Company's 1989 divestiture of
County Seat Stores, Inc. to a management-led buyout group.
 
  Other expense. The Company made a $2.5 million cash contribution to the
Carson Pirie Scott Foundation in Fiscal 1996.
 
  Income tax expense. Income tax expense decreased to $26.1 million for Fiscal
1996 from $43.0 million in Fiscal 1995, a decrease of $16.9 million. The
effective income tax rates for Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995 were 39.6% and
40.0%, respectively. These rates differ from the federal statutory rate of
35.0% due primarily to state and local income taxes.
 
COMPARISON OF FISCAL 1995 AND FISCAL 1994
 
  Net sales. Net sales decreased to $1,083.8 million in Fiscal 1995 from
$1,161.6 million in Fiscal 1994, a decrease of $77.8 million or 6.7%. The
decrease was due to the sale of the Minnesota Closed Stores in March 1995. On
a comparable store basis, including clearance sales in the Minnesota Closed
Stores which normally
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
would have occurred across all stores, comparable sales increased by 2.7%.
Comparable store sales increased 5.7% at stores renovated in fiscal 1992 to
Fiscal 1994, offset by a 3.7% sales decline caused by renovation activities at
the stores under renovation in Fiscal 1995.
 
  Gross margin. Gross margin decreased to $383.4 million in Fiscal 1995 from
$416.3 million in Fiscal 1994, a decrease of $32.9 million or 7.9%. Gross
margin as a percentage of net sales was 35.4% in Fiscal 1995 and 35.8% in
Fiscal 1994. The gross margin rate for both fiscal years was impacted by
clearance sales at the Minnesota Closed Stores. Normalizing the results by
excluding the clearance sales of the Minnesota Closed Stores produces a gross
margin rate of 36.2% in Fiscal 1995 and in Fiscal 1994.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased to $295.7 million in Fiscal 1995 from $323.7
million in Fiscal 1994, a decrease of $28.0 million or 8.6%. The decrease is
primarily attributable to a reduction in operational expenses for the
Minnesota Closed Stores. Selling, general and administrative expenses for
Fiscal 1995 as a percentage of net sales were 27.3%. Similar to gross margin
rate, both fiscal years' selling, general and administrative rates were
impacted by clearance sales at the Minnesota Closed Stores. Normalizing the
results by excluding the clearance sales of the Minnesota Closed Stores
produces a rate of 27.9% and 28.2% in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994,
respectively. Higher bad debt expenses were offset by productivity gains in
sales support areas, benefit reductions and higher finance charge income on
the Company's proprietary credit card accounts.
 
  Depreciation and amortization expense. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased to $11.4 million in Fiscal 1995 from $7.3 million in Fiscal 1994, an
increase of $4.1 million. Depreciation expense increased during Fiscal 1995 as
the Company's capital expenditure program increased the carrying value of
property, fixtures and equipment. The Company anticipates that the level of
depreciation expense will continue to rise because the Company plans to
continue its capital expenditures for new store acquisitions and store
renovations.
 
  Minnesota disposition gain (costs). In March 1995, the Company sold the
Minnesota Closed Stores for net proceeds of $70.8 million. The sale, which
consisted of the stock of a subsidiary, involved store buildings and real
estate, all of which, except for one ground lease, were owned and
unencumbered. The assets sold had a carrying value of $9.5 million. The
Company liquidated all inventory, fixtures and accounts receivable related to
the Minnesota Closed Stores, from which the Company realized additional net
proceeds of approximately $30.0 million. The Company recorded a gain on the
sale of its Minnesota Closed Stores of $55.2 million ($33.1 million after tax)
in Fiscal 1995, after closing costs. Minnesota disposition costs in Fiscal
1994 primarily included severance, which had been accrued under the Company's
existing severance plans, and other related costs.
 
  Settlement of reorganization payables. During Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994,
the Company reduced its reorganization payables reserve for bankruptcy claims
by $0.7 million and $18.3 million, respectively, to reflect the favorable
resolution of claims.
 
  Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net increased to $18.0 million in
Fiscal 1995 from $17.6 million in Fiscal 1994, an increase of $0.4 million or
2.3%. In March 1995, CPS acquired 3.0 million Common Shares pursuant to an
exchange offer in which each tendered Common Share was exchanged for $19
principal amount of a 13% subordinated note (the "Notes") issued by CPS. In
October 1995, CPS redeemed, at par plus accrued interest, the principal amount
of $17 million of the Notes and in January 1996, CPS redeemed, at par plus
accrued interest, the remaining $40 million of the Notes. The interest cost
associated with the Notes was partially offset by higher earnings on
investments.
 
  Acquisition costs. Acquisition costs of $6.8 million recorded in Fiscal 1995
represent the costs related to the Company's abandoned attempt to acquire
Younkers.
 
  Income tax expense. Income tax expense increased to $43.0 million for Fiscal
1995 from $33.5 million in Fiscal 1994, an increase of $9.5 million. The
effective income tax rate for Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994 was 40%. This rate
differs from the federal statutory rate of 35% due primarily to state and
local income taxes.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  The Company's cash position on February 1, 1997 totaled $20.6 million and
outstanding debt totaled $162.5 million, resulting in a net debt position
("Net Debt") of $141.9 million. Net Debt is outstanding debt less cash
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
and cash equivalents. The Company believes Net Debt is a meaningful measure of
its liquidity position given the Company's ability to apply cash to its
outstanding debt. As of February 1, 1997, Net Debt declined $9.5 million to
$141.9 million from $151.4 million at February 3, 1996. The decline in Net Debt
is attributable to the cash provided by operating activities plus the proceeds
from the sale of the Proffitt's Shares, offset primarily by expenditures under
the Company's capital expenditure program, increased working capital
requirements and CPS's repurchase of Common Shares.
 
  NBGL extends credit to the Company's customers through the NBGL credit card
program. NBGL's net accounts receivable balance increased $35.2 million to
$267.4 million at February 1, 1997 from $232.2 million at February 3, 1996.
This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in net sales and a
reduction in the required minimum payment from 10% to 5% of the customer's
credit card balance, partially offset by a decline in the percentage of net
sales transacted on the NBGL credit card. Net sales transacted on the NBGL
credit card declined from 48.3% of net sales in Fiscal 1995 to 46.0% of net
sales in Fiscal 1996. NBGL reduced its net write-offs by $1.2 million
(excluding the Minnesota Closed Stores net write-offs) in Fiscal 1996 despite
the increase in net accounts receivable and a 19.7% increase in write offs as a
result of customer bankruptcy filings.
 
  The NBGL credit card program is subject to economic and competitive factors,
many of which are beyond the Company's control, which may materially effect the
future profitability of the NBGL credit card program. Among the competitive
factors that may affect the percentage of net sales transacted on the NBGL
credit card is increasing competition from third party cards. Another factor is
the level of personal bankruptcies, which may continue to rise. These factors
and others could materially impact the profitability of the NBGL credit
operation.
 
  A subsidiary of CPS has the right to borrow, subject to certain limitations,
including compliance with a number of restrictive covenants, up to $216.0
million under the Company's receivables facility (the "Receivables Facility").
As of February 1, 1997, the subsidiary's borrowings under the Receivables
Facility totaled $113.5 million. The Receivables Facility expires in July 1998.
The Company also has the right to borrow, subject to limitations, up to $150
million under the financing arrangements in connection with the Company's
working capital facility (the "Working Capital Facility"). The Company did not
borrow under the Working Capital Facility during Fiscal 1996. As of February 1,
1997, the Company had $17 million of outstanding letters of credit which reduce
the borrowings available under the Working Capital Facility. The Working
Capital Facility expires in May 1999. The Company has interest rate cap
agreements which limit the Company's exposure to fluctuations in interest
rates. For more detailed information concerning the Receivables Facility and
the Working Capital Facility, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
  The Company's capital expenditures were $52.9 million during Fiscal 1996,
$38.6 million during Fiscal 1995 and $54.7 million during Fiscal 1994. The
following table lists the components of capital expenditures:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FISCAL FISCAL FISCAL
                                                             1996   1995   1994
                                                            ------ ------ ------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN
                                                                 MILLIONS)
      <S>                                                   <C>    <C>    <C>
      Store programs....................................... $47.1  $32.6  $46.2
      Technology programs..................................   2.6    2.3    5.2
      Other programs.......................................   3.2    3.7    3.3
                                                            -----  -----  -----
          Total............................................ $52.9  $38.6  $54.7
                                                            =====  =====  =====
</TABLE>
 
  . Store programs include expenditures primarily for new stores, renovating
    stores and enhancing merchandise presentation.
 
  . Technology programs include expenditures for computer-based systems
    designed to support sales growth and the accuracy and accessibility of
    merchandising information.
 
  . Other programs include expenditures related primarily to the Company's
    distribution facility and sales support functions.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
  In Fiscal 1996, the Company completed the renovation of five department
stores, opened three new department stores and one freestanding furniture
store and closed one underperforming department store. Since fiscal 1992, the
Company has renovated twenty-five stores, opened four department stores and
opened four freestanding furniture stores.
 
  In fiscal 1997, the Company has planned capital expenditures of
approximately $60 million which will be allocated as follows: store programs--
$46 million which includes the completion of five store renovations, and the
purchase of one store in February 1997 that was previously leased by the
Company; technology programs--$4 million; and other programs--$10 million.
 
  The availability of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax benefits
will enable the Company to reduce its cash requirements for income tax
payments in the next several fiscal years from that which would otherwise be
payable.
 
  The Company believes it will have sufficient funds available from cash on
hand, cash from operations, the Receivables Facility and the Working Capital
Facility to satisfy the Company's needs for working capital, planned capital
expenditures, debt service and operations during the next several fiscal
years. However, the Company can give no assurance that the Company's future
operating performance, net sales and cash flows, all of which are subject to
financial, general and regional economic, competitive and other factors
affecting the Company, many of which are beyond its control, will be adequate
to generate sufficient funds to meet the Company's needs during the next
several fiscal years.
 
  In Fiscal 1995, the Company acquired 1,026,550 Proffitt's Shares upon the
conversion of 1,047,500 shares of Younkers common stock (the "Younkers's
Shares") pursuant to the February 3, 1996 merger of Younkers with Proffitt's.
The Company had acquired the Younkers's Shares in October 1994 as part of the
Company's attempt to acquire Younkers. The Company abandoned its attempt to
acquire Younkers in January 1996. These shares were subsequently sold in
Fiscal 1996 for $31.1 million, resulting in a gain of $14.9 million.
 
  On January 29, 1997, CPS's Board of Directors authorized the Company to
purchase, in open-market or negotiated transactions, up to $20 million of
CPS's Common Shares over the next two years. This buyback program supersedes
the 1996 share buyback program under which the Company purchased and retired
517,000 Common Shares for $12.3 million during Fiscal 1996.
 
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
 
  Effective for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997, the Company adopted
the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"),
which requires accounting for employee stock compensation plans using either
the fair value or the intrinsic value based method. The Company intends to
continue to use the intrinsic value based method of accounting for stock
options and to provide the additional disclosures required by SFAS No. 123.
 
  During 1996, the Company changed its method of calculating last-in, first-
out ("LIFO") inventories. Prior to 1996, the Company used the Bureau of Labor
Statistics ("BLS") price indices to measure inflation in retail prices. In
1996, the Company used internally developed price indices to more accurately
measure inflation or deflation in retail prices. The effect of using internal
indices instead of BLS price indices at the end of Fiscal 1996 was to increase
net income by approximately $1.2 million, or $0.07 per share. The Company is
not able to determine the cumulative effect of this change or its impact on
any individual year prior to Fiscal 1996.
 
SEASONALITY AND INFLATION
 
  The Company's business is seasonal in nature with a high proportion of sales
and net income generated in November and December. Over the last several
years, the Company's customers have demonstrated an inclination to buy closer
to the time of need. In response, the Company has been adjusting the flow of
merchandise to better anticipate customer buying patterns.
 
  Working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, increasing somewhat
in mid-summer in anticipation of the fall merchandising season and increasing
substantially prior to the Christmas season when the Company must carry
significantly higher inventory levels. Inflationary pressures on the cost of
merchandise inventory and operating expenses have been low, and historically,
have been offset by a combination of increased comparable store sales and
improved productivity.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
  The information required by this Item is included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K on pages F-1 through F-19, inclusive and is incorporated by
reference.
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
  None.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
 
  The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the
information contained in the first paragraph under "Item I--Election of
Directors" on page 5 of CPS's Proxy Statement relating to CPS's 1997 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders (the "1997 Proxy Statement"), the information under
"Item I--Election of Directors--Nominees for Director" on pages 5 and 6 of the
1997 Proxy Statement, and the information under "Executive Officers of the
Registrant," under Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
  The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the
information contained in the paragraph entitled "Compensation of Directors"
under "Item I--Election of Directors--Additional Information Concerning the
Board" on page 8 of the 1997 Proxy Statement and the information under "Item
I--Executive Compensation" on pages 9 through 15 of the 1997 Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
 
  The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the
information under "Security Ownership of Principal Shareholders and Management"
on pages 3 through 5 of the 1997 Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
 
  None.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
  (a) LIST OF DOCUMENTS FILED. The following is a list of documents filed as a
part of this report:
 
    (1) Financial Statements. See Index to Financial Statements and Schedule
  on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
    (2) Financial Statement Schedules. See Index to Financial Statements and
  Schedule on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
    (3) Exhibits. See Index to Exhibits on pages E-1 and E-2 of this Annual
  Report on Form 10-K.
 
  (b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
  The following report on Form 8-K was filed on the date indicated below during
the quarter ended February 1, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  November 19, 1996 Reported under Item 5 that CPS announced its earnings for
                    the third quarter.
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED
ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED.
 
                                          Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
 
                                                /s/ Stanton J. Bluestone
                                          By __________________________________
                                                   Stanton J. Bluestone
                                                 Chairman of the Board and
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: April 30, 1997
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS
REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             SIGNATURE                           TITLE                    DATE
             ---------                           -----                    ----
<S>                                  <C>                           <C>
    /s/ Stanton J. Bluestone         Chairman of the Board and       April 30, 1997
____________________________________  Chief
        Stanton J. Bluestone          Executive Officer and
                                      Director
                                      (Principal Executive
                                      Officer)
 
     /s/ Darren R. Jackson           Senior Vice President and       April 30, 1997
____________________________________  Chief Financial Officer
         Darren R. Jackson            (Principal Financial
                                      Officer)
 
       /s/ David J. Biese            Vice President, Controller      April 30, 1997
____________________________________  (Principal Accounting
           David J. Biese             Officer)
 
                 **                  Director                        April 30, 1997
____________________________________
         John W. Burden III
 
                 **                  Director                        April 30, 1997
____________________________________
           Mark Dickstein
 
                 **                  Director                        April 30, 1997
____________________________________
         Chaim Y. Edelstein
 
                 **                  Director                        April 30, 1997
____________________________________
          Mark L. Kaufman
 
    /s/ Michael R. MacDonald         Director                        April 30, 1997
____________________________________
        Michael R. MacDonald
 
                 **                  Director                        April 30, 1997
____________________________________
           Robert Tammero
 
</TABLE>
 
   /s/ Charles J. Hansen
**By __________________________
       Charles J. Hansen,
      as Attorney-in-fact
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                   INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                         NUMBER
                                                                         ------
<S>                                                                      <C>
(1)FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
  Independent Auditors' Report..........................................   F-2
  Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended February 1,
   1997, February 3, 1996
   and January 28, 1995.................................................   F-3
  Consolidated balance sheets as of February 1, 1997 and February 3,
   1996.................................................................   F-4
  Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity for the years ended
   February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995..............   F-5
  Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended February 1,
   1997, February 3, 1996
   and January 28, 1995.................................................   F-6
  Notes to consolidated financial statements............................   F-7
(2)FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:
  Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts........................  F-19
</TABLE>
 
  Schedules other than that listed above are omitted because they are not
  required or not applicable, or the required information is shown in the
  Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes included on pages F-2 through F-
  18, inclusive.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.:
 
  We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Carson Pirie Scott
& Co. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as listed in the accompanying index. In
connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have
also audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying
index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended February 1, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule,
when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements
taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information
set forth therein.
 
  As discussed in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
has changed its method of calculating LIFO inventories in Fiscal 1996.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 27, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              FEBRUARY
                                                 1,      FEBRUARY 3, JANUARY 28,
                                                1997        1996        1995
                                             ----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales..................................  $1,102,826   1,083,812   1,161,612
Cost of sales..............................    (700,080)   (700,435)   (745,360)
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses..................................    (307,133)   (295,724)   (323,718)
Depreciation and amortization..............     (15,521)    (11,392)     (7,264)
Minnesota disposition gain (costs).........         --       55,179      (2,129)
Settlement of reorganization payables......       1,280         725      18,300
Other......................................      (1,092)        212         (64)
                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Income from operations.....................      80,280     132,377     101,377
Interest expense, net......................     (15,910)    (17,974)    (17,624)
Acquisition costs..........................         --       (6,835)        --
Gain on sale of marketable securities, net.       4,367         --          --
Other......................................      (2,827)        --          --
                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Income before income taxes.................      65,910     107,568      83,753
Income tax provision.......................     (26,100)    (43,027)    (33,501)
                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Net income.................................  $   39,810      64,541      50,252
                                             ==========   =========   =========
Primary and fully diluted net income per
 share.....................................  $     2.39        3.75        2.48
                                             ==========   =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                        ASSETS                             1997        1996
                        ------                          ----------- -----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................  $ 20,618      44,384
  Accounts receivable, net.............................   267,433     232,257
  Merchandise inventories..............................   190,646     178,632
  Marketable securities................................       --       25,140
  Other current assets.................................    16,265      17,575
                                                         --------     -------
Total current assets...................................   494,962     497,988
                                                         --------     -------
Property, fixtures and equipment, net..................   174,260     140,851
Net deferred tax assets................................    42,909      37,789
Other assets...........................................    11,916      15,474
                                                         --------     -------
                                                         $724,047     692,102
                                                         ========     =======
<CAPTION>
         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
         ------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt.................  $  2,854       3,081
  Accounts payable.....................................    58,178      47,492
  Accrued expenses:
    Property, sales, and income taxes..................    60,435      47,768
    Employee benefit costs.............................    12,023      10,594
    Other accrued expenses.............................    24,520      27,743
                                                         --------     -------
Total current liabilities..............................   158,010     136,678
                                                         --------     -------
Long-term debt, less current maturities................   159,635     192,705
Other liabilities......................................    47,585      42,903
                                                         --------     -------
Total liabilities......................................   365,230     372,286
                                                         --------     -------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 15,932,210 and
   16,372,960 shares issued and
   outstanding at February 1, 1997 and February 3,
   1996, respectively..................................       159         164
  Paid-in capital......................................   176,954     172,183
  Unamortized stock compensation.......................      (167)       (453)
  Unrealized holding gain on investments...............        96       5,957
  Retained earnings....................................   181,775     141,965
                                                         --------     -------
Total shareholders' equity.............................   358,817     319,816
Commitments and contingencies..........................
                                                         --------     -------
                                                         $724,047     692,102
                                                         ========     =======
</TABLE>
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      UNREALIZED
                                         UNAMORTIZED    HOLDING                TOTAL
                         COMMON PAID-IN     STOCK       GAIN ON   RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS'
                         STOCK  CAPITAL  COMPENSATION INVESTMENTS EARNINGS    EQUITY
                         ------ -------  ------------ ----------- -------- -------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>      <C>
Balance at January 29,
 1994...................  $200  206,188     (1,036)        --      27,172     232,524
                          ----  -------     ------      ------    -------     -------
  Exercise of stock
   options..............   --       246        --          --         --          246
  Stock compensation,
   net of forfeitures...   --       (20)       288         --         --          268
  Purchase and
   retirement of common
   stock................    (6) (10,788)       --          --         --      (10,794)
  Reduction of valuation
   allowance for
   deferred tax assets..   --    12,000        --          --         --       12,000
  Change in unrealized
   holding gain on
   investments..........   --       --         --        1,582        --        1,582
  Net income............   --       --         --          --      50,252      50,252
                          ----  -------     ------      ------    -------     -------
Balance at January 28,
 1995...................   194  207,626       (748)      1,582     77,424     286,078
                          ----  -------     ------      ------    -------     -------
  Exercise of stock
   options..............   --       392        --          --         --          392
  Stock compensation,
   net of forfeitures...   --       (34)       295         --         --          261
  Purchase and
   retirement of common
   stock................   (30) (58,801)       --          --         --      (58,831)
  Reduction of valuation
   allowance for
   deferred tax assets..   --    21,000        --          --         --       21,000
  Benefit of tax claims
   settled..............   --     2,000        --          --         --        2,000
  Change in unrealized
   holding gain on
   investments..........   --       --         --        4,375        --        4,375
  Net income............   --       --         --          --      64,541      64,541
                          ----  -------     ------      ------    -------     -------
Balance at February 3,
 1996...................   164  172,183       (453)      5,957    141,965     319,816
                          ----  -------     ------      ------    -------     -------
  Exercise of stock
   options..............   --       849        --          --         --          849
  Stock compensation,
   net of forfeitures...   --       (34)       286         --         --          252
  Purchase and
   retirement of common
   stock................    (5) (12,322)       --          --         --      (12,327)
  Board of directors'
   stock compensation...   --       278        --          --         --          278
  Reduction of valuation
   allowance for
   deferred tax assets..   --    16,000        --          --         --       16,000
  Change in unrealized
   holding gain on
   investments..........   --       --         --       (5,861)       --       (5,861)
  Net income............   --       --         --          --      39,810      39,810
                          ----  -------     ------      ------    -------     -------
Balance at February 1,
 1997...................  $159  176,954       (167)         96    181,775     358,817
                          ====  =======     ======      ======    =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3, JANUARY 28,
                                                1997        1996        1995
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...............................    $39,810      64,541      50,252
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
   net cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization..........     15,521      11,392       7,264
    Deferred income taxes..................     14,706      31,597      25,057
    Minnesota disposition (gain) costs.....        --      (55,179)      2,129
    Settlement of reorganization payables..     (1,280)       (725)    (18,300)
    Valuation and disposal of assets.......        --          --        1,244
    Gain on sale of marketable securities,
     net...................................     (4,367)        --          --
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Receivables..........................    (35,176)     43,324      (8,627)
      Inventories..........................    (12,014)      6,333      (2,901)
      Other current assets.................        818      (1,451)      7,727
      Other assets.........................      2,293       1,403      (2,442)
      Accounts payable.....................     10,686     (10,479)      4,259
      Accrued expenses and other
       liabilities.........................     17,467     (10,162)     (2,568)
                                               -------    --------    --------
Net cash provided by operating activities..     48,464      80,594      63,094
                                               -------    --------    --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of marketable securities.......        --          --      (21,201)
  Proceeds from sale of marketable
   securities..............................     31,094       5,653         --
  Purchases of property and equipment......    (52,887)    (38,614)    (54,732)
  Proceeds from disposition of assets......        603      70,801       6,386
                                               -------    --------    --------
Net cash provided (used) by investing
 activities................................    (21,190)     37,840     (69,547)
                                               -------    --------    --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Exercise of stock options................        849         392         246
  Purchase and retirement of common stock..    (12,327)     (1,831)    (10,794)
  Redemptions of subordinated notes........        --      (57,000)        --
  Payments of long-term debt and other
   obligations.............................     (3,077)     (3,012)     (7,306)
  Net borrowings (repayment) under
   receivables facility....................    (30,489)    (43,041)    187,041
  Net repayment of commercial paper........        --          --     (205,632)
  Debt issuance costs and other............     (5,148)        720      (1,780)
                                               -------    --------    --------
Net cash used by financing activities......    (50,192)   (103,772)    (38,225)
                                               -------    --------    --------
Cash flow effect of reorganization
 activities:
  Payment of reorganization payables.......       (848)       (522)     (8,754)
                                               -------    --------    --------
Net cash used by reorganization activities.       (848)       (522)     (8,754)
                                               -------    --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents...............................    (23,766)     14,140     (53,432)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
 year......................................     44,384      30,244      83,676
                                               -------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.....    $20,618      44,384      30,244
                                               =======    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(1) ORGANIZATION
 
  Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("CPS") and its subsidiaries (together, the
"Company") operate fifty three traditional department stores and four
furniture stores as of February 1, 1997. The department stores operate under
the following trade names: Carson Pirie Scott in greater Chicago, Indiana and
Minnesota; Bergner's in central Illinois; and Boston Store in Wisconsin.
 
(2) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of CPS and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
  Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
  Fiscal Year: The Company has adopted a 52-53 week fiscal year. The years
ended February 1, 1997 ("Fiscal 1996") and January 28, 1995 ("Fiscal 1994")
contain 52 weeks. The year ended February 3, 1996 ("Fiscal 1995") contains 53
weeks.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the consolidated statements of
cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Negative
cash book balances are classified as liabilities in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Cash equivalents of $4,778 and $25,810 at
February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, respectively, consist of overnight
investments and money market accounts. Cash of approximately $9,581 and
$10,664 has been restricted by debt agreements at February 1, 1997 and
February 3, 1996, respectively.
 
  Long-Lived Assets: In February 1996, the Company adopted Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121"), which
requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in
operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying
amount. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The
adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material effect on the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
 
  Advertising Costs: The Company expenses advertising production costs the
first time the advertising takes place. At February 1, 1997 and February 3,
1996, $205 and $698, respectively, of advertising costs are included in other
current assets. Advertising expense of $45,425, $45,687 and $49,264 was
incurred for the years ended February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January
28, 1995, respectively.
 
  Store Preopening Costs: These costs are charged to expense in the month a
store opens.
 
  Per Share Data: Primary and fully diluted net income per share amounts are
based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock and common
stock equivalents outstanding during the year, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FEBRUARY   FEBRUARY   JANUARY
                                                    1,         3,        28,
                                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
      Primary.................................. 16,667,259 17,217,707 20,288,609
      Fully diluted............................ 16,686,941 17,217,707 20,304,165
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(3) RECEIVABLES
 
  The Company extends credit to customers, substantially all of whom are
residents of its trading areas. Receivables are net of an allowance for
doubtful receivables of $9,971 and $9,482 at February 1, 1997 and February 3,
1996, respectively. The carrying amount of receivables approximates fair value
due to the short maturity of these receivables. Service charge income from
receivables is recognized using the interest method. Service charge income of
$45,734, $45,800 and $43,774 is netted against selling, general and
administrative expenses for the years ended February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996
and January 28, 1995, respectively.
 
  On February 2, 1996, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency granted
final approval for a new, limited purpose national bank, National Bank of the
Great Lakes ("NBGL"), an indirect subsidiary of CPS. On February 4, 1996, a
subsidiary of CPS contributed the Company's proprietary credit card business
and the stock of Great Lakes Credit Corporation ("GLCC") to NBGL. NBGL began
extending credit to the customers of CPS and CPS Department Stores, Inc.
("CPSDS"), and GLCC began purchasing credit card receivables from NBGL.
 
(4) MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES
 
  Merchandise inventories are valued using the retail method at the lower of
cost, on the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method, or market. If inventories had
been valued at the lower of first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost, utilizing the
retail method, or market, they would have been approximately $4,200 and $4,300
higher at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, respectively.
 
  During 1996, the Company changed its method of calculating LIFO inventories.
Prior to 1996, the Company used the Bureau of Labor Statistics ("BLS") price
indices to measure inflation in retail prices. In 1996, the Company used
internally developed price indices to more accurately measure inflation or
deflation in retail prices. The effect of using internal indices instead of
BLS price indices at the end of Fiscal 1996 was to increase net income by
approximately $1,200, or $0.07 per share. The Company was not able to
determine the cumulative effect of this change or the impact on any individual
year prior to Fiscal 1996.
 
(5) PROPERTY, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AND LEASES
 
  Property, fixtures and equipment additions are stated at cost. Depreciation
and amortization of property, fixtures and equipment is provided principally
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related
assets, or the remaining lease term, if shorter, for leasehold improvements
and capitalized leased assets.
 
  A summary of property, fixtures and equipment follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                                                            1997        1996
                                                         ----------- -----------
      <S>                                                <C>         <C>
      Land..............................................  $ 10,911       9,245
      Buildings and building improvements...............    56,243      47,090
      Leaseholds and leasehold improvements.............    32,558      22,028
      Store fixtures and equipment......................    91,650      64,363
      Properties under capitalized leases...............     7,883       7,883
      Equipment under capitalized leases................     8,547       8,565
      Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....   (33,532)    (18,323)
                                                          --------     -------
                                                          $174,260     140,851
                                                          ========     =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  The carrying value of properties and equipment under capitalized leases was
$6,586 and $4,644, respectively, at February 1, 1997. Capital equipment leases
for $1,395 were entered into during the year ended February 3, 1996. The
Company owns buildings, with a carrying value of $4,393, which are located on
leased land.
 
  The Company leases several of its facilities and accounts for the majority
of these leases as operating leases. In addition, the Company leases certain
equipment under capital and operating leases.
 
  Future minimum rental commitments as of February 1, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               OPERATING CAPITAL
      FISCAL YEAR                                               LEASES   LEASES
      -----------                                              --------- -------
      <S>                                                      <C>       <C>
      1997...................................................  $ 12,218    9,239
      1998...................................................    11,406    9,489
      1999...................................................    10,888    9,122
      2000...................................................    10,187    7,528
      2001...................................................     9,771    7,500
      Thereafter.............................................    62,334   98,000
                                                               --------  -------
      Total minimum future rentals...........................  $116,804  140,878
                                                               ========
      Less amount representing interest......................            101,071
                                                                         -------
      Capital lease obligations, present value of net minimum
       lease
       payments..............................................            $39,807
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>
 
  The amounts shown in the table above exclude: (i) expenses, primarily real
estate taxes and insurance; and (ii) increased amounts, based on percentages
of sales, which may be payable.
 
  Total rental expense was $14,477, $13,650 and $12,820 including percentage
rents of $2,782, $2,888 and $2,872 for the years ended February 1, 1997,
February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, respectively.
 
(6) MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
  Investments in marketable securities are carried as available-for-sale
securities at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the
related tax effect, are excluded from income and are reported as a separate
component of shareholders' equity until realized.
 
  During Fiscal 1995, the Company owned 1,047,500 shares of Younkers, Inc.
("Younkers") common stock (the "Younkers's Shares"). The market price for the
Younkers's Shares closed at $24.00 per share on February 2, 1996. The Company
recorded an unrealized gain of $6,940 before income taxes of $2,776 at
February 3, 1996, on its original investment of $16,202. The Younkers's Shares
were converted into 1,026,550 shares of Proffitt's, Inc. ("Proffitt's") common
stock (the "Proffitt's Shares") pursuant to the merger of Younkers with
Proffitt's on February 3, 1996. The investment is included in marketable
securities at February 3, 1996. The Company abandoned its attempt to acquire
Younkers in January 1996 and expensed related acquisition costs of $6,835,
including legal fees, interest rate swap termination fees and other costs, at
the time. During Fiscal 1996, the Company sold the Proffitt's Shares for
$31,094 and realized a gain of $14,892.
 
  The Company held $23,353 par value of 9% Junior Subordinated Exchange
Debentures Due 2004 of County Seat Holdings, Inc. (the "County Seat
Debentures"), which were carried at $10,850 in other assets at February 3,
1996. The Company carried an unrealized gain for the County Seat Debentures of
$850 before income taxes of $340 at February 3, 1996. The Company wrote down
its entire interest in the County Seat Debentures prior to County Seat
Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates filing for bankruptcy protection in October,
1996.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(7) LONG-TERM DEBT
 
  A summary of long-term debt follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                                                            1997        1996
                                                         ----------- -----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Receivables Facility, 5.47% and 5.91% weighted average,
 respectively..........................................   $113,511     144,000
Working Capital Facility...............................        --          --
Mortgage notes and industrial revenue bonds, 7.38% to
 10.0%, due through 2004,
 collateralized by real property with a carrying value
 of $4,409.............................................      9,171      10,415
Capital lease obligations..............................     39,807      41,371
                                                          --------     -------
Total long-term debt...................................    162,489     195,786
Less current maturities of long-term debt..............      2,854       3,081
                                                          --------     -------
Long-term debt.........................................   $159,635     192,705
                                                          ========     =======
</TABLE>
 
  Receivables Facility: GLCC, a single-purpose indirect subsidiary of CPS, has
entered into agreements (collectively referred to as the "Receivables
Facility") which permit GLCC to purchase credit card accounts receivable from
CPS, CPSDS and NBGL (the "Sellers"), and to obtain loans from a group of
lenders up to $216,000. GLCC pays for the receivables purchased with
collections on the accounts receivable, cash proceeds from the loans, secured
seller notes and unsecured subordinated notes issued to the Sellers.
 
  Borrowings under the Receivables Facility are secured by a security interest
in the receivables acquired by GLCC and GLCC's rights under the related lender
agreements. Borrowings are subject to a borrowing base formula based on an
advance rate of eligible receivables, which produces an average net advance
rate of 89%. A commitment fee of 0.3% per annum on the unused commitment is
required under the Receivables Facility. The Receivables Facility expires July
1998. The assets of GLCC are not available to CPS or to any of its
subsidiaries, or to any creditor of CPS or its subsidiaries.
 
  Working Capital Facility: The Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement ("WC
Facility") provides for a maximum $150,000 availability, which is limited by a
borrowing base formula based on inventory. The Company had no direct
borrowings outstanding under the WC Facility during the years ended February
1, 1997 and February 3, 1996. In addition, the WC Facility has a $70,000
sublimit for letters of credit. The Company had approximately $17,000 in
outstanding letters of credit as of February 1, 1997, which reduces the
borrowings available under the WC Facility.
 
  The Company's obligations under the WC Facility are secured by a lien on
inventory and any related general intangibles, all intercompany receivables
from GLCC in connection with the Receivables Facility, and any residual
interest in receivables, subject to any perfected interest of GLCC.
 
  Under the WC Facility, the interest rate spread charged on advances, the
monthly commitment fees and the fees charged for outstanding letters of credit
vary based on the Company's Debt-to-EBITDA ratio, as defined in the WC
Facility. At February 1, 1997 advances under the WC Facility bear interest at
either a floating rate equal to the prime rate, or 1.25% above reserve
adjusted LIBOR. The Company pays a 0.25% per annum commitment fee on the
unused portion of the WC Facility. The Company is subject to a 1.50% per annum
fee on the outstanding letters of credit. The WC Facility expires May 1999.
 
  Covenants: Various debt agreements contain restrictive covenants, including
limiting the ability to merge or make acquisitions, create liens or
encumbrances, sell or dispose of assets, incur indebtedness, consent to debt
amendments, or change businesses. In addition, the Company is subject to,
among other things, a minimum fixed-charge coverage ratio, a maximum debt-to-
equity ratio and a minimum net worth level. With respect to the receivables
portfolio, covenants including net yield, payment rate, delinquency ratio,
cash flow coverage and net write-offs must be satisfied. The debt agreements
also contain certain events of default.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Interest Rate Agreements: GLCC has 7% interest rate cap agreements for a
notional amount of $200,000, which limit the Company's exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates. At February 1, 1997 the carrying value of the
agreements, net of an unrealized gain related to previously terminated floor
agreements, was $2,648. The interest cap agreements had a fair value of $2,180
as of February 1, 1997. The agreements expire in 2000. Amounts paid to
purchase these agreements are being amortized over the life of the agreement.
 
  No amounts, except up front payments, have been received or paid under these
agreements as of February 1, 1997. Subsequent to February 1, 1997, the Company
terminated the interest rate cap agreements for proceeds of $1,859. A new 8%
interest rate cap agreement, with a notional amount of $200,000, was entered
into in February 1997 for $890, which expires in 2000. Nonperformance by the
counterparties to the cap agreement could expose the Company to additional
interest costs with respect to the underlying debt.
 
  Other: Maturities of long-term debt, including the expiration of the
Receivables Facility in 1998, for the next five fiscal years are as follows:
1997--$2,854; 1998--$116,461; 1999--$2,207; 2000--$624 and 2001--$662.
 
  Expense incurred in obtaining long-term debt is amortized over the life of
the debt and is included in interest expense. Interest paid, net of amounts
capitalized, was $15,152, $19,298 and $15,287 for the years ended February 1,
1997, February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, respectively.
 
  Long-term debt approximates fair value primarily due to the floating rates
in the agreements.
 
(8) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  Common Shares: CPS's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
authorized the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01
per share (the "Common Shares"). Shares issued exclude shares held by
subsidiaries of CPS. The subsidiaries have agreed to vote their shares in the
same proportions as all shares held by third parties. The Board of Directors
may declare dividends if funds are legally available and if the Company is not
otherwise contractually restricted from the payment of the dividends.
 
  Rights Agreement: On November 2, 1993, the Board of Directors of the Company
declared a dividend of one right ("Right") issued pursuant to a Rights
Agreement between the Company and a rights agent, for each outstanding Common
Share to shareholders of record on November 16, 1993. The Rights may have
anti-takeover effects.
 
  In general, each Right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one
Common Share at an exercise price of $40 per share, subject to adjustment, and
will not become exercisable or transferable apart from the Common Share unless
a person or group of affiliated persons (the "Acquiring Persons") has
acquired, announces the intent to acquire, or commences a tender offer that
would result in the Acquiring Persons ongoing beneficial ownership of 25% or
more of the outstanding Common Shares. Thereafter, under certain
circumstances, each holder of a Right will have the right to receive upon
exercise (except those Rights held by Acquiring Persons) that number of Common
Shares having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Rights.
The Rights expire on November 16, 2003, unless exercised earlier by the
holders or redeemed by the Company prior to becoming exercisable at a
redemption price of $.01 per Right, subject to adjustment.
 
  Stock Option Plans: The Company has two stock-based compensation plans,
which are described below. The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees" and related Interpretations in accounting for
its plans.
 
  Under the Company's 1993 Stock Incentive Plan, key employees may be granted
nonqualified stock options or awarded shares of restricted stock. A maximum of
1,739,130 Common Shares may be issued under this plan. Twenty percent of the
options are exercisable on the date of grant, with the remainder vesting over
a four-year period. Nonqualified options expire ten years after the date of
grant. The fair value of the shares granted in excess of the exercise price,
if any, would be recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Company's 1993 Directors' Stock Option Plan, which allowed each
nonemployee director of the Company to receive a one-time grant of options to
purchase 10,000 Common Shares was suspended during Fiscal 1995. In Fiscal
1996, in lieu of the cash payment of an annual director's fee, each
nonemployee director was granted Common Shares pursuant to the Company's 1996
Directors' Stock Compensation Plan. Under the Directors' Stock Compensation
Plan, each nonemployee director was granted 500 Common Shares for service on
the Board from February 5, 1996 to May 30, 1996 and 1,500 Common Shares upon
election to the Board on May 30, 1996 for service from May 30, 1996 through
the Company's Annual Meeting to be held June 4, 1997. A maximum of 125,000
Common Shares are available for grants under the Director Stock Compensation
Plan.
 
  A summary of stock options under the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan and
Directors' Stock Option Plan is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                           FEBRUARY 1, 1997    FEBRUARY 3, 1996    JANUARY 28, 1995
                          ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
                                     WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED
                                     AVERAGE             AVERAGE             AVERAGE
                                     EXERCISE            EXERCISE            EXERCISE
                           OPTIONS    PRICE    OPTIONS    PRICE    OPTIONS    PRICE
                          ---------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------  --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Outstanding, beginning
 of year................  1,135,060   $12.20  1,076,500   $11.55    847,900   $10.25
Granted.................    169,850    24.57    139,400    17.01    266,000    15.53
Exercised...............    (74,250)   11.44    (35,200)   11.16    (23,960)   10.26
Forfeited...............    (50,880)   15.40    (45,640)   12.21    (13,440)   10.78
                          ---------   ------  ---------   ------  ---------   ------
Outstanding, end of
 year...................  1,179,780   $13.90  1,135,060   $12.20  1,076,500   $11.55
Options exercisable, end
 of year................    795,948             609,784             377,912
                          =========           =========           =========
Weighted average fair
 value of
 options granted during
 year...................  $   11.62           $    8.28
                          =========           =========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 OPTIONS OUTSTANDING       OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                            ------------------------------ --------------------
                                        WEIGHTED
                                         AVERAGE  WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED
                                        REMAINING AVERAGE              AVERAGE
                              NUMBER    CONTRACT  EXERCISE   NUMBER    EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES    OUTSTANDING   LIFE     PRICE   OUTSTANDING  PRICE
- ------------------------    ----------- --------- -------- ----------- --------
<S>                         <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>
$10.25 to 12.50............    715,200  6.78 yr.   $10.34    556,540    $10.37
$16.00 to 20.38............    301,980  7.56        16.55    207,120     16.56
$23.75 to 27.88............    162,600  9.23        24.59     32,288     24.60
                             ---------                       -------
Options at February 1,
 1997......................  1,179,780                       795,948
                             =========                       =======
</TABLE>
 
  For the purposes of providing the pro forma information required under the
Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"),
the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions for grants in Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995 respectively: dividend
yield of 0.0% for both years; expected volatility of 31.84% and 31.09%; risk-
free interest rates of 6.44% and 7.05%; and expected life of 7 years.
 
  If compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans had
been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards under
those plans consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income would have
been $39,264 in Fiscal 1996 and $64,295 in Fiscal 1995. Net income per share
would have been $2.36 in 1996 and $3.73 in 1995.
 
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  Share Repurchases: In January 1997, CPS's Board of Directors authorized the
Company to purchase, in open-market or negotiated transactions, up to $20,000
of CPS's Common Shares over the next two years. The Company purchased and
retired 517,000 Common Shares for $12,327 during the year ended February 1,
1997. In Fiscal 1995, the Company purchased and retired 110,900 Common Shares
for $1,831.
 
  In March 1995, CPS acquired 3,000,000 of its Common Shares pursuant to an
exchange offer in which each tendered Common Share was exchanged for $19
principal amount of a 13% subordinated note (the "Notes") issued by CPS. In
October 1995, CPS redeemed, at par plus accrued interest, the principal amount
of $17,000 of the Notes and in January 1996, CPS redeemed, at par plus accrued
interest, the remaining $40,000 of the Notes. Deferred financing costs of $608
were incurred at the issuance of the Notes. The unamortized balance at
redemption was written off.
 
(9) INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
  The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for
the expected future tax consequences of differences between the financial
reporting basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected
to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes
the enactment date.
 
  Income tax expense consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3, JANUARY 28,
                                                1997        1996        1995
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
   <S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
   Current:
     Federal................................   $ 9,436      9,466       6,821
     State..................................     1,958      1,964       1,623
                                               -------     ------      ------
                                                11,394     11,430       8,444
                                               -------     ------      ------
   Deferred:
     Federal................................    12,180     26,168      20,240
     State..................................     2,526      5,429       4,817
                                               -------     ------      ------
                                                14,706     31,597      25,057
                                               -------     ------      ------
                                               $26,100     43,027      33,501
                                               =======     ======      ======
   Income taxes paid, net...................   $   227      1,969         539
                                               =======     ======      ======
</TABLE>
 
  Income tax expense attributable to income before income taxes differs from
that computed at the federal statutory rate of 35% as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3, JANUARY 28,
                                               1997        1996        1995
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
   <S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
   Tax at statutory rate...................   $23,068     37,649      29,314
   State and local income taxes, net of
    federal tax benefit....................     2,915      4,805       4,187
   Other...................................       117        573         --
                                              -------     ------      ------
                                              $26,100     43,027      33,501
                                              =======     ======      ======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                                                           1997        1996
                                                        ----------- -----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful receivables...................  $  3,932       3,756
  Excess tax over book basis of property, fixtures and
   equipment...........................................    31,123      35,014
  Employee benefits....................................    13,514      12,375
  Capital lease debt...................................    15,684      16,300
  Expense accruals.....................................     6,881       8,395
  Operating loss carryforwards.........................    50,274      54,529
  Other................................................     1,726       7,708
                                                         --------     -------
Gross deferred tax assets..............................   123,134     138,077
Less valuation allowance...............................   (64,567)    (80,567)
                                                         --------     -------
Net deferred tax assets................................    58,567      57,510
                                                         --------     -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred gain........................................    (6,620)     (6,344)
  Other................................................    (2,118)     (6,491)
                                                         --------     -------
Gross deferred tax liabilities.........................    (8,738)    (12,835)
                                                         --------     -------
Net deferred tax assets................................  $ 49,829      44,675
                                                         ========     =======
</TABLE>
 
  Current net deferred tax assets of $6,920 and $6,886 are included as other
current assets in the consolidated balance sheets at February 1, 1997 and
February 3, 1996, respectively.
 
  At February 1, 1997, the Company had $127,600 in federal and state tax net
operating loss carryforwards which will expire between 2003 and 2008. The
future utilization of these carryforwards is restricted under federal income
tax change-in-ownership rules. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the
carryforwards are attributable to CPS's and its affiliates' Chapter 11 cases
and remain subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.
 
  The valuation allowance was reduced by $16,000 and $21,000 for the years
ended February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, respectively, based upon
management's reassessment of the realizability of the related deferred tax
asset in future years. The tax benefit resulting from the reduction in the
valuation allowance was credited directly to shareholders' equity. Any future
reduction in the allowance existing at February 1, 1997, which pertains to
P.A. Bergner & Co. Holding Company (the "Company's Predecessor") will be
credited directly to shareholders' equity when recognized. The valuation
allowance is attributable to deductible temporary differences and net
operating loss carryforwards which are in excess of future expected taxable
income and remain subject to examination by federal and state taxing
authorities.
 
  The Company will need to generate future taxable income of $126,000 before
the year 2008 in order to fully realize the net deferred tax assets recorded
at February 1, 1997. Taxable income is expected to be generated in future
years sufficient to realize the net deferred tax assets. The projected taxable
income is of the appropriate character within the carryforward period
available under the tax law. The Company believes it is more likely than not
that the benefit of the net deferred tax assets will be realized.
 
  The Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing authorities have
examined the Company's income tax returns for the years 1983 through 1990.
Claims arising from those examinations have been settled, resulting in a tax
benefit of $2,000, which was credited directly to shareholders' equity for the
year ended February 3, 1996.
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(10) LICENSED DEPARTMENT SALES
 
  Sales from licensed departments of $90,320, $89,327 and $98,895 for the
years ended February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995,
respectively, are included in net sales.
 
(11) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Defined Benefit Plan: The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit
pension plan. Pension cost is determined by an independent actuary. The
Company's funding policy is to contribute annually to the plan an amount which
does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax
purposes. The plan covers substantially all employees who have attained a
minimum age and number of hours of employment.
 
  Net pension cost (benefit) charged to operations was:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3, JANUARY 28,
                                                1997        1996        1995
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost................................  $  5,326       4,535       5,713
Interest cost...............................     9,012       8,651       8,071
Return on assets............................   (17,144)    (26,029)      5,720
Net amortization and deferral...............     5,867      14,886     (15,671)
                                              --------     -------     -------
Net pension cost............................  $  3,061       2,043       3,833
                                              ========     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
  The following table sets forth the funded status of the defined benefit
pension plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                                                            1997        1996
                                                         ----------- -----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Vested benefit obligation............................   $117,689     117,907
  Nonvested benefit obligation.........................      2,437       4,127
                                                          --------     -------
Accumulated benefit obligation.........................    120,126     122,034
Excess of projected benefit obligation over accumulated
 benefit obligation....................................      5,489       5,770
                                                          --------     -------
Projected benefit obligation...........................    125,615     127,804
Plan assets at fair value..............................    131,076     127,869
                                                          --------     -------
Funded status..........................................      5,461          65
Unrecognized net loss (gain)...........................     (6,912)      1,582
Prior service cost not yet recognized in net periodic
 pension cost..........................................       (233)       (269)
                                                          --------     -------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost classified in other
 assets (liabilities)..................................   $ (1,684)      1,378
                                                          ========     =======
Discount rate..........................................       7.75%       7.25%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets............       9.25%       9.25%
Average assumed rate of compensation increase..........       4.75%       4.50%
                                                          ========     =======
</TABLE>
 
  Approximately 63% of the plan assets are invested in marketable equity
securities, with the remainder invested in bonds.
 
  The plan assets at February 1, 1997 were based on a November 1, 1996
measurement date. The February 3, 1996 plan assets were based on a February 1,
1996 measurement date.
 
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  401(k) Plan: The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan covering
employees who meet minimum service requirements and who elect to participate.
Participant contributions are voluntary. The Company matches 50% of a
participant's voluntary contribution, limited to 5% of the participant's
annual salary. Additional Company contributions are at the discretion of the
Board of Directors. The cost of the plan was approximately $2,071, $1,710 and
$2,288 for the years ended February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January 28,
1995, respectively. Participants can elect to invest up to 25% of their
investment balance in a fund comprised of Common Shares. The Company has
registered 750,000 Common Shares under this fund.
 
  Retiree Health Care Plans: The Company provides health care benefits for
eligible employees who retired before February 2, 1997 with fifteen years of
service. The plan is contributory with the Company providing a frozen annual
credit of $72 per year of service for participants prior to age 65 and $24 per
year of service for participants after age 65. A curtailment gain was
recognized for the year ended February 3, 1996. Prior to February 1, 1993, the
Company offered other retiree health care plans, which are contributory for
retirees who were full-time employees of the Company, and certain plans limit
the amount of future cost increases that will be payable by the Company. Cost
sharing features include deductibles and co-payment provisions. The plans are
unfunded.
 
  The following table presents the amounts recognized in the Company's
consolidated balance sheets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                                                            1997        1996
                                                         ----------- -----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees.............................................    $ 9,619      7,922
  Fully eligible active plan participants..............      1,031        498
  Other active plan participants.......................        --       3,334
                                                           -------     ------
                                                            10,650     11,754
Unrecognized gain......................................      3,416      2,299
                                                           -------     ------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost classified in other
 liabilities...........................................    $14,066     14,053
                                                           =======     ======
</TABLE>
 
  The components of postretirement benefit cost (gain) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3, JANUARY 28,
                                                1997        1996        1995
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost................................    $ --           301        434
Interest cost...............................      815        1,121      1,124
Net amortization and deferral...............     (112)        (161)       --
Curtailment gain............................      --       ( 2,900)       --
                                                -----      -------      -----
Postretirement benefit cost (gain)..........    $ 703       (1,639)     1,558
                                                =====      =======      =====
</TABLE>
 
  The weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost
of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) is 9 percent for
Fiscal 1996 and is assumed to decrease gradually to 5 percent by fiscal 2001
and remain level thereafter. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend
rates by 1% would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
as of February 1, 1997 by $566 and the net postretirement benefit cost by $39
for the year ended February 1, 1997. The weighted-average discount rate used
in the calculation was 7.75% and 7.25% at February 1, 1997 and February 3,
1996, respectively.
 
  Other Employee Benefits: The Company has contractual agreements with several
current and former executives and other key management and operational
employees related to incentive compensation, deferred
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
compensation, bonus, severance and supplemental retirement benefits. Charges
related to these agreements were $4,185, $3,487 and $3,693 for the years ended
February 1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, respectively.
 
(12) MINNESOTA DISPOSITION
 
  In March 1995, the Company sold eight of its nine Minnesota stores (the
"Minnesota Closed Stores") for net proceeds of $70,801. The sale involved
store buildings and real estate, all of which, except for one ground lease,
were owned and unencumbered. The assets sold had a carrying cost of $9,521
included in other current assets as of January 28, 1995. The Company
separately liquidated all inventory, fixtures and accounts receivable related
to the Minnesota Closed Stores. The Company recorded a gain on the sale of its
Minnesota Closed Stores of $55,179, after closing costs, for the year ended
February 3, 1996. Disposition costs at January 28, 1995 primarily included
severance, which had been accrued under the Company's existing severance plans
and other related costs. The Minnesota Closed Stores had sales of $24,987 and
$138,055 for the years ended February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995,
respectively, which include higher than normal clearance sales in January and
February 1995.
 
(13) SETTLEMENT OF REORGANIZATION PAYABLES
 
  The Company recognized $1,280, $725 and $18,300 for the years ended February
1, 1997, February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, respectively, to reflect the
favorable resolution of claims. CPS, most of its subsidiaries and its then
parent corporation, P.A. Bergner & Co. Holding Company filed voluntary
petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of
Wisconsin (the "Bankruptcy Court") on August 23, 1991. On October 12, 1993
CPS, its affiliated debtors, and several of its creditors filed with the
Bankruptcy Court a Fourth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan of
Reorganization") that was consummated on October 29, 1993. Management believes
the Company has adequately provided for the resolution of all bankruptcy
claims and other matters related to the Plan of Reorganization remaining at
February 1, 1997.
 
(14) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  In 1992, the Company commenced an adversary proceeding in the Bankruptcy
Court against Bank One, Milwaukee, N.A. ("Bank One"). In the adversary
proceeding, the Company alleges, among other things, that Bank One made an
illegal setoff of $31,207 from the Company's Predecessor's account at Bank One
in order to reimburse itself for a $31,207 payment Bank One made to Associated
Merchandising Corporation ("AMC") under a letter of credit Bank One issued to
AMC. In July 1995, the Bankruptcy Court granted the Company's motion for
summary judgment in the amount of $37,565, plus costs, against Bank One. The
Bankruptcy Court's ruling is currently being appealed by Bank One and the
Company is appealing the Bankruptcy Court's denial of prejudgment interest.
Bank One has asserted that the Company's recovery is subject to a 33%
reduction in accordance with the distribution Bank One would receive as an
unsecured creditor under the Plan of Reorganization. While the Company
believes strongly in its causes of action, the ultimate outcome of this
proceeding cannot be determined with certainty. In accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, no gain has been recognized in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
  The Company remains contingently liable in connection with various lawsuits
and claims arising in the normal course of business and certain businesses and
operations which have been sold to unrelated parties. The Company has reserved
for the possible liability and legal expenses that may result from several of
these claims. Management believes that adequate provision has been made for
these matters.
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)
 
(15) QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                     MAY 4,   AUGUST 3, NOVEMBER 2, FEBRUARY 1,
                                      1996      1996       1996        1997
                                    --------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Net sales.......................... $236,769   224,986    266,238     374,833
Gross margin.......................   83,027    83,522     97,673     138,524
Settlement of reorganization
 payables..........................      --        --         --        1,280
Income from operations.............    7,662     7,979     12,634      52,005
Net income (loss)..................    9,686     2,780     (1,189)     28,533
                                    ========   =======    =======     =======
Net income (loss) per share:
  Primary.......................... $   0.58      0.17      (0.07)       1.73
  Fully diluted....................     0.57      0.17      (0.07)       1.73
                                    ========   =======    =======     =======
<CAPTION>
                                               FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    APRIL 29, JULY 29,  OCTOBER 28, FEBRUARY 3,
                                      1995      1995       1995        1996
                                    --------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Net sales.......................... $249,356   220,751    248,853     364,852
Gross margin.......................   79,671    80,229     89,290     134,187
Minnesota disposition gain.........   55,000       --         --          179
Settlement of reorganization
 payables..........................      --        --         --          725
Income from operations.............   61,104     9,339     11,062      50,872
Net income.........................   34,380     2,657      4,077      23,427
                                    ========   =======    =======     =======
Net income per share:
  Primary.......................... $   1.84      0.16       0.24        1.40
  Fully diluted....................     1.84      0.16       0.24        1.40
                                    ========   =======    =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
      YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 1, 1997, FEBRUARY 3, 1996 AND JANUARY 28, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          ADDITIONS
                                     -------------------
                          BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED             BALANCE AT
                          BEGINNING  COSTS AND  TO OTHER              END OF
       DESCRIPTION         OF YEAR    EXPENSES  ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS    YEAR
       -----------        ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ----------
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Allowance for losses in
 collection which is
 deducted on
 the balance sheet from
 accounts receivable:
  Year ended February 1,
   1997..................   $9,482     10,792     --       10,303     9,971
  Year ended February 3,
   1996..................    8,786     14,281     --       13,585     9,482
  Year ended January 28,
   1995..................    9,169      9,229     --        9,612     8,786
</TABLE>
 
                 See accompanying independent auditors' report.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
  Copies of documents listed below which are identified with an asterisk (*)
have previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") as exhibits to registration statements or reports filed with the
Commission and are incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by
reference and made a part hereof. The exhibit number and the file number of
each document previously filed and incorporated into this Annual Report on Form
10-K by reference are set forth below. Exhibits not identified with an asterisk
(*) are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PAGE NO.
                                                                     OF EXHIBIT
                                                                         IN
                                                                     SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                             NUMBERING
 NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION                            SYSTEM
 -------                        -----------                          ----------
 <C>     <S>                                                         <C>
 *2.1    Plan of Reorganization (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to CPS's
         Registration Statement No. 33-67514 relating to the
         Common Shares (the "Common Shares Registration
         Statement")).
 *2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 4, 1995, among
         CPS Department Stores, Inc. ("CPSDS"), CPS and Mervyn's
         (filed as Exhibit 2A to CPS's Current Report on Form 8-K
         filed with the Commission on March 20, 1995 (the "3/95
         Form 8-K")).
 *2.3    First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March
         6, 1995, among CPSDS, CPS and Mervyn's (filed as Exhibit
         2B to the 3/95 Form 8-K).
 *2.4    Transaction Agreement, dated January 2, 1996, among
         Proffitt's, Younkers and CPS (filed as Exhibit 1 to CPS's
         Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
         January 5, 1996).
 *3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of CPS
         (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Common Shares Registration
         Statement).
 *3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws of CPS (filed as Exhibit 1
         to CPS's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
         Commission on April 8, 1996).
  4.1    Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May
         24, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement"), among CPS, certain of
         CPS's subsidiaries, the lenders named therein, ABN AMRO
         Bank N.V. ("ABN AMRO"), as agent, Dresdner Bank AG and
         The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., as co-agents (filed
         as Exhibit 10.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
 *4.2    Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement,
         dated as of July 22, 1994, among Great Lakes Credit Corp.
         ("GLCC") and the sellers named therein ("Amended and
         Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement") (filed as
         Exhibit 4.2 to CPS's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
         Company's fiscal year ended January 28, 1995 ("CPS's 1994
         Form 10-K")).
 *4.3    Liquidity Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1994, by and
         between GLCC and ABN AMRO, as agent ("Liquidity
         Agreement") (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to CPS's 1994 Form
         10-K).
 *4.4    Rights Agreement dated as of November 2, 1993 between CPS
         and Harris Trust and Savings Bank (the "Rights
         Agreement") (filed as Exhibit 1 to CPS's Report on Form
         8-K filed with the Commission on November 8, 1993 (the
         "11/93 Form 8-K")).
 *4.5    Quorum Agreement, dated March 18, 1994, among CPS and its
         subsidiaries named therein (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to CPS's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Company's fiscal year
         ended January 29, 1994 ("CPS's 1993 Form 10-K")).
 *4.6    Voting Agreement, dated October 29, 1993, among CPS and
         its subsidiaries named therein (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to
         CPS's 1993 Form 10-K).
 *4.7    Registration Rights Exhibit (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the
         Common Shares Registration Statement).
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      E-1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PAGE NO.
                                                                     OF EXHIBIT
                                                                         IN
                                                                     SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                             NUMBERING
 NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION                            SYSTEM
 -------                        -----------                          ----------
 <C>     <S>                                                         <C>
 *10.1   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement
         (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to CPS's 1994 Form 10-K).
 *10.1A  First Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables
         Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1996 (filed
         as Exhibit 10.1A to CPS's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
         the Company's fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 ("CPS's
         1995 Form 10-K")).
  10.2   Credit Agreement.
 *10.3   Liquidity Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to CPS's 1994
         Form 10-K).
 *10.3A  First Amendment to Liquidity Agreement, dated as of
         February 2, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.3A to CPS's 1995
         Form 10-K).
 *10.4   Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Supplemental Executive
         Retirement Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Common
         Shares Registration Statement).
 *10.5   Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Incentive Compensation Plan
         (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Common Shares Registration
         Statement).
 *10.6   Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Deferred Compensation Plan
         (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to CPS's 1994 Form 10-K).
  10.7   Executive Bonus Plan dated April 27, 1994.
  10.8   Form of Severance Agreements.
 *10.9   Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1993 Director's Stock Option
         Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to CPS's 1993 Form 10-K).
 *10.10  Employment Agreement between CPS and Stanton J.
         Bluestone, dated March 25, 1996 (the "Bluestone
         Employment Agreement") (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to CPS's
         1995 Form 10-K).
 *10.11  Employment Agreement between CPS and Michael R.
         MacDonald, dated as of March 25, 1996 (the "MacDonald
         Employment Agreement") (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to CPS's
         1995 Form 10-K).
 *10.12  The Rights Agreement (filed as Exhibit 1 to the 11/93
         Form 8-K).
 *10.13  Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1996 Directors' Stock
         Compensation Plan (the "Director Stock Plan") (filed as
         Exhibit 10.14 to CPS's 1995 Form 10-K).
 *10.14  Waiver to the MacDonald Employment Agreement, dated as of
         March 25, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to CPS's 1995 Form
         10-K).
  10.15  Waiver to the MacDonald Employment agreement, dated as of
         March 26, 1997.
  10.16  Waivers by 1997 nonemployee director nominees with
         respect to the Director Stock Plan.
  10.17  Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1997 Senior Executive Bonus
         Plan.
  10.18  Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan as
         Amended and Restated as of March 19, 1997.
  10.19  Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  11.1   Computation of Per Share Earnings.
  18.1   Letter from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP regarding change in
         accounting principle.
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries of CPS.
  23.1   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
  24.1   Powers of Attorney.
  27.1   Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
                                      E-2

<PAGE>
 
================================================================================


                    Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement

                                     Among


                           Carson Pirie Scott & Co.,
                                  as Borrower

                         CPS Department Stores, Inc.,
               and each of the Other Subsidiaries named herein,
                                 as Guarantors

                            The Banks Party hereto

                              ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,
                                   as Agent

                                      and

                               Dresdner Bank AG,

                                      and

                     The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.,
                                 as Co-Agents

                           Dated as of May 24, 1996

================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Page 
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Introductory Statement....................................................................   1


Article I          Definitions............................................................   1

   Section 1.01.     Defined Terms........................................................   1
   Section 1.02.     Terms Generally......................................................  22


Article II         Amount and Terms of Credit.............................................  22

   Section 2.01.     Commitment of the Banks..............................................  22
   Section 2.02.     Borrowing Base.......................................................  23
   Section 2.03.     Letters of Credit....................................................  23
   Section 2.04.     Issuance.............................................................  25
   Section 2.05.     Nature of Letter of Credit Obligations Absolute......................  25
   Section 2.06.     Making of Loans......................................................  25
   Section 2.07.     Notes; Repayment of Loans............................................  26
   Section 2.08.     Interest on Loans....................................................  27
   Section 2.09.     Default Interest.....................................................  27
   Section 2.10.     Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitment......................  27
   Section 2.11.     Alternate Rate of Interest...........................................  28
   Section 2.12.     Refinancing of Loans.................................................  28
   Section 2.13.     Mandatory Prepayment; Commitment Termination; Cash Collateral........  29
   Section 2.14.     Optional Prepayment of Loans.........................................  30
   Section 2.15.     Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances........................  31
   Section 2.16.     Change in Legality...................................................  33
   Section 2.17.     Pro Rata Treatment, Etc..............................................  34
   Section 2.18.     Taxes................................................................  34
   Section 2.19.     Certain Fees.........................................................  36
   Section 2.20.     Commitment Fee.......................................................  37
   Section 2.21.     Letter of Credit Fees................................................  37
   Section 2.22.     Closing Fee..........................................................  38
   Section 2.23.     Nature of Fees.......................................................  38
   Section 2.24.     Right of Set-Off.....................................................  38
   Section 2.25.     Security Interest in Cash Collateral Account.........................  38
   Section 2.26.     Making of Loans......................................................  38
   Section 2.27.     Settlement Among Banks...............................................  39


Article IIA        Collateral Security....................................................  42

   Section 2A.01.    Security Documents...................................................  42
   Section 2A.02.    Filing and Recording.................................................  42


Article III        Representations and Warranties of Borrower.............................  43
</TABLE>

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                        <C>  
   Section 3.01.     Organization and Authority...........................................  43
   Section 3.02.     Due Execution........................................................  43
   Section 3.03.     Statements Made......................................................  43
   Section 3.04.     Financial Statements.................................................  44
   Section 3.05.     Ownership............................................................  44
   Section 3.06.     Liens................................................................  44
   Section 3.07.     Litigation:  Compliance with Law, Etc................................  44
   Section 3.08.     Insurance............................................................  45
   Section 3.09.     Labor Relations, Etc.................................................  45
   Section 3.10.     Use of Proceeds......................................................  45
   Section 3.11.     Collateral Locations, Chief Executive Office, Store Locations
                     and Bank Accounts....................................................  45
   Section 3.12.     Litigation...........................................................  45
   Section 3.13.     Governmental Approvals...............................................  45
   Section 3.14.     Federal Reserve Regulations..........................................  46
   Section 3.15.     Taxes................................................................  46
   Section 3.16.     Employee Benefit Plans...............................................  46
   Section 3.17.     Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act...........  48
   Section 3.18.     Security Interest....................................................  48
   Section 3.19.     Subsidiaries.........................................................  48
   Section 3.20.     Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases; Trademarks;
                     Licenses and Supplier Agreements.....................................  48
   Section 3.21.     Solvency.............................................................  49
   Section 3.22.     Permits, Etc.........................................................  50
   Section 3.23.     No Change in Credit Criteria Collection Policies.....................  50
   Section 3.24.     Landlord's Liens.....................................................  50
   Section 3.25.     Environmental Matters................................................  50


Article IV         Conditions of Lending..................................................  51

   Section 4.01.     Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness................................  51
   Section 4.02.     Conditions Precedent to Each Loan and Each Letter of Credit..........  53


Article V          Affirmative Covenants..................................................  54

   Section 5.01.     Financial Statements, Reports, Etc...................................  54
   Section 5.01A.    Litigation and Other Notices.........................................  57
   Section 5.02.     Corporate Existence..................................................  58
   Section 5.03.     Insurance............................................................  58
   Section 5.04.     Obligations and Taxes................................................  59
   Section 5.05.     Notice of Event of Default, Etc......................................  59
   Section 5.06.     Borrowing Base Certificate...........................................  60
   Section 5.07.     Access to Books and Records..........................................  60
   Section 5.08.     Concentration of Cash................................................  61
   Section 5.09.     Business Plan........................................................  62
</TABLE> 

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                        <C>  
   Section 5.10.     Compliance with Laws, Etc............................................  62
   Section 5.11.     Use of Proceeds......................................................  62
   Section 5.12.     Fiscal Year-End......................................................  63
   Section 5.13.     Further Assurances...................................................  63
   Section 5.14.     Additional Grantors and Guarantors...................................  63
   Section 5.15.     Environmental Laws...................................................  63
   Section 5.16.     Cleanup Period.......................................................  65
   Section 5.17.     Credit Card Agreements and Credit Card Guidelines....................  65


Article VI         Negative Covenants.....................................................  66

   Section 6.01.     Liens................................................................  66
   Section 6.02.     Merger, Acquisitions, Etc............................................  66
   Section 6.03.     Indebtedness.........................................................  66
   Section 6.04.     Sales, Etc., of Assets...............................................  67
   Section 6.05.     Capital Expenditures.................................................  67
   Section 6.06.     Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio..........................................  68
   Section 6.07.     Cash Flow Coverage...................................................  68
   Section 6.08.     Interest Coverage Ratio..............................................  68
   Section 6.09.     Minimum Tangible Net Worth...........................................  69
   Section 6.10.     Funded Debt to Equity................................................  69
   Section 6.11.     Limitation on Voluntary Payments and Modifications of
                     Subordinated Indebtedness............................................  69
   Section 6.12.     Guarantees and Other Liabilities.....................................  69
   Section 6.13.     Liquidation Sales....................................................  69
   Section 6.14.     Receivables Agreement Documents......................................  70
   Section 6.15.     Merchandise Returns..................................................  70
   Section 6.16.     Investments, Loans and Advances......................................  70
   Section 6.17.     Lease-Backs..........................................................  71
   Section 6.18.     Transactions with Affiliates.........................................  71
   Section 6.19.     Business.............................................................  71
   Section 6.20.     ERISA................................................................  71
   Section 6.21.     Accounting Changes...................................................  72
   Section 6.22.     Modification of Charter Documents....................................  72
   Section 6.23.     Fees.................................................................  72
   Section 6.24.     Landlord's Liens.....................................................  72
   Section 6.25.     NBGL.................................................................  72


Article VII        Events of Default......................................................  73

   Section 7.01.     Events of Default....................................................  73
   Section 7.02.     Receivables Purchases................................................  77
   Section 7.03.     Additional Undertakings..............................................  77


Article VIII       Guaranty...............................................................  78

   Section 8.01.     Guaranty.............................................................  78
</TABLE>


                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                       <C>
   Section 8.02.     No Impairment of Guaranty............................................ 79
   Section 8.03.     Waiver of Subrogation................................................ 79
   Section 8.04.     Maximum Guaranteed Amount............................................ 79


Article IX         The Agent.............................................................. 79

   Section 9.01.     Administration by Agent.............................................. 79
   Section 9.02.     Advances and Payments................................................ 80
   Section 9.03.     Sharing of Setoffs................................................... 80
   Section 9.04.     Agreement of Required Banks.......................................... 81
   Section 9.05.     Liability of Agent................................................... 81
   Section 9.06.     Reimbursement and Indemnification.................................... 81
   Section 9.07.     Rights of Agent...................................................... 82
   Section 9.08.     Independent Investigation by Banks................................... 82
   Section 9.09.     Notice of Transfer................................................... 82
   Section 9.10.     Successor Agent...................................................... 82


Article X          Miscellaneous.......................................................... 82

   Section 10.01.    Notices.............................................................. 82
   Section 10.02.    Survival of Agreement, Representations and Warranties, Etc........... 83
   Section 10.03.    Successors and Assigns............................................... 83
   Section 10.04.    Confidentiality...................................................... 86
   Section 10.05.    Expenses............................................................. 86
   Section 10.06.    Indemnity............................................................ 87
   Section 10.07.    Choice of Law........................................................ 87
   Section 10.08.    No Waiver............................................................ 87
   Section 10.09.    Extension of Maturity................................................ 87
   Section 10.10.    Amendments, Etc...................................................... 87
   Section 10.11.    Severability......................................................... 89
   Section 10.12.    Headings............................................................. 89
   Section 10.13.    Execution in Counterparts............................................ 89
   Section 10.14.    Prior Agreements..................................................... 89
   Section 10.15.    Further Assurance.................................................... 89
   Section 10.16.    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial..................... 89
</TABLE>

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                <C>
Exhibit A        --   Form of Notes
Exhibit B        --   Form of Security Agreement (Borrower)
Exhibit B-1      --   Form of Security Agreement (Guarantor)
Exhibit B-2      --   Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit B-3      --   Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement
                 --   Trademarks
Exhibit C        --   Form of Opinions of Counsel
Exhibit D        --   Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit E        --   Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F        --   Settlement Report
Schedule I       --   Permitted Investments
Schedule II      --   Permitted Liens
Schedule 3.07    --   Litigation; Compliance With Law
Schedule 3.11    --   Collateral Locations, Store Locations, Bank Accounts 
                      and Chief Executive Office
Schedule 3.15    --   Taxes
Schedule 3.16    --   Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 3.19    --   Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.22    --   Permits, Licenses, Approvals and Consents
Schedule 3.23    --   Credit Criteria and Collection Policies
Schedule 3.25    --   Environmental Matters
Schedule 5.08    --   Collection Procedures
Schedule 6.01    --   Liens
Schedule 6.03    --   Indebtedness
 
</TABLE>



                                      -v-
<PAGE>
 
                    Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                            Dated as of May 24, 1996

     Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 24, 1996, among
Carson Pirie Scott & Co., an Illinois corporation (the "Borrower"), CPS
Department Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CPS"); and, together with each
of the other Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereof (the
"Guarantors"), each of the financial institutions from time to time party 
hereto (the "Banks"), ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Administrative Agent (in such 
capacity, the "Agent") for the Banks, and Dresdner Bank AG and The CIT Group/
Business Credit, Inc. as Co-Agents (collectively, the "Co-Agents").

                            Introductory Statement

     The Borrower has applied to the Banks for a revolving credit and letter of
credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000.

     The Borrower owns directly or indirectly all of the issued and outstanding
equity securities of each Guarantor.

     To provide guarantees and security for the repayment of the Loans, the
reimbursement of any draft drawn under a Letter of Credit and the payment of the
other obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder, the Borrower and
the Guarantors will provide to the Agent and the Banks the following (each as
more fully described herein):

          (a) a guaranty from each of the Guarantors of the due and punctual
     payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder;

          (b) a first perfected Lien upon all cash and cash equivalents in
     the Cash Collateral Account; and

          (c) a first perfected Lien on all other Collateral (as such term is
     hereinafter defined).

     Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                   Article I

                                  Definitions

     Section 1.01.  Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the following 
terms shall have the meanings specified below:

     "ABN AMRO" shall mean ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
<PAGE>
 
     "ABR Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

     "ABR Loan" shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by
reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of
Article II.

     "Account" shall mean each individual private label revolving credit account
that exists on the Closing Date or is established after the Closing Date
pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement between CPS, NBGL or the Borrower and the
Obligor.

     "Additional Seller" shall have the meaning set forth in the Liquidity
Agreement.

     "Adjusted LIBOR Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing
for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the quotient of (a) the LIBOR Rate
in effect for such Interest Period divided by (b) a percentage (expressed as a
decimal) equal to 100% minus Statutory Reserves.  For purposes hereof, the term
"LIBOR Rate" shall mean the rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next
1/16 of 1%) at which dollar deposits approximately equal in principal amount to
such Eurodollar Borrowing and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period
are offered to the principal London office of the Agent or its London affiliate
in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately
11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
Interest Period.

     "Affiliate" shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly
or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
with such Person.  For purposes of this definition, a Person (a "Controlled
Person") shall be deemed to be "controlled by" another Person (a "Controlling
Person") if the Controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power
either to (i) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power
for the election of directors of the Controlled Person or (ii) direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of the Controlled Person whether by
contract or otherwise.

     "Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     "Agreement" shall mean this Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and
Guaranty Agreement as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or
supplemented.

     "Alternate Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the
Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in
effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%.  If for any reason the Agent shall have
determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that
it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason,
including the inability or failure of the Agent to obtain sufficient quotations
in accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be
determined without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition
until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist.  Any
change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the
effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective
Rate, respectively.

     "AMC" shall mean The Associated Merchandising Corporation, a New York
corporation.

     "AMC Shareholders' Agreement" shall mean the Certificate of Incorporation
of The Associated Merchandising Corporation as originally filed with the State
of New York on February 24, 1939 as amended through April, 1994, the By-Laws of
The Associated Merchandising Corporation (as amended through April, 1994) and
Rules and Regulations of The Associated Merchandising Corporation (as amended
through April, 1994).

     "Applicable Margin" means, on any date, for any Alternate Base Rate Loan or
Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum set forth below, as in effect on such date
as determined pursuant to the provisions of the definition of Pricing Date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
     Level                Eurodollar Loans        Alternate Base Rate Loans
    <S>                  <C>                     <C>
     Level I Status            1.00%                          0%
     Level II Status           1.25%                          0%
     Level III Status          1.50%                       0.25%
     Level IV Status           1.75%                       0.50%
     Level V Status            2.00%                       0.75%
     Level VI Status           2.25%                       1.00%
</TABLE>

Level III Status shall be deemed to exist from the Effective Date until November
4, 1996.

     "Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered
into by a Bank and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

     "Bank Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the Liquidity
Agreement.

     "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean The Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as
heretofore and hereafter amended, and codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.

     "Banks" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     "Bergner Credit Corporation" shall mean Bergner Credit Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower.

     "Board" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of
the United States.

     "Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     "Borrowing" shall mean the incurrence of Loans of a single Type made from
all the Banks on a single date and having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, a
single Interest Period (with any ABR Loan made pursuant to Section 2.16 being
considered a part of the related Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans).

     "Borrowing Base" shall mean on any day (a) from October 1 through and
including November 30 of each calendar year, an amount which is equal to (A) 40%
of Eligible Retail Value of Inventory, minus (B) the Interest Rate Hedge Amount
and (b) at all other times, an amount which is equal to (A) the lower of (x) 60%
of Eligible Book Value of Inventory and (y) 40% of Eligible Retail Value of
Inventory, minus (B) the Interest Rate Hedge Amount.

     "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit D, executed and certified by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower, which shall include appropriate exhibits thereto.

     "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which banks in the State of New York and/or in the State of Illinois are
required or permitted to close (and, for a Letter of Credit, other than a day on
which the Fronting Bank issuing such Letter of Credit is closed); provided,
however, that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business
Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in
dollar deposits on the London interbank market.

     "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, on a consolidated basis
for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum, without duplication, of the
aggregate of all expenditures, except interest capitalized during construction,
during such period which, in accordance with GAAP, are required to be included
in property, plant or equipment or a similar fixed asset account (excluding
assets subject to capital leases).  For purposes of this definition, the
purchase price of equipment which is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in
or sale of existing equipment owned by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries
or with insurance proceeds or cash landlord/vendor allowances shall be included
in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase
price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment
being traded in at such time, the purchase price of such existing equipment or
the amount of such proceeds or allowances, as the case may be.

     "Cash Collateral Account" shall mean the account established by the
Borrower under the sole and exclusive control of the Agent maintained at LaSalle
National Bank at 135 South LaSalle, Chicago, Illinois, designated as the "Carson
Pirie Scott & Co. Cash Collateral Account."

     "Cleanup Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.16 of this
Agreement.

     "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which this Agreement has been
executed and the conditions precedent to its effectiveness set forth in
Section 4.01 have been satisfied or waived.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
     "Co-Agents" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Collateral" shall mean all collateral and security as described in the
Security Documents.

     "Collections" shall mean all payments, including insurance proceeds, if
any, in respect of Credit Card Receivables in the form of cash, checks, wire
transfers, ATM transfers or other forms of payment in accordance with the Credit
Card Agreements.

     "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the commitment of each
Bank hereunder in the amount set forth opposite such Bank's name on the
appropriate signature page hereof or as may subsequently be set forth in the
Register from time to time, as the same may be reduced from time to time
pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.13.

     "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

     "Commitment Percentage" shall mean at any time, with respect to each Bank,
the percentage obtained by dividing its Commitment at such time by the Total
Commitment at such time.

     "Compliance Certificate" means the certificate delivered to the Agent and
the Banks pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof.

     "Concentration Account" shall mean the account established by the Borrower
under the sole and exclusive control of the Agent maintained at LaSalle National
Bank at 135 South LaSalle, Chicago, Illinois, designated as "Carson Pirie Scott
& Co. Concentration Account."

     "Consignment Agreement" shall mean any consignment agreement between a
consignor and the Borrower or any Guarantor (including between the Borrower and
CPS).

     "Consignment Liens" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the
definition of Eligible Book Value of Inventory.

     "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of the
Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated
basis.

     "CPS" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     "CPS Holding Co." shall mean CPS Holding Co. (formerly known as Carson
Pirie Scott & Company), a Delaware corporation.

     "Credit Card Agreement" shall mean, with respect to an Account, the
agreement governing such Account.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
     "Credit Card Guidelines" shall mean the policies and procedures of the
Borrower, CPS, and NBGL, as the case may be, as in effect on the Closing Date,
relating to the operation of their respective credit card businesses, including
the creditworthiness of credit card customers, the extension of credit to credit
card customers, the terms on which repayments are required to be made, and the
terms relating to finance charges and the amounts thereof and relating to the
maintenance of credit card accounts and collection of credit card receivables.

     "Credit Card Receivable" shall mean a right to receive payment arising from
a sale of merchandise or service by the Borrower or CPS pursuant to an
arrangement with any Obligor pursuant to which such Obligor is obligated to pay
for merchandise or service under a credit plan that permits the purchase of such
merchandise and services on credit, and includes the right to payment of any
interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect
thereto.

     "Designated Event of Default" shall mean (i) any Event of Default arising
from noncompliance with any of the following Sections of this Agreement:
Sections 5.08, 5.16, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 6.07, 6.08, 6.09, 6.10, 6.11, 6.13
and (ii) any Event of Default under Section 7.01(b) of this Agreement,
Section 7.01(k) of this Agreement or 7.01(o) of this Agreement.

     "Dollars" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

     "EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, the consolidated Net Income (or net
loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus, to the extent
deducted in computing Net Income, (a) the sum of, without duplication
(i) depreciation expense, (ii) amortization expense, (iii) provision for LIFO
charges, (iv) gross interest expense for such period minus gross interest income
for such period, (v) total income tax expense and (vi) extraordinary losses,
which include the cumulative effect on earnings from the adoption of new GAAP
pronouncements and non-cash pension expense and less (b)Eextraordinary gains.

     "Eligible Assignee" shall mean (i) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Bank;
(ii) a commercial bank having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (iii) a
finance company, insurance company, or other financial institution or fund
acceptable to the Agent, which in the ordinary course of business extends credit
of the type evidenced by the Notes and has total assets in excess of
$200,000,000 and whose becoming an assignee would not constitute a prohibited
transaction under Section 4975 of ERISA; and (iv) any other financial
institution satisfactory to the Borrower and the Agent.

     "Eligible Book Value of Inventory" shall mean the cost value of all
Inventory of the Borrower (including inventory owned by the Borrower and
consigned to CPS) which (i) is free and clear of all Liens (other than the
Securitization Subordinated Liens as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and
any claim of others (including the Liens and claims of consignors ("Consignment
Liens")), (ii) is subject to the first priority perfected Lien of the Agent,
(iii) is located at one of the collateral locations of the Borrower or CPS set
forth on Schedule 3.11 hereof, and (iv) is substantially similar in quality and
mix to Inventory 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
maintained by the Borrower and CPS in recent historical operations prior to the
date hereof as determined by the Agent in the exercise of its reasonable
discretion. Inventory as to which Eligible Book Value of Inventory is determined
shall include Inventory as to which a documentary Letter of Credit has been
issued and which if in the possession of the Borrower or CPS would be included
in the determination of the Eligible Book Value of Inventory, but only if such
Inventory has been shipped to the Borrower or CPS, title thereto has passed to
the Borrower and the Agent shall have been granted a first priority perfected
security interest therein pursuant to terms reasonably acceptable to the Agent.
Inventory as to which Eligible Book Value of Inventory is determined shall
exclude, without limitation, damaged goods, defective goods and goods to be
returned to vendor.

     "Eligible Retail Value" shall mean, as to any category of Inventory, the
retail value of all Inventory in such category of the Borrower (including
inventory owned by the Borrower and consigned to CPS) which (i) is free and
clear of all Liens (other than the Securitization Subordinated Liens as defined
in the Intercreditor Agreement) and any claim of others (including Consignment
Liens), (ii) is subject to the first priority perfected Lien of the Agent, (iii)
is located at one of the collateral locations of the Borrower or CPS set forth
on Schedule 3.11 hereof, and (iv) is substantially similar in quality and mix to
Inventory maintained by the Borrower and CPS in recent historical operations
prior to the date hereof, as determined by the Agent in the exercise of its
reasonable discretion, less, at the time of any determination thereof, an amount
equal to the 12-Month Historic Rolling Markdown Percentage times the retail
value of all such Inventory. "12-Month Historic Rolling Markdown Percentage"
shall mean, as of the date of any determination thereof, the weighted average
for the immediately preceding 12-month period of Point of Sale Markdowns taken
by the Borrower and CPS as shown on the Price Change Recap Report by Department
prepared by the Borrower and CPS from time to time in substantially the form
heretofore delivered to the Agent, provided that the 12-Month Historic Rolling
Markdown Percentage shall be no less than 17% at any time. Inventory as to which
Eligible Retail Value is determined shall include Inventory as to which a
documentary Letter of Credit has been issued and which if in the possession of
the Borrower or CPS would be included in the determination of the Eligible
Retail Value, but only if such Inventory has been shipped to the Borrower or
CPS, title thereto has passed to the Borrower and the Agent shall have been
granted a first priority perfected security interest therein pursuant to terms
reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Inventory as to which Eligible Retail Value
is determined shall exclude, without limitation, damaged goods, defective goods
and goods to be returned to vendor.

     "Environmental Laws" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. (S)9601 et seq.), the Hazardous
Material Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. (S)1801 et seq.), the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. (S)6901 et seq.), the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. (S)1251 et seq.), the Oil Pollution Act of 1990
(P.L. 101-380), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. (S)300f et seq.), the
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. (S)7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act, as
amended (15 U.S.C. (S)2601 et seq.), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. (S)136 et seq.), and the Occupational Safety and
Health Act (29 U.S.C. (S)651 et seq.), as such laws have been and hereafter may
be amended or

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
supplemented, and any related or analogous present or future Federal, state or
local, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and binding interpretations and
orders of any Governmental Authority.

     "Environmental Lien" shall mean a Lien in favor of any Governmental
Authority for (i) any liability under any Environmental Law, or (ii) damages
arising from or costs incurred by such Governmental Authority in response to a
Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the applicable regulations promulgated
thereunder.

     "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) which is a member of a group of which the Borrower or any
Subsidiary is a member and which is under common control within the meaning of
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code and the applicable regulations promulgated
thereunder.

     "Eurocurrency Liabilities" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Regulation D.

     "Eurodollar Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar
Loans.

     "Eurodollar Loan" shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined
by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in accordance with the provisions of
Article II.

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning given such term in Article VII.

     "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the
next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if
such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average
of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Agent from
three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

     "Fees" shall collectively mean the Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees
and other fees referred to in Section 2.19.

     "Final Maturity Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) May 24, 1999
and (ii) the termination of the Total Commitment in accordance with Section 7.01
hereof.

     "Fronting Bank" shall mean ABN AMRO or any Affiliate of ABN AMRO or such
other Bank designated by the Borrower (which other Bank shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Agent).

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
     "Funded Debt" means, without duplication, for any Person (i) all
indebtedness in respect of borrowed money, including without limitation all
capital leases, the deferred purchase price of any property or asset,
obligations evidenced by a promissory note, bond or similar written obligation
for the payment of money (including, but not limited to, conditional sales or
similar title retention agreements), the aggregate dollar amount of outstandings
under financing arrangements in connection with receivable securitizations,
whether or not any such receivable securitization is reflected on the balance
sheet of such Person, all payment obligations under acceptance facilities and
all unpaid reimbursement obligations for any letter of credit which has been
drawn plus (ii) all obligations referred to in clause (i) above guaranteed
directly or indirectly by such Person or which such Person has agreed
(contingently or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire or in respect of
which such Person has otherwise assured a creditor against loss.

     "Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio" shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 6.06 hereof.

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles applied on a
basis consistent with those used in preparing the financial statements referred
to in Section 3.04 hereof.

     "Governmental Authority" shall mean any Federal, state, municipal or other
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or
any court, in each case whether of the United States or foreign.

     "Great Lakes" shall mean Great Lakes Credit Corp., a Delaware corporation,
which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBGL.

     "Guarantors" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.

     "Hazardous Material" shall mean any pollutant, contaminant, chemical, or
industrial or hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material,
defined or regulated as such in (or for purposes of) any Environmental Law and
any other toxic, reactive, or flammable chemicals, including (without
limitation) any asbestos, any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction),
any radioactive substance and any polychlorinated biphenyls or any constituent
of any such substance or waste.

     "Indebtedness" shall mean, at any time and with respect to any Person:

          (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
               (ii) all indebtedness of such Person for the deferred purchase
     price of property or services (other than property and services purchased,
     and expense accruals and deferred compensation items arising, in the
     ordinary course of business);

               (iii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds,
     debentures or other similar instruments (other than performance, surety and
     appeal bonds arising in the ordinary course of business);

               (iv) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any
     conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to
     property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of
     the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are
     limited to repossession or sale of such property);

               (v) all obligations of such Person under leases which have been
     or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, to the
     extent required to be so recorded;

               (vi) all reimbursement, payment or similar obligations of such
     Person, contingent or otherwise, under acceptance, letter of credit or
     similar facilities (other than letters of credit in connection with trade
     obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Letters
     of Credit in favor of AMC as beneficiary), workers' compensation, general
     liability, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions and other social
     security benefits in the ordinary course of business other than in respect
     of employee benefit plans subject to ERISA);

               (vii) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (vi)
     above guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person, or in effect
     guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement
     (A) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for
     the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness, (B) to purchase, sell or
     lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services,
     primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such
     Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in
     respect of such Indebtedness, (C) to supply funds to or in any other manner
     invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or
     services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services
     are rendered) or (D) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect
     of such Indebtedness, including, without limitation, with respect to the
     Borrower, CPS, Great Lakes and any Additional Sellers, their respective
     obligations, indebtedness and liabilities (whether direct or indirect and
     whether contingent or otherwise) arising under, or in connection with, any
     of the Receivables Agreement Documents;

               (viii) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (vii)
     above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an
     existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or
     in property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights)
     owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become
     liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
          (ix) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (viii)
     above of a partnership of which such Person is a general partner unless
     such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the general partner.

     "Insurance Proceeds" shall mean any amounts paid pursuant to any credit
insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect to Credit Card Receivables
under such Obligor's Account.

     "Intercreditor Agreement" shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as
of May 24, 1996 among the Banks, Great Lakes, the Borrower, CPS, and NBGL, as
the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or modified in
accordance with its terms.

     "Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period and with respect to any
Person, the sum of (a) cash interest paid by such Person during such period
minus (b) cash interest income of such Person during such period.

     "Interest Rate Hedge Agreement" means any interest rate swap, cap, collar,
floor or other agreement between the Borrower and a Bank entered into for the
purpose of hedging or otherwise protecting the Borrower against changes in
interest rates, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Agent within five
Business Days (or such other period as is acceptable to the Agent) of execution
thereof.

     "Interest Rate Hedge Amount" shall mean, for any Interest Rate Hedge
Agreement, an amount as determined by the Agent from time to time with the
consent of the Banks.

     "Interest Payment Date" shall mean (i) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an
Interest Period of one month, the last day of such Interest Period, (ii) as to
any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three or six months, each
quarterly anniversary of the commencement of such Interest Period and the last
day of such Interest Period and (iii) as to all ABR Loans, the last Business Day
of each calendar month and the date on which any ABR Loans are refinanced with
Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.12, and (iv) as to any Loan, the date
such Loan is repaid.

     "Interest Period" shall mean, as to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, the
period commencing on the date of such Borrowing (including as a result of a
refinancing of ABR Loans) or on the last day of the preceding Interest Period
applicable to such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or
if there is no corresponding day, the last day) in the calendar month that is
one, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the related
notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.06(b) or 2.12; provided, however, that
(i) if any Interest Period would end on a day which shall not be a Business Day,
such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day
unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month,
in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day,
(ii) no Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan that commences before a Cleanup
Period may end during or after a Cleanup Period, and (iii) no Interest Period
shall end later than the Final Maturity Date.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
     "Inventory" shall mean goods held for sale by the Borrower or CPS in the
normal course of business (and shall in no event include goods title to which is
held by a concessionaire or lessee of a leased department); in calculating the
amount of Inventory for all purposes hereunder, there shall be deducted a
reserve for goods which have been segregated by the Borrower or CPS to be
returned to the applicable vendor for credit.

     "Knowledge" shall mean actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer.

     "Letter of Credit" shall mean any irrevocable letter of credit issued
pursuant to Section 2.03, which letter of credit shall be (i) a standby or
documentary letter of credit, (ii) issued in connection with the purchase of
Inventory by the Borrower and for such other purposes for which the Borrower or
CPS has historically obtained letters of credit, or for such other purposes as
are reasonably acceptable to the Agent, (iii) denominated in Dollars, and
(iv) otherwise in such form as may be reasonably approved from time to time by
the Agent and the applicable Fronting Bank; provided, however, that the term
"Letter of Credit" as used in this Agreement shall include all letters of credit
in existence on the Closing Date issued under the Original Credit Agreement,
which letters of credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant to this
Agreement.

     "Letter of Credit Fees" shall mean the fees payable in respect of Letters
of Credit pursuant to Section 2.21.

     "Letter of Credit Outstandings" shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the
aggregate amount available for drawing under any contingency on all Letters of
Credit then outstanding plus (ii) all amounts theretofore drawn under Letters of
Credit and not then reimbursed.

     "Level I Status" exists at any date if, at such date, the Funded Debt to
EBITDA Ratio is less than 1.5 to 1.0.

     "Level II Status" exists at any date if, at such date, Level I Status does
not exist and the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio is less than 2.0 to 1.0.

     "Level III Status" exists at any date if, at such date, neither Level I nor
Level II Status exists and the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio is less than 3.0 to
1.0.

     "Level IV Status" exists at any date if, at such date, neither Level I nor
Level II nor Level III Status exists and the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio is less
than 3.5 to 1.0.

     "Level V Status" exists at any date if, at such date, neither Level I
Status, Level II Status, Level III Status nor Level IV Status exists and the
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio is less than 4.0 to 1.0.

     "Level VI Status" exists at any date if, at such date, neither Level I
Status, Level II Status, Level III Status, Level IV Status nor Level V Status
exists.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
     "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
lien or charge of any kind whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).

     "Liquidity Agreement" shall mean the Liquidity Agreement dated as of
July 22, 1994 between Great Lakes and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent for the
lenders named therein (the "Receivables Agreement Agent"), as the same may from
time to time be amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with its terms.

     "Liquidity Termination Event" shall have the same meaning herein as the
term "Termination Event" set forth in the Liquidity Agreement.

     "Loan" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.01.

     "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Security
Documents and any other instrument or agreement executed and delivered in
connection herewith.

     "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Regulation U.

     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the
business, assets, prospects, operations or financial or other condition of the
Borrower or CPS, or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
(ii) the ability of the Borrower or Guarantors to perform or pay the Obligations
in accordance with the terms hereof or of any other Loan Document or
(iii) (x) the Agent's Lien on any material portion of the Collateral or (y) the
priority of such Lien on any material portion of the Collateral.

     "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a pension plan that qualifies as a
"multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     "Multiple Employer Plan" shall mean a Single Employer Plan, which (i) is
maintained for employees of the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate and at least one
Person other than the Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates or (ii) was so
maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate could have
liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such Plan has been or
were to be terminated.

     "NBGL" shall mean National Bank of the Great Lakes, a national bank.

     "NBGL Documents" shall mean (i) each of the Credit Card Program Agreements
dated December 11, 1995 (as amended, collectively, the "NBGL Program Agreement")
between NBGL and the Borrower and between NBGL and CPS; (ii) the Security
Agreement dated as of February 2, 1996 (as amended, the "NBGL Security
Agreement") by NBGL in favor of the Borrower and CPS; and (iii) the Pledge
Agreement dated as of February 2, 1996 (as amended, the "NBGL Pledge Agreement")
by NBGL in favor of the Borrower and CPS.

     "Net Income" shall mean, for any Person and for any period, the net income
(loss) of such Person for such period, provided that: (i) all gains and all
losses realized by such 

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
Person and its Subsidiaries upon the sale or other disposition (including,
without limitation, pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) of property or
assets which are not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of
business, or pursuant to the sale of any capital stock of such Person or any
subsidiary, shall be excluded, (ii) net income or net loss of any Person
combined with such Person on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to any
period prior to the date of such combination shall be excluded, and (iii) net
income of any Person which is not a Subsidiary of such Person and which is
consolidated with such Person or is accounted for by such Person by the equity
method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of
dividends or distributions paid to such Person or a Subsidiary.

     "Net Worth" shall mean, at any date, the amount by which (a) the total
consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries exceed (b) the total
consolidated liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

     "Non-Purchased Receivables" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Liquidity Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

     "Non-Ratable Loan" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
2.27(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

     "Notes" shall mean the promissory notes of the Borrower, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto, each payable to the order of a Bank, evidencing
Loans.

     "Obligations" shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of principal of
and interest on the Loans and the Notes and the reimbursement of all amounts
drawn under Letters of Credit, and (b) the due and punctual payment of the Fees
and all other present and future, fixed or contingent, monetary obligations of
the Borrower and/or the Guarantors to the Banks and/or the Agent under the Loan
Documents.

     "Obligor" shall mean the Person or Persons obligated to make payments with
respect to an Account, including any guarantor thereof.

     "Other Taxes" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.18.

     "Payment Office" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.06(b)
of this Agreement.

     "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any
successor agency or entity performing substantially the same functions.

     "Pension Plan" shall mean a defined benefit pension or retirement plan
which meets and is subject to the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code.

     "Permitted Investments" shall mean:

          (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
     interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of
     America (or by any agency thereof), in each case maturing within six months
     from the date of acquisition thereof;

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) without limiting the provisions of paragraph (d) below,
     investments in commercial paper maturing within six months from the date of
     acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at
     least "A-1" or the equivalent thereof from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group,
     a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or of at least
     "Prime-1" or the equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
     ("Moody's") and investments in bid notes maturing within six months from
     the date of acquisition thereof, issued by an issuer whose short term
     rating is at least "A-1" or the equivalent thereof from S&P or at least
     "Prime-1" or the equivalent thereof from Moody's (in each case, excluding
     any commercial paper or bid notes of Great Lakes or any other Affiliate of
     the Borrower);

          (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances
     and time deposits maturing within six months from the date of acquisition
     thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with (i) any domestic office of
     the Agent or (ii) any domestic office of any other commercial bank of
     recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of
     America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and
     undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 and is the principal
     banking Subsidiary of a bank holding company having a long-term unsecured
     debt rating of at least "A-1" or the  equivalent thereof from S&P or at
     least "Prime-1" or the equivalent thereof from Moody's;

          (d) investments in repurchase obligations with a term of not more
     than one hundred eighty days for underlying securities of the types
     described in clause (a) above entered into with any office of a bank or
     trust company meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;

          (e) investments in money market funds which money market funds
     comply with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission as in effect on the date hereof or investments in mutual funds
     substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the
     type described in clause (a) above;

          (f) to the extent owned on the Closing Date (i) investments in the
     capital stock or partnership interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary
     of the Borrower, and (ii) other investments in the notes, bonds, capital
     stock or partnership interests of any Person listed on Schedule I to this
     Agreement, including in each case any dividends or distributions in respect
     of such capital stock or partnership interests;

          (g) other investment instruments approved in writing by the
     Required Banks, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and
     offered by financial institutions that have a combined capital and surplus
     and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000; and

          (h) investments described in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (e) hereof
     maturing between six and twenty-four months of the Borrower's acquisition,
     if the Borrower's holdings of such investments do not exceed $40,000,000 at
     any time in the aggregate.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
     "Permitted Liens" shall mean:

          (i) Liens imposed by law (other than Environmental Liens and any Lien
     imposed under ERISA) for taxes, assessments or charges of any Governmental
     Authority for claims not yet due or which are being contested in good faith
     by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or
     other appropriate provisions are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

               (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
     warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens (other than any Lien
     imposed under ERISA) imposed by law created in the ordinary course of
     business for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith
     by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or
     other appropriate provisions are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

               (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed under ERISA) incurred or
     deposits made in the ordinary course of business (including, without
     limitation, surety bonds and appeal bonds) in connection with workers'
     compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security
     benefits or to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, contracts
     (other than for the repayment of Indebtedness), statutory obligations and
     other similar obligations or arising as a result of progress payments under
     government contracts;

               (iv) easements (including, without limitation, reciprocal
     easement agreements and utility agreements), rights-of-way, covenants,
     consents, reservations, encroachments, variations and zoning and other
     restrictions, charges or encumbrances (whether or not recorded), which do
     not interfere materially with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
     Borrower or any Guarantor, as the case may be and which do not materially
     detract from the value of the property to which they attach or materially
     impair the use thereof to the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may
     be;

               (v) purchase money Liens upon or in any property (other than
     Inventory) acquired or held in the ordinary course of business to secure
     the purchase price of such property to the extent such Indebtedness is
     permitted by Section 6.03(iv) solely for the purpose of financing the
     acquisition of such property;

               (vi) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Lien referred to
     in paragraphs (i) through (v) above, provided that the principal amount of
     the obligation secured thereby is not increased and that any such
     extension, renewal or replacement is limited to the property originally
     encumbered thereby;

               (vii) Liens in favor of the Agent;

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
          (viii) Liens on Permitted Investments of up to $20,000,000 at any time
     in the aggregate in favor of the Borrower's liability insurance carriers to
     secure the Borrower's reimbursement obligations to the carriers;

          (ix) Liens with respect to Non-Purchased Receivables and the
     Securitization Subordinated Liens (as defined in the Intercreditor
     Agreement) in favor of the "Collateral Agent" under the Receivables
     Agreement Documents, provided, however, that such Liens shall be
     subordinated to the Liens of the Agent under this Agreement as set forth in
     the Intercreditor Agreement; and

          (x) Liens and encumbrances with respect to the real property of the
     Borrower and/or any Guarantor which are reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

     "Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, division of a
corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, association, company, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

     "Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement by
the Borrower and CPS in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks
substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 to this Agreement, as amended,
restated, modified and supplemented from time to time.

     "Pricing Date" means, for any fiscal month of the Borrower ended after
October 30, 1996, the latest date by which the Borrower is required to deliver a
Compliance Certificate for such fiscal month pursuant to Section 5.01(b).  If
the Borrower has not delivered a Compliance Certificate by the date such
Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 5.01(b), Level
VI Status shall be deemed to exist from such required delivery date until a
Compliance Certificate is delivered before the next Pricing Date.  If the
Borrower subsequently delivers such a Compliance Certificate before the next
Pricing Date, the Applicable Margin and Commitment Fee established by such late
delivered Compliance Certificate shall take effect from the date of delivery
until the next Pricing Date.  In all other circumstances, the Applicable Margin
and Commitment Fee established by a Compliance Certificate shall be in effect
from the Pricing Date that occurs immediately after the end of the Company's
fiscal month covered by such Compliance Certificate until the next Pricing Date.

     "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced from time
to time by the Agent as its prime lending rate in effect at its principal office
in Chicago, Illinois; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the
date such change is announced.  The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not
necessarily represent the lowest or best rate charged to any customers.  ABN
AMRO and the other Banks may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of
interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.

     "Purchase Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the
Liquidity Agreement.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
     "Purchased Receivables" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Liquidity Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

     "Receivables" shall mean and include all of the Borrower's, CPS's and
NBGL's accounts, instruments, chattel paper and general intangibles, whether
secured or unsecured, whether now existing or hereafter created or arising, and
whether or not specifically assigned to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the
Banks.

     "Receivables Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated Receivables
Purchase Agreement dated as of July 22, 1994 among Great Lakes, the Borrower,
CPS and NBGL providing for the purchase by Great Lakes of Credit Card
Receivables from the Borrower and CPS, as the same may from time to time be
amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with its terms.

     "Receivables Agreement Agent" shall have the meaning given such term in the
definition of "Liquidity Agreement" in this Agreement.

     "Receivables Agreement Documents" shall mean the Liquidity Agreement, the
Receivables Agreement and all other agreements, documents and instruments
executed in connection therewith, as each may from time to time be amended,
supplemented or modified in accordance with their respective terms.

     "Register" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(d).

     "Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D of the Board, as the same is from
time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder
and thereof.

     "Regulation G" shall mean Regulation G of the Board, as the same is from
time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder
and thereof.

     "Regulation T" shall mean Regulation T of the Board, as the same is from
time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder
and thereof.

     "Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board, as the same is from
time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder
and thereof.

     "Regulation X" shall mean Regulation X of the Board, as the same is from
time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder
and thereof.

     "Release" shall mean any releasing, spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping,
pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
disposing or dumping of any Hazardous Material into the environment, and shall
include any threatened Release.

     "Remedial Work" shall mean any investigation, site monitoring, containment,
cleanup, removal, treatment, restoration or other remedial work of any kind or
nature with respect to any property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (whether
such property is owned, leased, 

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
subleased or used), including, without limitation, with respect to Hazardous
Material and the Release thereof.

     "Rental Expense" shall mean, for any period, the aggregate amount of
payments required to be made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such
period in respect of operating leases or similar arrangements.

     "Reportable Event" shall mean a Reportable Event as defined in Section
4043(b) of ERISA.

     "Required Banks" shall mean, at any time, Banks holding Loans representing
at least 51% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding or, if
no Loans are outstanding, Banks having Commitments representing at least 51% of
the Total Commitment.

     "Requirements of Law" shall mean for any Person or any of its property the
certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other
organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule
or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in
each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to
which such Person or any of its property is subject, whether Federal, state or
local (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth in Lending
Act and retail installment sales acts).

     "Responsible Officer" shall mean, with respect to any person, the
President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Treasurer or
Secretary of such person.

     "Retail Stock Ledger" shall mean the ledger of the Borrower designated as
the "Retail Stock Ledger."

     "Seasonal Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the
Liquidity Agreement.

     "Security Agreement (Borrower)" shall mean the Amended and Restated
Security Agreement by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the
Banks substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement, as amended,
restated, modified and supplemented from time to time.

     "Security Agreement (Guarantor)" shall mean the Amended and Restated
Security Agreement by the Guarantors in favor of the Agent for the benefit of
the Banks substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 to this Agreement, as
amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time.

     "Security Documents" shall mean the Security Agreement (Borrower), the
Security Agreement (Guarantor), the Pledge Agreement, Trademark Mortgage and
each other agreement now existing or hereafter created providing collateral
security for the payment or performance of any Obligations.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
     "Seller Notes" shall have the meaning set forth in the Liquidity Agreement.

     "Settlement Date" shall mean each Business Day after the Closing Date
selected by the Agent in its sole discretion subject to and in accordance with
the provisions of Section 2.27(b) as of which a Settlement Report is delivered
by the Agent and on which settlement is to be made among the Banks in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.27 hereof.

     "Settlement Report" shall mean each report, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit F hereto, prepared by the Agent and delivered to each
Bank and setting forth, among other things, as of the Settlement Date indicated
thereon and as of the next preceding Settlement Date, the aggregate principal
balance of all Loans outstanding, each Bank's ratable portion thereof, each
Bank's Loans and all Non-Ratable Loans made, and all payments of principal
received by the Agent from the Borrower during the period beginning on such next
preceding Settlement Date and ending on such Settlement Date.

     "Single Employer Plan" shall mean a Pension Plan (i) that constitutes a
single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, and (ii) that
is maintained for employees of the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate or was so
maintained and in respect of which the Borrower could have liability under
Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such Plan has been or were to be terminated.

     "Statutory Reserves" shall mean, on any date, the percentage (expressed as
a decimal) established by the Board and any other banking authority which is for
purposes of the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the then stated maximum rate
for all reserves (including but not limited to any emergency, supplemental or
other marginal reserve requirements) applicable to any member bank of the
Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency Liabilities (or any successor
category of liabilities under Regulation D).  Such reserve percentages shall
include, without limitation, those imposed pursuant to said Regulation.  The
Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective
date of any change in such percentage.

     "Subordinated Indebtedness" shall mean any Indebtedness which is
subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Loans and other
Obligations, pursuant to documentation, containing interest rates, payment
terms, maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults, remedies and
other material terms in form and substance satisfactory to the Super-majority
Banks; provided that the subordinated indebtedness payable by Great Lakes to the
Sellers (as defined in the Receivables Agreement Documents) shall not be
considered Subordinated Indebtedness hereunder.

     "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as
the "parent"), any corporation, association or other business entity (whether
now existing or hereafter organized) of which at least a majority of the
securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power for the
election of directors is, at the time as of which any determination is being
made, owned or controlled by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the
parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
     "Super-majority Banks" shall mean, at any time, Banks holding Loans
representing at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans
outstanding, or if no Loans are outstanding, Banks having Commitments
representing at least 66-2/3% of the Total Commitment.

     "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, at any date, Net Worth minus all assets of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which would be classified as intangible
assets.

     "Tax Sharing Agreement" shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 3.15 hereof.

     "Taxes" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.18 hereof.

     "Termination Event" shall mean (i) a "reportable event," as such term is
described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder (other
than a "reportable event" not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the
PBGC under such regulations) or an event described in Section 4068 of ERISA
excluding events described in 29 CFR (S)2615.21 or 2615.23, or (ii) the
withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan
during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer," as such term is
defined in Section 4001(c) of ERISA, or the incurrence of liability by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under Section 4064 of ERISA upon the termination
of a Multiple Employer Plan, or (iii) providing notice of intent to terminate a
Plan pursuant to Section 4041(c) of ERISA or the treatment of a Plan amendment
as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, or (iv) the institution of
proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA, or (v)
any other event or condition which might reasonably constitute grounds under
Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
administer, any Plan, or the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA
(other than for the payment of premiums to the PBGC).

     "Total Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Commitments at
such time.

     "Total Liabilities" shall mean the total of all items which would properly
be included as liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries.

     "Trademark Mortgage" shall mean the Amended and Restated Mortgage and
Security Agreement Trademarks by the Borrower and CPS in favor of the Agent for
the benefit of the Banks substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 to this
Agreement, as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time;
provided, however, that the Collateral under such Trademark Mortgage shall be
limited to general intangibles relating to inventory (including, without
limitation, all trademarks, trade names and licenses in connection with the sale
of inventory).

     "Transactions" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.02 of this
Agreement.

     "Transferee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.18 of this
Agreement.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
     "Type" when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing shall refer to the
rate of interest by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans
comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, "Rate" shall mean
the Adjusted LIBOR Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

     "Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code,
as in effect from time to time.

     "Unused Borrowing Availability" shall mean, at any time, (i) the lesser of
(x) the Total Commitment and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time less (ii) the
sum of (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans and (y) the
aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time.

     "Unused Total Commitment" shall mean, at any time, (i) the Total Commitment
less (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans
and (y) the aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings.

     "WINDMILL Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the
Liquidity Agreement.

     "Withdrawal Liability" shall have the meaning given such term under Part I
of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

     Section 1.02.  Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply
equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits
and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and
Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise
require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in
effect from time to time; provided, however, that for purposes of determining
compliance with any covenant set forth in Article VI, such terms shall be
construed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement
applied on a basis consistent with the application used in the Borrower's
audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04.

                                  ARTICLE II

                          AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

     Section 2.01.  Commitment of the Banks. (a) Each Bank severally and not
jointly with the other Banks agrees, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions herein set forth, to make revolving credit loans (each a "Loan," and
collectively, the "Loans") to the Borrower at any time and from time to time
during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Final
Maturity Date (or the earlier date of termination of the Total Commitment) in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed, when added to such Bank's Commitment
Percentage multiplied by the then aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings, the

                                     -22-

<PAGE>
 
Commitment of such Bank, which Loans may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement. At no time shall the sum of the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Loans plus the then aggregate
Letter of Credit Outstandings exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment of
$150,000,000, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section
2.10 or 2.13, as the case may be and (ii) the sum of the Borrowing Base plus
95.24% of the cash then held in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section
2.03(b) and 2.13(a).

     (b) Each Borrowing shall be made by the Banks pro rata in accordance with
their respective Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Bank to
make any Loan shall not in itself relieve the other Banks of their obligations
to lend.

     Section 2.02.  Borrowing Base. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement to the contrary, the aggregate principal amount of all
outstanding Loans plus the then aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings shall
not at any time exceed the Borrowing Base and no Loan shall be made or Letter of
Credit issued in violation of the foregoing.

     (b) Cash held in the Cash Collateral Account shall not be available for use
by the Borrower or any Guarantor.

     Section 2.03.  Letters of Credit. (a) Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions herein set forth, the Borrower may request a Fronting Bank, at any
time and from time to time after the date hereof and prior to the Final Maturity
Date, to issue, and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, such
Fronting Bank shall issue, for the account of the Borrower one or more Letters
of Credit, provided, however, that no Letter of Credit shall be issued if after
giving effect to such issuance (i) the aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings
shall exceed $90,000,000, (ii) the aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings, when
added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans, would exceed
the Total Commitment or (iii) the provisions of Section 2.02 would be violated
thereby.

     (b) No commercial Letter of Credit shall expire later than the earlier of
(u) 180 days after its date of issue and (v) the Final Maturity Date, and no
standby Letter of Credit shall expire later than the earlier of (w) one year
after the date of its issue and (x) the Final Maturity Date, provided, however,
that the foregoing clause (w) shall not prohibit the issuance of "evergreen"
standby Letters of Credit with an initial term of one year or less from the date
of issue if the Agent or the Fronting Bank may (without the agreement of the
Borrower) prevent the renewal of such standby Letter of Credit pursuant to terms
consistent with the past practice of the Borrower; provided, however, that if
any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding on the Final Maturity Date, the
Borrower shall, at or prior to the Final Maturity Date (i) cause all Letters of
Credit which expire after the Final Maturity Date to be returned to the Fronting
Bank undrawn and marked "cancelled" or (ii) if the Borrower is unable to do so
in whole or in part, either (y) provide a "back-to-back" letter of credit to one
or more Fronting Banks in a form satisfactory to such Fronting Banks, the Agent
and the Banks (in their sole discretion), issued by a bank reasonably
satisfactory to such Fronting Bank and the Agent (in their reasonable
discretion) in an amount equal to 105% of the then undrawn stated amount of all
outstanding Letters of Credit issued by such Fronting Banks

                                     -23-

<PAGE>
 
and/or (z) deposit cash in the Cash Collateral Account in an amount equal to
105% of the then undrawn stated amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit as
collateral security for the Borrower's reimbursement obligations in connection
therewith. "Back-to-back" letters of credit and cash deposited in the Cash
Collateral Account in respect of a particular Letter of Credit pursuant to this
Section 2.03(b) shall be returned to the Borrower upon the expiration of such
Letter of Credit undrawn or upon the payment in full of all reimbursement and
other obligations in connection therewith.

     (c) The Borrower shall pay to each Fronting Bank, in addition to such other
fees and charges as are specifically provided for in Section 2.21 hereof, such
fees and charges in connection with the issuance and processing of the Letters
of Credit issued by such Fronting Bank as are customarily imposed by such
Fronting Bank from time to time in connection with letter of credit
transactions.

     (d) Drafts drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be reimbursed by the
Borrower not later than the first Business Day following the date of draw and
shall bear interest from the date of draw until reimbursed in full at a rate per
annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate (computed on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days).

     (e) Immediately upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit by any Fronting
Bank, such Fronting Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Bank other than
such Fronting Bank and each such other Bank shall be deemed unconditionally and
irrevocably to have purchased from such Fronting Bank, without recourse or
warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of such Bank's
Commitment Percentage, in such Letter of Credit, each drawing thereunder and the
obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors under this Agreement with respect
thereto. Upon any change in the Commitments pursuant to Section 10.03, it is
hereby agreed that with respect to all Letter of Credit Outstandings, there
shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations hereby created to reflect
the new Commitment Percentages of the assigning and assignee Banks. Any action
taken or omitted by a Fronting Bank under or in connection with a Letter of
Credit, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct, shall not create for such Fronting Bank any resulting liability to
any other Bank.

     (f) In the event that a Fronting Bank makes any payment under any Letter of
Credit and the Borrower shall not have reimbursed such amount in full to such
Fronting Bank pursuant to this Section, the Fronting Bank shall promptly notify
the Agent, which shall promptly notify each Bank of such failure, and each Bank
shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Agent for the account of the
Fronting Bank the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such
unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in same day funds. If the Fronting Bank so
notifies the Agent, and the Agent so notifies the Banks prior to 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on any Business Day, such Banks shall make, available to the
Fronting Bank such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the amount of such
unreimbursed payment on such Business Day in same day funds. If and to the
extent such Bank shall not have so made its Commitment Percentage of the amount
of such payment available to the Fronting Bank, such Bank agrees to pay to such
Fronting Bank, forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon,
for each day from such date until the

                                     -24-

<PAGE>
 
date such amount is paid to the agent for the account of such Fronting Bank at
the Federal Funds Effective Rate. The failure of any Bank to make available to
the Fronting Bank its Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of
Credit shall not relieve any other Bank of its obligation hereunder to make
available to the Fronting Bank its Commitment Percentage of any payment under
any Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no Bank shall
be responsible for the failure of any other Bank to make available to such
Fronting Bank such other Bank's Commitment Percentage of any such payment.
Whenever a Fronting Bank receives a payment of a reimbursement obligation as to
which it has received any payments from the Banks pursuant to this paragraph,
such Fronting Bank shall pay to each Bank which has paid its Commitment
Percentage thereof, in Dollars and in same day funds, an amount equal to such
Bank's Commitment Percentage thereof.

     Section 2.04.  Issuance. Whenever the Borrower desires a Fronting Bank to
issue a Letter of Credit, it shall give to such Fronting Bank and the Agent at
least two Business Days' prior written (including telex, facsimile or cable
communication) notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed upon by the
Agent, the Borrower and the Fronting Bank) specifying the date on which the
proposed Letter of Credit is to be issued (which shall be a Business Day), the
stated amount of the Letter of Credit so requested, the expiration date of such
Letter of Credit and the name and address of the beneficiary thereof.

     Section 2.05.  Nature of Letter of Credit Obligations Absolute. The
obligations of the Borrower to reimburse the Banks for drawings made under any
Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances,
including, without limitation (it being understood that any such payment by the
Borrower shall be without prejudice to, and shall not constitute a waiver of,
any rights the Borrower might have or might acquire as a result of the payment
by the Fronting Bank of any draft or the reimbursement by the Borrower thereof):
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the
existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower or any
Guarantor may have at any time against a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or
against any of the Banks, whether in connection with this Agreement, the
transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction; (iii) any draft,
demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit
proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by a
Fronting Bank of any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or
certificate or other document which does not comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit in the absence of willful misconduct on the part of such
Fronting Bank; (v) any other circumstances or happening whatsoever, which is
similar to any of the foregoing; or (vi) the fact that any Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing.

     Section 2.06.  Making of Loans. (a) Except as contemplated by Section 2.11,
Loans shall be either ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request
subject to and in accordance with this Section, provided that all Loans made
pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided
herein, be Loans of the same Type. Subject to Sections 2.26 and Section 2.27 of
this Agreement, each Bank may fulfill its

                                     -25-

<PAGE>
 
Commitment with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan by causing any
lending office of such Bank to make such Loan; provided that any such use of a
lending office shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such
Loan in accordance with the terms of the applicable Note. Each Bank shall,
subject to its overall policy considerations, use reasonable efforts to select a
lending office which will not result in the payment of increased costs by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.15. Subject to the other provisions of this
Section and the provisions of Section 2.12, Borrowings of Loans of more than one
Type may be incurred at the same time, provided that no more than ten Borrowings
of Eurodollar Loans may be outstanding at any time.

     (b) The Borrower shall give the Agent prior notice of each Borrowing
hereunder of at least three Business Days for Eurodollar Loans and one Business
Day for ABR Loans (except as provided in the last sentence of this Section
2.06(b)); such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the amount of the
proposed Borrowing (which shall not be less than $10,000,000 in the case of
Eurodollar Loans and $1,000,000 in the case of ABR Loans) and the date thereof
(which shall be a Business Day) and shall contain disbursement instructions.
Such notice, to be effective, must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00
a.m., Chicago time, on the third Business Day in the case of Eurodollar Loans
and the first Business Day in the case of ABR Loans, preceding the date on which
such Borrowing is to be made (except as provided in the last sentence of this
Section 2.06(b)). Such notice shall specify whether the Borrowing then being
requested is to be a Borrowing of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans and, if
Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no election of
Interest Period is specified in any such notice, such notice shall be deemed a
request for an Interest Period of one month. If no election is made to the Type
of Loan, such notice shall be deemed a request for Borrowing of ABR Loans.
Subject to Section 2.26 and Section 2.27 of this Agreement, the Agent shall
promptly notify each Bank of its proportionate share of such Borrowing, the date
of such Borrowing, the Type of Borrowing being requested and the Interest Period
or Interest Periods applicable thereto, as appropriate. Subject to Section 2.26
and Section 2.27 of this Agreement, on the borrowing date specified in such
notice, each Bank shall make its share of the Borrowing available at the office
of the Agent at 335 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Loan
Operations (the "Payment Office"), no later than 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, in
immediately available funds. Subject to Section 2.26 and Section 2.27 of this
Agreement, upon receipt of the funds made available by the Banks to fund any
Borrowing hereunder, the Agent shall disburse such funds in the manner specified
in the notice of borrowing delivered by the Borrower and shall use reasonable
efforts to make the funds so received from the Banks available to the Borrower
no later than 2:00 p.m. Chicago time (other than as provided in the following
sentence). With respect to ABR Loans of $10,000,000 or less, subject to Section
2.26 and Section 2.27 of this Agreement, the Banks shall make such borrowings
available to the Borrower by 3:00 p.m., Chicago time, on the same Business Day
that the Borrower gives notice to the Agent of such borrowing by 11:00 a.m.,
Chicago time.

     Section 2.07.  Notes; Repayment of Loans. The Loans made by each Bank shall
be evidenced by a Note, duly executed on behalf of the Borrower, dated the
Closing Date or the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Acceptance,
as the case may be, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A,
payable to the order of such Bank in an

                                     -26-

<PAGE>
 
aggregate principal amount equal to such Bank's Commitment. The outstanding
principal balance of all of the Loans, as evidenced by such Notes, shall be
payable on the Final Maturity Date (or such earlier date as is set forth in
Section 7.01 hereof). Each Note shall bear interest from the date thereof on the
outstanding principal balance thereof as set forth in Section 2.08. Each Bank
shall, and is hereby authorized by the Borrower to, endorse on the schedule
attached to each Note delivered to such Bank (or on a continuation of such
schedule attached to such Note and made a part thereof), or otherwise to record
in such Bank's internal records, an appropriate notation evidencing the date and
amount of each Loan from such Bank, each payment and prepayment of principal of
any such Loan, each payment of interest on any such Loan and the other
information provided for on such schedule; provided, however, that the failure
of any Bank to make such a notation or any error therein shall not affect the
obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans made by such Bank in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.

     Section 2.08.  Interest on Loans. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section
2.08(c) and Section 2.09, each ABR Loan shall bear interest (computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as
applicable), at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the
Applicable Margin.

     (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(c) and Section 2.09, each
Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number
of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal, during each
Interest Period applicable thereto, to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest
Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

     (c) Accrued interest on all Loans shall be payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date applicable thereto, at maturity (whether by acceleration
or otherwise) and after such maturity on demand.

     Section 2.09.  Default Interest. If the Borrower shall default in the
payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or in the payment of any
other amount becoming due hereunder (including, without limitation, the
reimbursement pursuant to Section 2.03(d) of any draft drawn under a Letter of
Credit), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the Borrower
shall on demand from time to time pay interest, to the extent permitted by law,
on such defaulted amount up to (but not including) the date of actual payment
(after as well as before judgment) at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of
the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to (a) for any
Eurodollar Loan the sum of two percent (2%) plus the rate otherwise applicable
thereto and (b) for all other amounts owing hereunder, the sum of the Alternate
Base Rate plus 2%.

     Section 2.10.  Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitment. Upon at
least two Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent, the Borrower may at
any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part
permanently reduce, the Unused Total Commitment. Each such reduction of the
Commitments shall be in the principal amount of $5,000,000 or any integral
multiple thereof. Simultaneously with each reduction or termination of the
Commitment, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each

                                     -27-

<PAGE>
 
Bank the Commitment Fee accrued on the amount of the Commitment of such Bank so
terminated or reduced through the date thereof. Any reduction of the Total
Commitment pursuant to this Section shall be applied pro rata to reduce the
Commitment of each Bank.

     Section 2.11.  Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each
occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan, the Agent shall have determined (which
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower absent manifest
error) that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable
Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give
written notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Banks, and any
request by the Borrower for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans (including pursuant
to a refinancing with Eurodollar Loans) pursuant to Section 2.06 or 2.12 shall
be deemed a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans. After such notice shall have
been given and until the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer
exist, each request for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to be a
request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans.

     Section 2.12.  Refinancing of Loans. The Borrower shall have the right, at
any time, on three Business Days' prior irrevocable notice to the Agent (which
notice, to be effective, must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00
a.m., Chicago time, on the third Business Day preceding the date of any
refinancing), (x) to refinance any outstanding Borrowing or Borrowings of Loans
of one Type (or a portion thereof) with a Borrowing of Loans of the other Type
or (y) to continue an outstanding Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for an
additional Interest Period, subject to the following:

          (a) in the case of a refinancing of ABR Loans with Eurodollar Loans or
     the continuing of a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for an additional
     Interest Period, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
     at the time of such refinancing;

          (b) if less than a full Borrowing of Loans shall be refinanced, such
     refinancing shall be made pro rata among the Banks in accordance with the
     respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing held by
     the Banks immediately prior to such refinancing;

          (c) the aggregate principal amount of Loans being refinanced shall be
     at least $10,000,000, provided that no partial refinancing of a Borrowing
     of Eurodollar Loans shall result in the Eurodollar Loans remaining
     outstanding pursuant to such Borrowing being less than $10,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount;

          (d) each Bank shall effect each refinancing by applying the proceeds
     of its new Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan, as the case may be, to its Loan
     being refinanced;

          (e) the Interest Period with respect to a Borrowing of Eurodollar
     Loans effected by a refinancing or in respect to the Borrowing of
     Eurodollar Loans being continued as Eurodollar Loans shall commence on the
     date of refinancing or the

                                     -28-

<PAGE>
 
     expiration of the current Interest Period applicable to such continuing
     Borrowing, as the case may be; and

          (f) each request for a refinancing with a Borrowing of Eurodollar
     Loans which fails to state an applicable Interest Period shall be deemed to
     be a request for an Interest Period of one month.

In the event that the Borrower shall not give notice to refinance any Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans, or to continue such Borrowing as Eurodollar Loans, in each
case as provided above, such Borrowing shall automatically be refinanced with a
Borrowing of ABR Loans at the expiration of the then-current Interest Period.
The Agent shall, after it receives notice from the Borrower, promptly give each
Bank notice of any refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Loan made by such
Bank.

     Section 2.13.  Mandatory Prepayment; Commitment Termination; Cash
Collateral. The outstanding Obligations shall be subject to mandatory prepayment
as follows:

          (a) if at any time the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
     Loans plus the aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the lesser
     of (x) the Total Commitment and (y) the Borrowing Base, the Borrower will
     within three Business days (i) prepay the Loans in an amount necessary to
     cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Loans plus the
     aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings to be equal to or less than the
     Total Commitment and/or the Borrowing Base, as the case may be, and (ii)
     if, after giving effect to the prepayment in full of the Loans, the
     aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Total Commitment and/or
     the Borrowing Base, as the case may be, deposit into the Cash Collateral
     Account an amount equal to 105% of the amount by which the aggregate Letter
     of Credit Outstandings so exceeds the Total Commitment or Borrowing Base,
     as the case may be;

          (b) upon receipt by the Borrower of any payment of proceeds of any
     insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.03 hereof on
     account of each separate loss, damage or injury to any tangible property
     subject to the Agent's Lien, Borrower will apply, or to the extent the
     Agent is loss payee under any insurance policy, Borrower will irrevocably
     direct the Agent to apply, without premium or penalty, such proceeds to the
     Obligations in such order as is required under Section 9.02(b) and
     thereafter in such order as the Agent shall choose in its sole discretion;
     provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default (or event which
     would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, constitute
     an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing, if no
     Obligations are outstanding other than with respect to undrawn Letters of
     Credit and the Unused Borrowing Availability, after giving effect to such
     loss, damage or injury, is greater than $30,000,000, then the Borrower
     shall be entitled to retain such proceeds for the purposes of repair or
     replacement of such property and provided, further, that so long as no
     Event of Default (or event which would, with the lapse of time or the
     giving of notice or both, constitute an Event of Default) shall have
     occurred and be

                                     -29-

<PAGE>
 
     continuing, the Borrower shall be entitled to retain such proceeds for the
     purpose of repair or replacement of such property, where the amount of such
     proceeds on account of a single event of loss, damage or injury is less
     than $2,500,000 valued at cost (provided that the aggregate amount of such
     proceeds on account of all events of loss, damage or injury during the term
     of this Agreement shall be less than $3,000,000 valued at cost). The
     Borrower agrees to provide such evidence of, and other information
     concerning, any such repair or replacement as the Agent shall reasonably
     request;

          (c) upon receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of (i) the
     proceeds of any transaction described in Section 6.17 hereof or (ii) any
     proceeds in excess of $10,000,000 from a sale of a single asset or a series
     of related sales permitted under Section 6.04(iv) hereof, then the Borrower
     shall apply or cause the application of such funds to the repayment of the
     Obligations (other than the undrawn amount of Letters of Credit) in such
     order as required under Section 9.02(b) provided that to the extent such
     amounts are to be applied to the payment of the principal amount of any
     Eurodollar Loan, the Borrrower shall only be obligated to deliver such
     proceeds to the Agent on the last day of the applicable Interest Period.

          (d) upon the Final Maturity Date, the Total Commitment shall be
     terminated in full; and

          (e) upon receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the
     proceeds of any Subordinated Indebtedness, then the Borrower shall apply or
     cause the application of such funds to the repayment of the Obligations
     (other than the undrawn amount of Letters of Credit) in such order as
     required under Section 9.02(b).

     Section 2.14.  Optional Prepayment of Loans; Reimbursement of Banks. (a)
The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay
any Loans, in whole or in part, (x) with respect to Eurodollar Loans, upon at
least three Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and (y) with
respect to ABR Loans, on the same Business Day if written notice is received by
the Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. Chicago time and thereafter upon at least one
Business Day's prior written notice to the Agent; provided, however, that (i)
with respect to Eurodollar Loans, each such partial prepayment shall be in
multiples of $1,000,000 and accompanied by any amounts owed the Banks under
Section 2.14(b) hereof, (ii) with respect to ABR Loans, each such partial
prepayment shall be in multiples of $1,000,000, and (iii) no partial prepayment
of a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall result in the aggregate principal
amount of the Eurodollar Loans remaining outstanding pursuant to such Borrowing
being less than $10,000,000. Each notice of prepayment shall specify the
prepayment date, the principal amount of the Loans to be prepaid and in the case
of Eurodollar Loans, the Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to which made, shall
be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Loan by the amount
and on the date stated therein. The Agent shall, promptly after receiving notice
from the Borrower hereunder, notify each Bank of the principal amount of the
Loans held by such Bank which are to be prepaid, the prepayment date and the
manner of application of the prepayment.

                                     -30-

<PAGE>
 
     (b) The Borrower shall reimburse each Bank on demand for any loss incurred
or to be incurred by it in the reemployment of the funds (i) resulting from any
prepayment (for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation,
refinancing with ABR Loans) of any Eurodollar Loan required or permitted under
this Agreement, if such Loan is prepaid other than on the last day of the
Interest Period for such Loan or (ii) in the event that after the Borrower
delivers a notice of borrowing under Section 2.06 in respect of Eurodollar
Loans, such Loans are not made on the first day of the Interest Period specified
in such notice of borrowing for any reason other than a breach by such Bank of
its obligations hereunder. Such loss shall be the amount as reasonably
determined by such Bank as the excess, if any, (A) of the amount of interest
which would have accrued to such Bank on the amount so paid or not borrowed at a
rate of interest equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Loan, for the period
from the date of such payment or failure to borrow to the last day (x) in the
case of a payment or refinancing with ABR Loans other than on the last day of
the Interest Period for such Loan, of the then current Interest Period for such
Loan, or (y) in the case of such failure to borrow, of the Interest Period for
such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure to borrow, over
(B) the amount of interest which would have accrued to such Bank on such amount
by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in
the London interbank market. Each Bank shall deliver to the Borrower from time
to time one or more certificates setting forth the amount of such loss as
determined by such Bank and such statement shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The Borrower shall pay such Bank the amount shown as due on any such
statement within ten (10) days after the receipt of the same.

     (c) In the event the Borrower fails to prepay any Loan on the date
specified in any prepayment notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.14(a), the
Borrower on demand by any Bank shall pay to the Agent for the account of such
Bank any amounts required to compensate such Bank for any loss incurred by such
Bank as a result of such failure to prepay, including, without limitation, any
loss, cost or expenses incurred by reason of the acquisition of deposits or
other funds by such Bank to fulfill deposit obligations incurred in anticipation
of such prepayment. Each Bank shall deliver to the Borrower from time to time
one or more certificates setting forth the amount of such loss as determined by
such Bank and such statement shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The
Borrower shall pay such Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate
within ten (10) days after the receipt of the same.

     (d) Any partial prepayment of the Loans by the Borrower pursuant to Section
2.13 or this 2.14 shall be applied as specified by the Borrower or, in the
absence of such specification, as determined by Section 9.02(b) (with any excess
being applied as determined by the Agent), provided that in each case no
Eurodollar Loans shall be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.13 to the extent that
such Loan has an Interest Period ending after the required date of prepayment
unless and until all outstanding ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans with Interest
Periods ending on such date have been repaid in full.

     Section 2.15.  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances. (a)
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the date of this Agreement
any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or
not having the force of law) shall (i) subject the Agent or any Bank (which
shall for the purpose of this Section 2.15 include any assignee or lending
office of the Agent or such Bank) to any tax with respect to any amount paid or
to be paid by the Agent or any Bank with respect to any Eurodollar Loans made by
a Bank to the Borrower (other than (x) taxes imposed on the overall net income
or gross receipts of such Agent or Bank and (y) franchise taxes imposed on the
Agent or such Bank; in either case by the jurisdiction in which such Bank has
its principal office or its lending office with respect to such Eurodollar Loan
or any political subdivision or taxing authority therein, or by any other
jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein other
than a jurisdiction in which the Agent or such Bank would not be subject to tax
but for the execution and performance of this Agreement); (ii) change the basis
of taxation of payments to the Agent or any Bank of the principal of or interest
on any Eurodollar Loan made by such Bank or any fees or other amounts payable
hereunder (other than franchise taxes or taxes imposed on the overall net income
or gross receipts of the Agent or such Bank by the jurisdiction in which the
Agent or such Bank has its principal office or by any political subdivision or
taxing authority therein, or by any other jurisdiction or by any political
subdivision or taxing authority therein other than a jurisdiction in which the
Agent or such Bank would not be subject to tax but for the execution and
performance of this Agreement); (iii) impose, modify or deem applicable any
reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with
or for the account of or loans or loan commitments extended by such Bank (except
any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBOR Rate) or
(iv) impose on such Bank or the London interbank market any other condition
affecting this Agreement or the Eurodollar Loans or other Loans made by such
Bank, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to
such Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or to reduce the amount
of any payment (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) received or
receivable by the Agent or such Bank hereunder or under the Notes (whether of
principal, interest or otherwise) or to require the Agent or such Bank to make
any payment in respect of any Eurodollar Loan, then the Borrower shall pay to
the Agent or such Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as
will compensate the Agent or such Bank for such additional costs or reduction.
The Borrower's obligation to pay the amounts required to be paid pursuant to
this Section 2.15 shall be limited, as to any Bank, to the amounts under this
Section 2.15 that such Bank received actual knowledge of no more than 120 days
prior to the date on which the Borrower received an initial certificate from
such Bank pursuant to paragraph (c) below unless the event giving rise to such
demand is applied retroactively. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to
the contrary, nothing in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.15(a) shall be
deemed to (x) permit the Agent or any Bank to recover any amount thereunder
which would not be recoverable under Section 2.18 hereof or (y) require the
Borrower to make any payment of any amount to the extent that such payment would
duplicate any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 hereof.

     (b) If any Bank shall have determined that the applicability of any law,
rule, regulation or guideline adopted pursuant to or arising out of the July
1988 report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory
Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital
Standards," or the adoption or

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
effectiveness after the date hereof of any law, rule, regulation or guideline
regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any of the foregoing or in the
interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any governmental
authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or any lending office of such
Bank) or any Bank's holding company with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,
central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the
rate of return on such Bank's capital or on the capital of such Bank's holding
company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Loans made by such Bank
pursuant hereto, such Bank's Commitment hereunder or the issuance of, or
participation in, any Letter of Credit by such Bank to a level below that which
such Bank or such Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such
adoption, change or compliance (taking into account such Bank's policies and the
policies of such Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an
amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrower
shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such
Bank or such Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

     (c) A certificate of each Bank setting forth such amount or amounts as
shall be necessary to compensate such Bank or its holding company as specified
in paragraph (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the
Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay
each Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered to it within
10 days after its receipt of the same. Any Bank receiving any such payment shall
promptly make a refund thereof to the Borrower if the law, regulation, guideline
or change in circumstances giving rise to such payment is subsequently deemed or
held to be invalid or inapplicable, but such refund to the Borrower shall be
limited to the amount received as a refund by the Bank (including interest, if
any).

     (d) Failure on the part of any Bank to demand compensation for any
increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in
return on capital with respect to any period shall not constitute a waiver of
such Bank's right to demand compensation with respect to such period or any
other period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Bank
regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of
the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall
have occurred or been imposed.

     Section 2.16.  Change in Legality. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, if (x) any change in any law or
regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any governmental authority
charged with the administration thereof shall make it unlawful for a Bank to
make or maintain a Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as
contemplated hereby with respect to a Eurodollar Loan or (y) at any time any
Bank determines that the making or continuance of any of its Eurodollar Loans
has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date
hereof which adversely affects the London interbank market or the position of
such Bank in such market, then, by written notice to the Borrower, such Bank may
(i) declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter be made by such Bank
hereunder, whereupon any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing
shall, as to such Bank only, be deemed a request for

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
an ABR Loan unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and (ii)
require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be converted to ABR
Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted
to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph
(b) below. In the event any Bank shall exercise its rights under clause (i) or
(ii) of this paragraph (a), all payments and prepayments of principal which
would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have
been made by such Bank or the converted Eurodollar Loans of such Bank shall
instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Bank in lieu of, or
resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.

     (b) For purposes of this Section 2.16, a notice to the Borrower by any Bank
pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be effective, if lawful, and if any
Eurodollar Loans shall then be outstanding, on the last day of the then-current
Interest Period, otherwise, such notice shall be effective on the date of
receipt by the Borrower.

     Section 2.17.  Pro Rata Treatment, Etc. All payments and repayments of
principal and interest in respect of the Loans (except as provided in Sections
2.15, 2.16 and 10.10(b)) shall be made pro rata among the Banks in accordance
with the then outstanding principal amount of the Loans and/or participations in
Letter of Credit Outstandings hereunder and all payments of Commitment Fees and
Letter of Credit Fees (other than those payable to a Fronting Bank) shall be
made pro rata among the Banks in accordance with their Commitments. All payments
by the Borrower hereunder and under the Notes shall be (i) net of any tax
applicable to the Borrower or Guarantor and (ii) made in Dollars in immediately
available funds at the office of the Agent by 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, on the
date on which such payment shall be due. Interest in respect of any Loan
hereunder shall accrue from and including the date of such Loan to but excluding
the date on which such Loan is paid in full or converted to a Loan of a
different Type. The Agent may charge the Borrower's account with the Agent for
all interest, principal, fees and other amounts owing to the Agent and/or the
Banks on or with respect to this Agreement and/or the Loans and other Loan
Documents if any such amount is not paid when due and payable.

     Section 2.18.  Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder
and under the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for
any and all current or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or
withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding (i) taxes
imposed on or measured by the net income or overall gross receipts of the Agent
or any Bank (or any transferee or assignee thereof, including a participation
holder (any such entity being called a "Transferee")) and franchise taxes
imposed on the Agent or any Bank (or Transferee) by the United States or any
jurisdiction under the laws of which the Agent or any such Bank (or Transferee)
is organized or any political subdivision thereof or by any other jurisdiction
or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein other than a
jurisdiction in which the Agent or such Bank would not be subject to tax but for
the execution and performance of this Agreement and (ii) levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings ("Amounts") with respect to payments
hereunder or under the Notes to a Bank (or Transferee) in accordance with laws
in effect on the later of the date of this Agreement and the date such Bank (or
Transferee) becomes a Bank (or Transferee, as the case may be), but not
excluding, with respect to such Bank (or

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
Transferee), any increase in such Amounts solely as a result of any change in
such laws occurring after such later date or any Amounts that would not have
been imposed but for actions (other than actions contemplated by this Agreement
or the Notes) taken by the Borrower after such later date (all such nonexcluded
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being
hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required by law to
deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the Banks
(or any Transferee) or the Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the
amount necessary so that after making all required deductions (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.18) such
Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent (as the case may be) shall receive an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii)
the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the
full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.

     (b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any current or future stamp or
documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, assessments or
similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution,
delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any
other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

     (c) The Borrower will indemnify each Bank (or Transferee) and the Agent for
the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes paid by such Bank (or Transferee) or
the Agent, as the case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest
and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such
Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted by the relevant taxing
authority or other Governmental Authority. Such indemnification shall be made
within 30 days after the date any Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent, as the case
may be, makes written demand therefor. If a Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent
shall become aware that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of Taxes
or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower pursuant to
this Section, it shall promptly notify the Borrower of the availability of such
refund and shall, within 30 days after receipt of a request by the Borrower,
apply for such refund at the Borrower's expense. If any Bank (or Transferee) or
the Agent receives a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which
it has been indemnified by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.18, it shall
promptly notify the Borrower of such refund and shall, within 30 days after
receipt of a request by the Borrower (or promptly upon receipt, if the Borrower
has requested application for such refund pursuant hereto), repay such refund to
the Borrower (to the extent of amounts that have been paid by the Borrower under
this Section 2.18 with respect to such refund plus interest that is received by
the Bank (or Transferee) as part of the refund), net of all out-of-pocket
expenses of such Bank and without additional interest thereon; provided that the
Borrower, upon the request of such Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent, agrees to
return such refund (plus penalties, interest or other charges) to such Bank (or
Transferee) or the Agent in the event such Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent is
required to repay such refund. Nothing contained in this subsection (c) shall
require any Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent to make available any of its tax
returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems to be
confidential).

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
     (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes or Other Taxes
withheld by the Borrower in respect of any payment to any Bank (or Transferee)
or the Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to
on the signature pages hereof, the original or a certified copy of a receipt
evidencing payment thereof.

     (e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement contained
herein, the agreements and obligations contained in this Section 2.18 shall
survive the payment in full of the principal of and interest on all Loans made
hereunder.

     (f) Each Bank (or Transferee) that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside the United States shall, if legally able to do so, prior to
the immediately following due date of any payment by the Borrower hereunder,
deliver to the Borrower and Agent such certificates, documents or other
evidence, as required by the Code or Treasury Regulations issued pursuant
thereto, including (A) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 and (B) Internal
Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form 4224 and any other certificate or statement of
exemption required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1, 1.1441-4 or 1.1441-
6(c) or any subsequent version thereof or successors thereto, properly completed
and duly executed by such Bank (or Transferee) establishing that such payment is
(i) not subject to United States Federal withholding tax under the Code because
such payment is effectively connected with the conduct by such Bank (or
Transferee) of a trade or business in the United States or (ii) totally exempt
from United States Federal withholding tax or subject to a reduced rate of such
tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty. Unless the Borrower and the
Agent have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating
that such payments hereunder or under the Notes are not subject to United States
Federal withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an
applicable tax treaty, the Borrower or the Agent shall withhold taxes from such
payments at the applicable statutory rate.

     (g) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amounts to any
Bank (or Transferee) in respect of United States Federal withholding tax
pursuant to subsection (a) above if the obligation to pay such additional
amounts would not have arisen but for a failure by such Bank (or Transferee) to
comply with the provisions of subsection (f) above.

     (h) Any Bank (or Transferee) claiming any additional amounts payable
pursuant to this Section 2.18 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with
legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested
by the Borrower or to change the jurisdiction of its applicable lending office
if the making of such a filing or change would avoid the need for or reduce the
amount of any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not,
in the sole reasonable determination of such Bank, be otherwise materially
disadvantageous to such Bank (or Transferee).

     Section 2.19.  Certain Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
Agent's own account, the fees set forth in that certain letter dated May 24,
1996 between the Agent and the Borrower, and such other fees as may be agreed
upon by such parties.

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 2.20.  Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Banks a
commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") for the period commencing on the Closing
Date to the Final Maturity Date or the earlier date of termination of the
Commitment, computed (on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a
year of 360 days) on the average daily Unused Total Commitment at a rate of:

          (i)   0.20% per annum for each day Level I Status exists,

          (ii)  0.25% per annum for each day Level II Status exists,

          (iii) 0.30% per annum for each day Level III Status exists,

          (iv)  0.375% per annum for each day Level IV Status or Level V Status
                exists, and

          (v)   0.50% for each day Level VI Status exists;

provided that the Commitment Fee shall be 0.30% per annum from the Effective
Date until November 4, 1996. The Commitment Fee, to the extent then accrued,
shall be payable (x) monthly, in arrears, on the last Business Day of each month
commencing on May 31, 1996, (y) on the Final Maturity Date and (z) as provided
in Section 2.10 hereof, upon any reduction or termination in whole or in part of
the Total Commitment.

     Section 2.21.  Letter of Credit Fees. (a) Standby Letters of Credit. The
Borrower shall pay with respect to each standby Letter of Credit (i) to the
Agent on behalf of the Banks a fee calculated (on the basis of the actual number
of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at the rate per annum equal to the
Applicable Margin in effect for Eurodollar Loans on the stated amount of each
standby Letter of Credit then outstanding and (ii) to the Fronting Bank such
Fronting Bank's customary fees for issuance and processing referred to in
Section 2.03.

           (b) Trade Letters of Credit. The Borrower shall pay with respect to
each trade Letter of Credit (i) to the Agent on behalf of the Banks a fee
calculated (on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360
days) at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin in effect for
Eurodollar Loans times 0.75 on the stated amount of each trade Letter of Credit
then outstanding and (ii) to the Fronting Bank such Fronting Bank's customary
fees for issuance and processing referred to in Section 2.03.

           (c) Fronting Bank. The Borrower agrees to pay each Fronting Bank for
its account a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such
Fronting Bank, for the period from and including the date of issuance of such
Letter of Credit to and including the date of termination of such Letter of
Credit calculated (on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year
of 360 days) at the rate as may be agreed between such Fronting Bank and the
Borrower from time to time.

           (d) Payment. Accrued fees described in this Section 2.21 in respect
of each Letter of Credit shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the last
Business Day of

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
each month, on the expiration of each Letter of Credit and on the Final Maturity
Date, or such earlier date as the Total Commitment is terminated.

     Section 2.22.  Closing Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
account of the Banks a closing fee as agreed upon between the Banks and the
Borrower.

     Section 2.23.  Nature of Fees. All fees shall be paid on the dates due, in
immediately available funds, to the Agent for itself and for distribution, as
provided herein and in the letter described in Section 2.19.

     Section 2.24.  Right of Set-Off. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent and each Bank is hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any
time owing by such Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or
any Guarantor against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or
Guarantor now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, irrespective of
whether or not such Bank shall have made any demand under any Loan Document and
although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Bank agrees promptly to notify
the Borrower and Guarantors after any such set-off and application made by such
Bank, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Bank under this
Section 2.24 are in addition to other rights and remedies which such Bank may
have upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default.

     Section 2.25.  Security Interest in Cash Collateral Account. The Borrower
and the Guarantors hereby assign and pledge to the Agent, for its benefit and
for the ratable benefit of the Banks, and hereby grant to the Agent, for its
benefit and for the ratable benefit of the Banks a first priority security
interest, senior to all other Liens, if any, in all of the Borrower's and the
Guarantors' right, title and interest in and to the Cash Collateral Account and
any direct investment of the funds contained therein. The foregoing grant of
security interest shall be in addition to any other grants of security pursuant
to this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents.

     Section 2.26.  Making of Loans. The Agent may assume that each Bank will
make its ratable portion of any amount to be borrowed available to the Agent
in accordance with Section 2.06, and the Agent may in its discretion, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
corresponding amount. If and to the extent such Bank shall not make such ratable
portion available to the Agent, such Bank and the Borrower severally agree to
repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount, together with
interest thereon for each day from the date such amount is made available to the
Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, as to the Borrower,
at the rate of interest applicable to Loans hereunder, and as to such Bank, at
the Federal Funds Effective Rate and until so repaid such amount shall be deemed
to constitute a Loan by the Agent to the Borrower hereunder entitled to the
benefits of the Collateral and the other provisions hereof applicable to the
Loans. If such Bank shall repay to the Agent

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
such corresponding amount, the amount so repaid shall constitute such Bank's
ratable portion of the Loans made on such borrowing date for purposes of this
Agreement. No Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any other Bank to
make its ratable portion of such Loans available on the borrowing date.

     Section 2.27.  Settlement Among Banks. (a) It is agreed that each Bank's
Loans are intended by the Banks to be equal at all times to such Bank's ratable
portion (as determined in accordance with such Bank's Commitment Percentage) of
the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding. Notwithstanding such
agreement, the Banks agree that in order to facilitate the administration of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among them shall,
subject to the provisions of clause (c) below, take place on a periodic basis in
accordance with the provisions of clause (b) below.

     (b) (i) To the extent and in the manner hereinafter provided in this
Section 2.27, settlement among the Banks as to Loans shall occur periodically on
Settlement Dates determined from time to time by the Agent, which may occur
before or after the occurrence or during the continuance of an Event of Default
(or an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both,
would constitute an Event of Default) and whether or not all of the conditions
to the making of Loans set forth in Section 4.01 and/or Section 4.02 have been
met. On each Settlement Date, payments shall be made to the Agent for the
account of the Banks in the manner provided in this Section 2.27 in accordance
with the Settlement Report delivered by the Agent pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 2.27 in respect of such Settlement Date so that as of each
Settlement Date, and after giving effect to the transactions on such Settlement
Date, each Bank's Loans shall equal such Bank's ratable portion of the Loans
outstanding as determined in accordance with its Commitment Percentage.

     (ii) The Agent shall designate periodic Settlement Dates which may occur on
any Business Day after the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Agent shall
designate as a Settlement Date (A) each Business Day on which a Loan of
$10,000,000 or more is made under this Agreement; (B) each Business Day on which
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Non-Ratable Loans exceeds
$10,000,000; (C) each Business Day on which a repayment of Loans of $10,000,000
or more is made under this Agreement; and (D) each Interest Payment Date, and
provided, further, that Settlement Dates shall occur on Tuesday and Thursday of
each week or more frequently as determined by the Agent in its discretion
(including, without limitation, under clause (c)(i) hereof). The Agent shall
designate a Settlement Date by delivering to each Bank a Settlement Report not
later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the proposed Settlement Date, which
Settlement Report shall be with respect to the period beginning on the next
preceding Settlement Date and ending on the close of the Borrower's business on
the day before such designated Settlement Date.

     (iii) Between Settlement Dates, the Agent shall request and ABN AMRO as a
Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion and, subject to the provisions of
clause (c) below, advance to the Borrower out of ABN AMRO's own funds, the
entire principal amount of any Loan requested or deemed requested pursuant to
Section 2.06 (any such Loan being referred to as a "Non-Ratable Loan"). The
making of each Non-Ratable Loan by ABN

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
AMRO shall be deemed to be a purchase by ABN AMRO of a 100% participation in
each other Bank's ratable portion of the amount of such Non-Ratable Loan. All
payments of principal, interest and any other amount with respect to such Non-
Ratable Loan shall be payable to and received by the Agent for the account of
ABN AMRO. Any payments received by the Agent between Settlement Dates which in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement are to be applied to the reduction
of the outstanding principal balance of Loans, shall be paid over to and
retained by ABN AMRO for such application, and such payment to and retention by
ABN AMRO shall be deemed, to the extent of each other Bank's ratable portion of
such payment, to be a purchase by each such other Bank of a participation in the
Loans (including the repurchase of participations in Non-Ratable Loans) held by
ABN AMRO immediately prior to the receipt and application of such payment.

     (iv) If on any Settlement Date the increase, if any, in the dollar amount
of any Bank's Loans which is required to comply with the first sentence of
Section 2.27(a) is less than such Bank's ratable portion of amounts received by
the Agent and paid only to ABN AMRO since the next preceding Settlement Date,
such Bank and the Agent, in their respective records, shall apply such Bank's
ratable portion of such amounts to the decrease in such Bank's Loans, and ABN
AMRO shall pay to the Agent, for the account of such Bank, the excess.

     (v) If on any Settlement Date the increase, if any, in the dollar amount of
any Bank's Loans which is required to comply with the first sentence of Section
2.27(a) exceeds such Bank's ratable portion of amounts received by the Agent and
paid only to ABN AMRO since the next preceding Settlement Date, such Bank and
the Agent, in their respective records, shall apply such Bank's ratable portion
of such amounts to the increase in such Bank's Loans, and such Bank shall pay to
the Agent, for the account of ABN AMRO, the excess.

     (vi) If a Settlement Report indicates that no Loans have been made during
the period since the next preceding Settlement Date, then such Bank's ratable
portion of any amounts received by the Agent but paid only to ABN AMRO shall be
paid by ABN AMRO to the Agent, for the account of such Bank. If a Settlement
Report indicates that the increase in the dollar amount of a Bank's Loans which
is required to comply with the first sentence of Section 2.27(a) is exactly
equal to such Bank's ratable portion of amounts received by the Agent but paid
only to ABN AMRO since the next preceding Settlement Date, such Bank and the
Agent, in their respective records, shall apply such Bank's ratable portion of
such amounts to the increase in such Bank's Loans.

     (vii) If any amounts received by ABN AMRO in respect of the Obligations are
later required to be returned or repaid by ABN AMRO to the Borrower or any other
obligor or their respective representatives or successors in interest, whether
by court order, settlement or otherwise, and such amounts repaid or returned by
ABN AMRO are in excess of ABN AMRO's ratable portion of all such amounts
required to be returned by all Banks, each other Bank shall, upon demand by ABN
AMRO with notice to the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of ABN AMRO, an
amount equal to the excess of such Bank's ratable

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
portion of all such amounts required to be returned by all Banks over the
amount, if any, returned directly by such Bank.

     (viii) (x) Payment by any Bank to the Agent shall be made to the Payment
Office not later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the Business Day such payment
is due, provided that if such payment is due on written demand by another Bank,
including pursuant to clause (c) below, such written demand shall be made on the
paying Bank not later than 9:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such Business Day.
Payment by the Agent to any Bank shall be made by wire transfer, promptly
following the Agent's receipt of funds for the account of such Bank and in the
type of funds received by the Agent, provided that if the Agent receives such
funds at or prior to 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time), the Agent shall pay such funds
to such Bank by 4:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on such Business Day. If a demand for
payment is made after the applicable time set forth above, the payment due shall
be made by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day following
the date of such demand.

     (y) If a Bank shall, at any time, fail to make any payment to the Agent
required hereunder, the Agent may, but shall not be required to, retain payments
that would otherwise be made to such Bank hereunder and apply such payments to
such Bank's defaulted obligations hereunder, at such time, and in such order, as
the Agent may elect in its sole discretion.

     (z) With respect to the payment of any funds under this Section 2.27(b),
whether from the Agent to a Bank or from a Bank to the Agent, the party failing
to make full payment when due pursuant to the terms hereof shall, upon written
demand by the other party, pay such amount together with interest on such amount
at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

     (c) (i) The Agent shall have the right at any time to require, by notice to
each Bank, that all settlements in respect of advances and repayments of Loans
be made on a daily basis. From and after the giving of such notice (and until
such time, if any, as the Agent notifies the Banks of its determination to
return to a periodic settlement basis), each Bank shall pay to the Agent such
Bank's ratable portion of the amount of each Loan on the date such Loan is made
in accordance with the provisions of clause (b)(viii) above and the Agent shall
pay to each Bank by wire transfer by 4:00 p.m. (Chicago time) funds received
before 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such Business Day by the Agent from the
Borrower and by 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) funds received after 11:00 a.m.
(Chicago time) of the preceding Business Day by the Agent from the Borrower, by
wire transfer, such Bank's ratable portion of the net amount of all payments
received by the Agent hereunder in respect of the principal of the Loans (after
deducting the principal amount of Loans made on such day) or in respect of
interest on the Loans; provided that the Agent shall use its best efforts to
distribute funds on the same day received. Any amount payable pursuant to this
subsection which is not paid when due shall bear interest, payable by the Agent,
for each day until paid in full at the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on
such day.

     (ii) In addition to, and without limiting the right of the Agent to require
daily settlement pursuant to clause (i), upon written demand by ABN AMRO with
notice thereof

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
 
to the Agent, each other Bank shall pay to the Agent, for the account of ABN
AMRO, as the repurchase of ABN AMRO's participation interest in such Bank's
Loans, an amount equal to 100% of such Bank's ratable portion of the unpaid
principal amount of all Non-Ratable Loans. Payments made pursuant to this clause
(ii) shall be made not later than 4:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on any Business Day
if demand for such payment is received not later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time)
on such Business Day; otherwise, any such payment shall be made on the next
Business Day after demand is received therefor.

                                  Article IIA

                              Collateral Security

     Section 2A.01.  Security Documents. The Obligations shall be secured by the
Collateral described in the Security Documents and are entitled to the benefits
thereof. The Borrower and the Guarantors shall duly execute and deliver the
Security Documents, financing statements pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code
and other documents, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, as may
be reasonably required by the Agent to grant to the Agent, for the benefit of
the Banks a valid, perfected and enforceable first priority Lien on and security
interest in (subject only to the Liens permitted under Section 6.01 hereof) the
Collateral. Any Bank now or hereafter party to any Interest Rate Hedge Agreement
shall not be entitled to voting rights hereunder other than any voting rights it
may have been granted by virtue of its status as a Bank hereunder. No Bank now
or hereafter party to any Interest Rate Hedge Agreement shall have the right to
direct the Agent to call defaults or to exercise any remedies with respect to
the Collateral. In the event that the Banks are required to disgorge any
proceeds of any Collateral, then the Banks party to any Interest Rate Hedge
Agreement agree to promptly disgorge their pro rata share of any proceeds of
Collateral. Each Bank hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the
Intercreditor Agreement, authorizes the Agent to execute the Intercreditor
Agreement in its capacity as Agent hereunder and agrees to be bound by the terms
thereof.

     Section 2A.02.  Filing and Recording. The Borrower shall, at its sole cost
and expense, cause all instruments and documents given as evidence of security
pursuant to this Agreement to be duly recorded and/or filed or otherwise
perfected in all places necessary, in the opinion of the Agent, and take such
other actions as the Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and
protect the Liens of the Agent and Banks in the Collateral. The Borrower, to the
extent permitted by law, hereby authorizes the Agent to file any financing
statement in respect of any Lien created pursuant to the Security Documents
which may at any time be required or which, in the opinion of the Agent, may at
any time be desirable although the same may have been executed only by the Agent
or, at the option of the Agent, to sign such financing statement on behalf of
the Borrower and file the same, and the Borrower hereby irrevocably designates
the Agent, its agents, representatives and designees as its agent and attorney-
in-fact for this purpose. In the event that any rerecording or refiling thereof
(or the filing of any statements of continuation or assignment of any financing
statement) is required to protect and preserve such Lien, the Borrower shall, at
the Borrower's cost and expense, cause the same to be recorded and/or refiled at
the time and in the manner requested by the Agent.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
        
                                  Article III


                  Representations and Warranties of Borrower

     In order to induce the Banks to make Loans and issue and/or participate in
Letters of Credit hereunder, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors represents
and warrants as follows:

     Section 3.01.  Organization and Authority. Each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of its incorporation and is duly qualified
as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which
the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) has the
requisite corporate power and authority to effect the transactions contemplated
hereby, and by the other Loan Documents; and (iii) has all requisite corporate
authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage and operate its
properties, and to conduct its business as now or currently proposed to be
conducted.

     Section 3.02.  Due Execution. The execution, delivery and performance by
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors of each of the Loan Documents to which
it is a party, the borrowings hereunder by the Borrower, the execution and
delivery of the Notes, the grant of security interests in the Collateral created
by the Security Documents and the transactions contemplated to occur under or in
connection with this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents (collectively,
the "Transactions") (i) are within the respective corporate powers of each of
the Borrower and the Guarantors, have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action, including the consent of shareholders where required, and do
not (A) contravene the charter or by-laws of any of the Borrower or the
Guarantors, (B) violate any law (including, without limitation, the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation
G, T, U or X of the Board), or any order or decree of any court or governmental
instrumentality, (C) conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a
default under, any material indenture, mortgage or deed of trust, any material
lease, agreement or other instrument binding on the Borrower or the Guarantors
or any of their properties, or (D) result in or require the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of any of the Borrower or the
Guarantors other than the Liens granted pursuant to this Agreement and the
Security Documents; and do not require the consent, authorization by or approval
of or notice to or filing or registration with any Governmental Authority. This
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors. This Agreement is, and each of the other Loan Documents to which the
Borrower and each of the Guarantors, is or will be a party, when delivered
hereunder or thereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Borrower, and each Guarantor, as the case may be, enforceable against the
Borrower, and the Guarantors, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms.

     Section 3.03.  Statements Made. The (a) written statements of all officers
and employees of the Borrower and the Guarantors, and (b) oral statements of the
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
Senior Vice President-Chief Information Officer, Treasurer, Director of Finance
and Planning, Controller and

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
 
Cash Manager of the Borrower and the Guarantors, in each case which have been
furnished by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to the Agent or to the Banks
in connection with any Loan Document, and any financial statement delivered
pursuant hereto or thereto (other than to the extent that any such statements
constitute projections), taken as a whole and in light of the circumstances in
which made, contain no untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit to
state a material fact necessary to make such statements not misleading; and, to
the extent that any such written statements constitute projections, such
projections were prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions, methods,
data, tests and information believed by the Borrower or such Guarantor to be
valid and accurate at the time such projections were furnished to the Agent or
the Banks, as the case may be.

     Section 3.04.  Financial Statements. The Borrower has furnished the Banks
with copies of the audited Consolidated Financial Statement and Schedules of the
Borrower for its fiscal year ended February 3, 1996. Such financial statements
present fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of
operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and
for such period; such balance sheets and the notes thereto disclose all
liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as of the date thereof required to be disclosed by GAAP and such
financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis. Since February 3, 1996, there has been no material adverse
change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations, properties, assets
or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     Section 3.05.  Ownership. No owner or group of owners acting together
control 50% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Borrower. Each
Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     Section 3.06.  Liens. There are no Liens (including Liens or retained
security titles of conditional vendors) of any nature whatsoever on any
properties of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, other than Permitted Liens,
Liens as set forth in Schedule II and those in favor of the Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Banks created by the Loan Documents. The Borrower and the
Guarantors are not parties to any contract, agreement, lease or instrument the
performance of which, either unconditionally or upon the happening of an event,
will result in or require the creation of a Lien on the property or assets of
the Borrower or any Guarantor or otherwise result in a violation of this
Agreement.

     Section 3.07.  Litigation: Compliance with Law, Etc. (a) Except as set
forth on Schedule 3.07, (i) the operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors
comply in all respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, except where such
noncompliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) to the best
knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors, none of the operations of the
Borrower or the Guarantors is the subject of any Federal or state investigation
evaluating whether any Remedial Work is needed to address Hazardous Material;
and (iii) to the best knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors, the Borrower
and the Guarantors do not have any material contingent liability in connection
with any Release that is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
     
                                      -44-
<PAGE>
           
     (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.07, neither the Borrower nor any
Guarantor is, to the best of its knowledge, in violation of any law, rule or
regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or
decree of any Governmental Authority, except where such violation would not have
a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 3.08.  Insurance. All policies of insurance of any kind or nature
owned by or issued to the Borrower and the Guarantors, including, without
limitation, policies of life, fire, theft, product liability, public liability,
property damage, other casualty, employee fidelity, workers' compensation,
employee health and welfare, title, property and liability insurance, are in
full force and effect and are of a nature and provide such coverage as is
sufficient and as is customarily carried by companies of the size and character
of the Borrower and the Guarantors. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor has
been refused insurance for which it applied or had any policy of insurance
terminated (other than at its request).

     Section 3.09.  Labor Relations, Etc. Neither the business nor any of the
properties of the Borrower or any Guarantor is affected by any fire, explosion,
accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail,
earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty
(whether or not covered by insurance), which has individually or in the
aggregate a reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 3.10.  Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans shall be used
only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and for Inventory purchases
for retail stores operated by the Borrower and CPS.

     Section 3.11.  Collateral Locations, Chief Executive Office, Store
Locations and Bank Accounts. Set forth on Schedule 3.11 hereto is a complete and
accurate list containing the chief executive office of the Borrower and the
Guarantors, all locations of Collateral, the names and addresses of all the
retail stores operated by the Borrower and the Guarantors.

     Section 3.12.  Litigation. There are no unstayed actions, suits or
proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower or the Guarantors,
threatened against or affecting the Borrower or the Guarantors or any of its
properties, including (without limitation) the Inventory, before any court or
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, which is reasonably likely to be determined adversely to
the Borrower or the Guarantors and, if so determined adversely to the Borrower
or the Guarantors would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 3.13.  Governmental Approvals. No registration or filing (other
than the filings necessary to perfect the Liens created by the Security
Documents) with consent or approval of, or other action by, any Federal, state
or other governmental agency, authority or regulatory body is or will be
required in connection with the Transactions, other than any which have been
made or obtained.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
            
     Section 3.14.  Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) Neither the Borrower nor
any of the Guarantors is engaged principally, or as one of its important
activities, in the purpose of purchasing or business of extending credit for
carrying Margin Stock.

     (b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or
indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase
or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally
incurred for such purpose, or (ii) for any purpose which entails a violation of,
or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board,
including, without limitation, Regulation G, T, U or X thereof. If requested by
any Bank, the Borrower or any of the Guarantors shall furnish to such Bank a
statement on Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in said Regulation U.

     Section 3.15.  Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 hereto, the
Borrower and each of the Guarantors have filed or caused to be filed all
Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns which are required to be filed by
them, on or prior to the date hereof, other than tax returns in respect of taxes
that (x) are not franchise, capital, sales or income taxes, (y) in the aggregate
are not material and (z) would not, if unpaid, result in the imposition of any
material Lien on any property or assets of the Borrower or any of the
Guarantors. The Borrower and the Guarantors have paid or provided for the
payment of all taxes shown to be due and payable on such filed returns or on any
assessments received by them, other than (i) any taxes or assessments the
validity of which the Borrower or such Guarantor is contesting in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, and with respect to which the Borrower or such
Guarantor shall, to the extent required by GAAP have set aside on its books
adequate reserves and (ii) taxes other than income, capital, sales or franchise
taxes that in the aggregate are not material and which would not, if unpaid,
result in the imposition of any material Lien on any property or assets of the
Borrower or any of the Guarantors. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 hereto,
no such Federal income tax returns of the Borrower and the Guarantors have been
audited by the United States Internal Revenue Service and neither the Borrower
nor any of the Guarantors has as of the date hereof requested or been granted
any extension of time to file any Federal, state, local or foreign tax return.
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 hereto, neither the Borrower nor any of the
Guarantors is party to or has any obligation under any tax sharing agreement
other than the Federal Income Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of February 5,
1990 (as heretofore amended, the "Tax Sharing Agreement"), by and among the
Borrower and the parties listed on the signature pages thereto.

     Section 3.16.  Employee Benefit Plans. With respect to the provisions of
ERISA and except as disclosed on Schedule 3.16 hereto:

          (i) No Reportable Event has occurred or is continuing with respect to
     any Single Employer Plan.
       
          (ii) No prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406
     of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any
     Single Employer Plan 

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
 
     subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA (other than a Multiple
     Employer Plan).

          (iii) Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is now, or has been
     during the preceding five years, obligated to contribute to a Pension Plan.
     Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has (A) ceased operations at a
     facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4068(f) of
     ERISA, (B) withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to
     the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA, (C) ceased making contributions to
     any Pension Plan subject to the provisions of Section 4064(a) of ERISA to
     which the Borrower, any subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
     made contributions, (D) incurred or caused to occur a "complete withdrawal"
     (within the meaning of Section 4203 of ERISA) or a "partial withdrawal"
     (within the meaning of Section 4205 of ERISA) from a Multiemployer Plan
     that is a Pension Plan so as to incur withdrawal liability under
     Section 4201 of ERISA (without regard to subsequent reduction or waiver of
     such liability under Section 4207 or 4208 of ERISA), or (E) been a party to
     any transaction or agreement under which the provisions of Section 4204 of
     ERISA were applicable.

          (iv) No notice of intent to terminate a Single Employer Plan has been
     filed, nor has any Single Employer Plan been terminated pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 4041(e) of ERISA.

          (v) The PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate (or appoint a
     trustee to administer) a Single Employer Plan and no event has occurred or
     condition exists which might constitute grounds under the provisions of
     Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of (or the appointment of a
     trustee to administer) any such plan.

          (vi) With respect to each Single Employer Plan (other than a Multiple
     Employer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title I, Subtitle B,
     Part 3 of ERISA, the funding method used in connection with such plan is
     acceptable under ERISA, and the actuarial assumptions and methods used in
     connection with funding such plan satisfy the requirements of Section 302
     of ERISA. Except as described on Schedule 3.16, the assets of each such
     plan are at least equal to the present value of the greater of (i) accrued
     benefits (both vested and non-vested) under such Plan, or (ii) "benefit
     liabilities" (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA) under
     such Plan, in each case as of the latest actuarial valuation date for such
     Plan (determined in accordance with the actuarial assumptions and methods
     in effect for the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on the date of such
     determination), except where the amount of any shortfall and the resultant
     contingent liability is not reasonably likely to result in a Material
     Adverse Effect. No such plan has incurred any "accumulated funding
     deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived.

          (vii) Except as provided on Schedule 3.16, there are no actions, suits
     or claims pending (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the
     knowledge of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, which could reasonably be
     expected to be asserted, against any Single Employer Plan (other than a
     Multiple Employer Plan) and any defined

                                      -47-
<PAGE>
 
     contribution plan within the meaning of Section 3(34) of ERISA or the
     assets of any such plan and no such action, suit or claim, if decided
     against the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, could reasonably be expected
     to have a Material Adverse Effect. No civil or criminal action brought
     pursuant to the provisions of Title I, Subtitle B, Part 5 of ERISA is
     pending or threatened against any fiduciary of any Single Employer Plan
     (other than a Multiple Employer Plan) and any defined contribution plan
     within the meaning of Section 3(34) of ERISA. None of the Plans or any
     fiduciary thereof (in its capacity as such) has been the direct or indirect
     subject of any audit, investigation or examination by any governmental or
     quasi-governmental agency.

          (viii) All of the Single Employer Plans (other than a Multiple
     Employer Plan) and any defined contribution plan within the meaning of
     Section 3(34) of ERISA comply currently, and have complied in the past,
     both as to form and operation, in all material respects with their terms
     and with the provisions of ERISA and the Code, and all other applicable
     laws, rules and regulations; all necessary governmental approvals for such
     plans have been obtained and a favorable determination as to the
     qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code of each of such plans has
     been made by the Internal Revenue Service.

          (ix) To the best knowledge of the Borrower, if it were to incur a
     complete withdrawal from all Multiple Employer Plans to which it
     contributes as of the date hereof, the aggregate withdrawal liability
     payable to such Plans would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 3.17.  Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act.
Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors is an "investment company" as
defined in, or is otherwise subject to regulation under, the Investment Company
Act of 1940. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors is a "holding
company" as that term is defined in or is otherwise subject to regulation under,
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

     Section 3.18.  Security Interest. Upon the execution and delivery of the
Security Documents, the filing of the UCC-1 financing statements to be filed
pursuant thereto and the filing of one or more Assignments for Security
regarding the Trademark Mortgage with the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, each of the Security Documents creates and grants to the Agent, for the
benefit of the Banks, a legal, valid and perfected first (except as permitted
pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof) priority security interest in the collateral
identified therein (other than real property). Such collateral or property is
not subject to any other Liens whatsoever, except Liens permitted by Section
6.01 hereof.

     Section 3.19.  Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 3.19 annexed
hereto sets forth each Subsidiary of the Borrower and its jurisdiction of
incorporation.

     Section 3.20.  Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases; Trademarks;
Licenses and Supplier Agreements. (a) The Borrower and each of the Guarantors
have good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interest in, all of their
respective properties and assets shown on the most recent balance sheet referred
to in Section 3.04 hereof and all assets and

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
 
properties acquired since the date of such balance sheet, except for such
properties as are no longer used or useful in the conduct of its business or as
have been disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and except for minor
defects in title that do not interfere with the ability of the Borrower or any
of the Guarantors to conduct its business as now conducted. All such assets and
properties are free and clear of all Liens other than those permitted by Section
6.01 hereof. All improvements are in compliance in all material respects with
all applicable laws, ordinances, zoning laws and restrictive covenants and do
not encroach on the property of others. No charges or violations have been filed
or made with respect to any violations or alleged violations by such property or
structure of any applicable ordinances, laws, requirements, regulations or
restrictive covenants except for any charges or violations which would not have
a Material Adverse Effect.

     (b) The Borrower and each of the Guarantors have complied with all
obligations under all leases to which they are a party and under which they are
in occupancy except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material
Adverse Effect, and all such leases are in full force and effect and the
Borrower and each of the Guarantors enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession
under all such leases.

     (c) The Borrower and each of the Guarantors own or control or have the
right to use all material trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name
rights, copyrights, patents, patent rights and licenses which are necessary for
the conduct of the business of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors;
provided, however, that the Banks acknowledge that the trademarks "P.A. Bergner"
and "Boston Stores" have not been registered by the Borrower with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office. Neither the Borrower nor any of the
Guarantors is infringing upon or otherwise acting adversely to or in violation
of, nor would the exercise by the Banks of their rights under the Loan Documents
infringe upon, be adverse to or violate, any trademarks, trademark rights, trade
names, trade name rights, copyrights, patent rights or licenses owned by any
other person or persons. There is no claim or action by any such other person
pending, or to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any
Guarantor thereof, threatened, against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors
with respect to any of the rights or property referred to in this Section
3.21(c) other than any such claim or action which would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     (d) No material licensee agreements, supplier agreements or similar
agreements (other than Consignment Agreements) (collectively, the "Supplier
Agreements") between the Borrower, any Guarantor and any vendor or supplier of
inventory prohibits or restricts the grant of a security interest in the
Borrower or Guarantor's interest in such Supplier Agreements (or with respect to
the inventory subject thereto) or the exercise of remedies with respect thereto
(including, without limitation, the resale of trademarked goods) by the Agent
under the Security Documents and the consent of the supplier or licensor under
such Supplier Agreements is not required in connection with the grant of such
security interest or the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents.

     Section 3.21.  Solvency. (a) As of the Closing Date, the fair salable value
of the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors taken as a whole is not less
than the amount that will be

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
 
required to be paid on or in respect of the probable liability on the existing
debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower
and the Guarantors, as they become absolute and mature.

     (b) As of the Closing Date, the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors
taken as a whole do not constitute unreasonably small capital for the Borrower
and the Guarantors to carry out their business as now conducted and as proposed
to be conducted including the capital needs of the Borrower and the Guarantors,
taking into account the particular capital requirements of the business
conducted by the Borrower and the Guarantors and projected capital requirements
and capital availability thereof.

     (c) The Borrower and the Guarantors do not intend to incur debts beyond
their ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing
and amounts of cash to be received by the Borrower and the Guarantors, and of
amounts to be payable on or in respect of debt of the Borrower and the
Guarantors). The cash flow of the Borrower and the Guarantors, after taking into
account all anticipated uses of the cash of the Borrower and the Guarantors,
will at all times be sufficient to pay all such amounts on or in respect of debt
of the Borrower and the Guarantors when such amounts are required to be paid.

     Section 3.22.  Permits, Etc. Except as specified on Schedule 3.22 hereof,
the Borrower and each of the Guarantors possess all material, licenses, permits,
approvals and consents (collectively, "Permits"), including, without limitation,
all those required under Environmental Law to conduct properly their business,
each such Permit is and will be in full force and effect, the Borrower and each
of the Guarantors are in compliance in all material respects with all such
Permits, and no event (including, without limitation, any violation of any law,
rule or regulation) has occurred which allows the revocation or termination of
any such Permit or any restriction thereon.

     Section 3.23.  No Change in Credit Criteria Collection Policies. There has
been no change in credit criteria or collection policies concerning account
receivables of the Borrower, CPS or NBGL from those set forth in the Credit Card
Guidelines attached hereto as Schedule 3.23, except as permitted under Section
5.17 hereof.

     Section 3.24.  Landlord's Liens. No landlord or other lessor has been
granted by the Borrower or any Guarantor (by contract) a Lien or other interest
in any Inventory of the Borrower or the Guarantors.

     Section 3.25.  Environmental Matters. Without limiting the generality of
Section 3.07 hereof, except as specified on Schedule 3.25 hereto, neither the
Borrower nor the Guarantors has received any claim, written notice, complaint,
suit or order from any Governmental Authority or other Person concerning the
Release of Hazardous Materials for which the Borrower or any Guarantor may be
responsible under Environmental Law.

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
 
                                  Article IV

                             Conditions of Lending

      Section 4.01.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall
become effective on the date on which:

           (a) Supporting Documents. The Agent shall have received for each of
      the Borrower, CPS and (with respect to item (iii) below only) the other
      Guarantors:

               (i) a copy of such entity's certificate of incorporation, as
           amended, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of
           the state of its incorporation;

               (ii) a certificate of such Secretary of State, dated as of a
           recent date, as to the good standing of and payment of taxes by, that
           entity and as to the charter documents on file in the office of such
           Secretary of State; and

               (iii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
           that entity dated the date of the initial Loan or the initial Letter
           of Credit hereunder, whichever first occurs, and certifying (A) that
           attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the certificate of
           incorporation and the by-laws of that entity as in effect on the date
           of such certification, (B) that attached thereto is a true and
           complete copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of
           that entity authorizing the Borrowings and Letter of Credit
           extensions hereunder, the execution, delivery and performance in
           accordance with their respective terms of this Agreement, the Notes
           to be executed by it, the Loan Documents and any other documents
           required or contemplated hereunder or thereunder and the granting of
           the security interests contemplated hereby, (C) that the certificate
           of incorporation of that entity has not been amended since the date
           of the last amendment thereto indicated on the certificate of the
           Secretary of State furnished pursuant to clause (i) above (or as
           currently in effect with respect to the Guarantors) and (D) as to the
           incumbency and specimen signature of each officer of that entity
           executing this Agreement, the Notes to be executed by it and the Loan
           Documents or any other document delivered by it in connection
           herewith or therewith (such certificate to contain a certification by
           another officer of that entity as to the incumbency and signature of
           the officer signing the certificate referred to in this clause
           (iii)).

                (b) Notes. On or before the date of the initial Loans or the
           issuance of the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, whichever first
           occurs, the Agent shall have received Notes executed on behalf of the
           Borrower, dated the Closing Date, payable to the order of each of the
           Banks, in an amount equal to such Bank's Commitment.

                (c) UCC Searches. On or before the date of the initial Loans or
           the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, whichever
           first occurs, the Agent shall have

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
 
     received the results of UCC searches or other evidence reasonably
     satisfactory to the Agent indicating the absence of Liens other than those
     permitted hereunder.

          (d) Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors.  The Agent
     and the Banks shall have received (i) the favorable written opinion of
     Charles J. Hansen, Esq., Vice President and General Counsel of the Borrower
     and certain of the Guarantors, dated the date of the initial Loans or the
     issuance of the initial Letter of Credit, whichever first occurs,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit C, (ii) the favorable written opinion
     of Quarles & Brady dated the date of the initial Loans or the issuance of
     the initial Letter of Credit, whichever first occurs, substantially in the
     form of Exhibit C-1 and (iii) the favorable written opinion of Sidley &
     Austin dated the date of the initial Loans or the issuance of the initial
     Letter of Credit, whichever first occurs, substantially in the form of
     Exhibit C-2.

          (e) Payment of Fees.  The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent the
     closing fees referred to in Section 2.22 and then unpaid balance of all
     accrued and unpaid Fees then payable under and pursuant to this Agreement
     and the letter referred to in Section 2.19.

          (f) Inventory.  The Agent shall be satisfied that the Inventory of the
     Borrower and CPS is located at such places and is in the aggregate amounts
     heretofore represented by the Borrower and CPS to the Agent.

          (g) Interim Financials.  The Agent shall have received the interim
     consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and the
     Guarantors for each month following the fiscal year ended February 3, 1996
     (to the extent that the subject month ends greater than 20 days prior to
     the Closing Date), prepared and certified by the Borrower, and such interim
     financial statements shall not differ in any material and adverse respect
     from estimates thereof previously delivered in writing to the Agent.

          (h) Accuracy of Information.  None of the information submitted by the
     Borrower and/or the Guarantors to the Agent or any Bank prior to the
     Closing Date shall have been or become false, incomplete, or inaccurate in
     any material and adverse respect, and none of the conditions represented or
     indicated to exist shall change in any material and adverse respect.

          (i) Ongoing Due Diligence.  The Agent's ongoing due diligence
     investigation shall not disclose information, or the Agent shall not
     otherwise discover information not previously disclosed to it, that the
     Agent believes has had or could have a Materially Adverse Effect.

          (j) Notice Regarding Section 7.02.  The Borrower and CPS shall have
     joined the Agent in notifying the Purchaser under the Receivables Purchase
     Agreement and the Collateral Agent and the Receivables Agreement Agent (or
     the Agent under any other agreement entered into by such Purchaser to fund
     its purchase of Credit Card

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
 
     Receivables from the Borrower and CPS) of the provisions of Section 7.02 of
     this Agreement.

          (k) Loan Documents.  The Borrower and the Guarantors shall have duly
     executed and delivered, or caused to be duly executed and delivered, such
     Loan Documents as the Agent shall reasonably request, including, without
     limitation, security agreements, UCC financing statements, warehouse
     waivers and delivery of all instruments included in the Collateral. Each of
     the foregoing shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and
     its counsel.

          (l) Consents and Approvals.  The Agent shall have received evidence in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrower and the
     Guarantors have obtained all requisite governmental, regulatory or judicial
     consents and appraisals for the borrowings under this Agreement and the
     granting of the security interests in the Collateral with the priority
     described herein.

          (m) Termination of Existing Credit Facility.  The Borrower shall have
     terminated the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of
     October 14, 1993 among the Borrower, the Subsidiaries listed on the
     signature pages thereof, the financial institutions party thereto and Fleet
     Bank N.A. (f/k/a National Westminster Bank USA), as Agent, all amounts
     payable thereunder shall have been paid or shall be paid with the proceeds
     of the first Borrowing hereunder and Fleet Bank N.A. shall have released
     any Liens granted to it by the Borrower or any Guarantor.

          (n) NBGL Documents.  The Borrower shall have delivered true and
     correct copies of the NBGL Documents to the Agent.

     Section 4.02.  Conditions Precedent to Each Loan and Each Letter of Credit.
The obligation of the Banks to make each Loan and of the Fronting Bank to issue
each Letter of Credit, including the initial Loan and the initial Letter of
Credit, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

          (a) Notice. The Agent shall have received a notice with respect to
     such borrowing or issuance, as the case may be, as required by Article II.

          (b) Representations and Warranties.  All representations and
     warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or
     otherwise made in writing in connection herewith or therewith shall be true
     and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of each
     Borrowing or the issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder with the same
     effect as if made on and as of such date, except for representations or
     warranties which are violated as a result of transactions permitted in
     accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

          (c) No Default.  On the date of each Borrowing hereunder or the
     issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower and Guarantors shall be in
     compliance with all of the terms and provisions set forth herein to be
     observed or performed and no Event 

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
 
     of Default or event which upon notice or lapse of time or both would
     constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

          (d) Corporate and Judicial Proceedings.  All corporate and judicial
     proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the
     Transactions among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Banks
     contemplated by this Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and
     substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall have received all information
     and copies of all documents and papers, including good standing and foreign
     qualification certificates and records of corporate and judicial
     proceedings, which the Agent may have reasonably requested in connection
     therewith, such certificates, documents and papers where appropriate to be
     certified by proper corporate, governmental or judicial authorities.

          (e) Borrowing Base Certificate.  The Agent shall have received the
     timely delivery of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate required to
     be delivered hereunder.

          (f) Payment of Fees.  The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent the
     then unpaid balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees then payable under and
     pursuant to this Agreement and the letter referred to in Section 2.19.

The request by the Borrower for, and the acceptance by the Borrower of, each
extension of credit hereunder (including each refinancing of a Loan hereunder
(other than a conversion of a Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan)) shall be deemed
to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions
specified in this Section have been satisfied at that time and that after giving
effect to such extension of credit the Borrower shall continue to be in
compliance with the Borrowing Base.

                                   Article V


                             Affirmative Covenants

     From the Closing Date and for so long as any Commitment shall be in effect
or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (in a face amount in excess of
95.24% of the amount of cash then held in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant
to Section 2.03(b) or 2.13(a)), or any amount shall remain outstanding under any
Note or unpaid under this Agreement, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors
agrees that, unless the Required Banks shall otherwise consent in writing, it
will:

     Section 5.01.  Financial Statements, Reports, Etc.  In the case of
the Borrower, deliver to the Agent and each of the Banks:

          (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated
     balance sheet and related statement of income and cash flows, showing the
     financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of
     such fiscal year and the results of the Borrower's operations and the
     operations of its Subsidiaries during such year,
    
                                      -54-
<PAGE>
 
     audited by KPMG Peat Marwick or other independent public accountants of
     recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such
     accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect) to the
     effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all
     material respects the financial position and results of operations of the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

          (b) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under (a)
     above or (c) below, a certificate of the accounting firm or a Responsible
     Officer, as the case may be, opining on or certifying such statements (i)
     certifying that no Event of Default or event which upon notice or lapse of
     time or both would constitute an Event of Default has occurred, or, if such
     an Event of Default or event has occurred, specifying the nature and extent
     thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with
     respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail
     satisfactory to the Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants
     contained in Sections 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 6.07, 6.08, 6.09, 6.10 and 6.17;

          (c) (i) within twenty days of the end of each fiscal month, its
     unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income and
     cash flows showing the financial position of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal month and the results of its
     operations and the operations of its Subsidiaries during such fiscal month
     and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, together with a comparison
     of such consolidated information with the written projections furnished by
     the Borrower to the Agent and with the results for such period in the
     previous fiscal year, all certified by a Responsible Officer as presenting
     fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of
     operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
     applied, subject to normal year-end adjustments; and (ii) (x) within forty-
     five days of the end of each fiscal quarter, unaudited consolidating
     balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and related statements
     of income and cash flows and (y) within forty-five days of the end of each
     of the first three fiscal quarters of the fiscal year of the Borrower,
     unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     and related statements of income and cash flows, in each case showing the
     financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of
     such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of
     its Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of
     the fiscal year, together with a comparison of such information with the
     written projections furnished by the Borrower to the Agent and with the
     results for such period in the previous fiscal year, all certified by a
     Responsible Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects the
     financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries on a consolidating or consolidated basis, as the case may be,
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
     applied, subject to normal year-end adjustments;

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
 
          (d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all
     periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by
     it with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any governmental
     authority succeeding to any of or all the functions of said commission, or
     with any national securities exchange, as the case may be;

          (e) as soon as available and in any event (A) within 20 days after the
     Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates knows or has reason to know that
     any Termination Event described in clause (i) of the definition of
     Termination Event with respect to any Single Employer Plan of the Borrower
     or such ERISA Affiliate has occurred and (B) within 5 days after the
     Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates knows or has reason to know that
     any other Termination Event with respect to any such Plan has occurred, a
     statement of the chief financial officer of the Borrower describing such
     Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower or such ERISA
     Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

          (f) promptly and in any event within 5 days after receipt thereof by
     the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC copies of each
     notice received by the Borrower or any such ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's
     intention to terminate any Single Employer Plan of the Borrower or such
     ERISA Affiliate or to have a trustee appointed to administer any such Plan;

          (g) promptly and in any event within 20 days after the filing thereof
     with the Internal Revenue Service, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial
     Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each
     Single Employer Plan of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates;

          (h) within 5 days after notice is given or required to be given to the
     PBGC under Section 302(f)(4)(A) of ERISA of the failure of the Borrower or
     any of its ERISA Affiliates to make timely payments to a Single Employer
     Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a copy of any such notice filed and a statement
     of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth (A) sufficient
     information necessary to determine the amount of the lien under Section
     302(f)(3), (B) the reason for the failure to make the required payments and
     (C) the action, if any, which the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
     proposed to take with respect thereto;

          (i) promptly and in any event within 10 days after receipt thereof by
     the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a
     copy of each notice received by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
     concerning (A) the imposition of Withdrawal Liability by a Multiemployer
     Plan, (B) the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to
     be, in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (C) the
     termination of a Multiemployer Plan within the meaning of Title IV of
     ERISA, or (D) the amount of liability incurred, or which may be incurred,
     by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with any event
     described in clause (A), (B) or (C) above;

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
 
          (j) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the
     operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any material loan or financing
     agreements as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request;

          (k) furnish to the Agent promptly after the same is available, copies
     of all material pleadings, motions, applications, judicial information,
     financial information and other documents filed by or on behalf of the
     Borrower or any of the Guarantors in connection with any litigation or
     other proceeding described in Section 5.01A hereof;

          (l) immediately upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notice of any
     Liquidity Termination Event and/or Purchase Termination Event (as such term
     is defined in the Receivables Agreement Documents) or termination of any of
     the NBGL Documents;

          (m) (i) upon the request of the Agent, furnish to the Agent the Daily
     Reports delivered under the Receivables Agreement and (ii) furnish to the
     Agent after the same is available, the Settlement Reports delivered under
     the Receivables Agreement and any information furnished by NBGL to the
     Borrower or CPS under any of the NBGL Documents;

          (n) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all final financial
     reports (including, without limitation, management letters), if any,
     submitted to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by its auditors, in
     connection with each annual or interim audit or review of its books by such
     auditors;

          (o) written notice in the event that the Bank Termination Date,
     Seasonal Termination Date and/or Windmill Termination Date under the
     Liquidity Agreement has occurred or shall be scheduled to occur within 365
     days; and

     Section 5.01A.  Litigation and Other Notices. Give the Agent prompt written
notice of the following:

          (a) the issuance by any court or governmental agency or authority of
     any injunction, order, decision or other restraint prohibiting, or having
     the effect of prohibiting, the making of the Loans or the issuance of
     Letters of Credit, or invalidating, or having the effect of invalidating,
     any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, or
     the initiation of any litigation or similar proceeding seeking any such
     injunction, order, decision or other restraint;

          (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding
     against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, whether at law or in equity
     or by or before any court or any Federal, state, municipal or other
     governmental agency or authority, (i) which is material and is brought by
     or on behalf of any governmental agency or authority, or in which
     injunctive or other equitable relief is sought or (ii) as to which
                                     
                                     -57-
<PAGE>
 
     it is probable (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards No. 5) that there will be an adverse determination and which, if
     adversely determined, would (A) reasonably be expected to result in
     liability of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate amount of
     $500,000 or more, not reimbursable by insurance, or (B) materially impair
     the right of the Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under
     this Agreement, any Note or any other Loan Document to which it is a party;
     and

          (c) any development in the business or affairs of the Borrower or the
     Borrower and Guarantors taken as a whole which has had or which is likely,
     in the reasonable judgment of any Responsible Officer of the Borrower, to
     have, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 5.02.  Corporate Existence. Do or cause to be done and cause each
of the Guarantors to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve,
renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, material
rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply in all material respects
with all laws and regulations applicable to it; provided, however, that any
Guarantor or Subsidiary (other than Great Lakes, Bergner Credit Corporation,
NBGL or Bergner Finance Corporation) may be merged into the Borrower or CPS so
long as the Borrower or CPS, as the case may be, is the surviving entity, CPS
may be merged into CPS Holding Co., so long as CPS Holding Co. is the surviving
entity and any Guarantor (other than CPS or CPS Holding Co.) which is directly
or indirectly wholly-owned by the Borrower may merge into any other Guarantor or
adopt a plan of dissolution and make a liquidating distribution of its assets to
its shareholders (so long as such shareholder is a Guarantor). Subject to the
proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, each Subsidiary is and shall
remain a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     Section 5.03.  Insurance. (a) Keep its insurable real properties, the
Collateral and all other personal property insured at all times, against such
risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as
is customary with companies of the same or similar size in the same or similar
businesses.

     (b) maintain in full force and effect public liability insurance against
claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about
or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, in such amounts and with
such deductibles as are customary with companies of the same or similar size in
the same or similar businesses and in the same geographic area; and maintain
such other insurance as may be required by law. The Agent and each of the Banks
shall be named as an additional insured with respect to all liability policies
and shall be named as loss payee with respect to all casualty insurance covering
Collateral to the extent that any individual casualty or loss is in excess of
$500,000. The insurance policies described in this Section 5.03 shall (i)
provide for at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Agent of the
cancellation thereof (without substitution of a comparable policy which complies
with the requirements of this Section 5.03) and 10 days' prior written notice to
the Agent of the substantial modification thereof, (ii) provide that the Agent
shall

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
 
have the right (but not the obligation) to cure any default by the Borrower or
such Subsidiary under such insurance (the Agent acknowledging (without waiving
any rights against the Borrower under or in connection with this Agreement) that
such failure to cure may result in the cancellation of such insurance), (iii) to
the extent available through the best efforts of Borrower, shall be primary
without right of contribution from any other insurance which is carried by the
Agent or any Bank to the extent that such other insurance provides Agent or such
Bank with contingent and/or excess liability insurance and shall expressly
provide that all of the provisions thereof, except the limits of liability
(which shall be applicable to all insureds as a group) and except liability for
premiums (which shall be solely a liability of the Borrower), shall operate in
the same manner as if there were a separate policy covering each insured, (iv)
provide that, in respect of the interests of the Agent and the Banks, such
insurance shall not be invalidated by any action or inaction of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary, as the case may be, (v) insure the Agent's interests regardless
of any breach of or violation by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, as the case may
be, of any warranties, declarations, or conditions contained in such insurance
and (vi) shall be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The insurance
companies issuing the insurance described in this Section 5.03 shall be rated A-
10 or better by Best's Rating Guide. In the event that the Borrower or CPS
receives any proceeds of casualty insurance resulting from a casualty to the
equipment comprising the management information system of the Borrower or CPS
necessary to service a "Purchased Receivables" under the Receivables Agreement
and issue Settlement Reports under the Receivables Agreement, the Agent and the
Banks agree that such proceeds may be used to purchase replacement equipment or
services. All other proceeds of casualty insurance shall be applied by the Agent
and the Banks pursuant to the terms of Section 2.13(b) of this Agreement.

     (c) From time to time upon request of the Agent, promptly furnish or cause
to be furnished to the Agent evidence, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, of the maintenance of all insurance required to be
maintained by this Section 5.03 hereof, including, but not limited to, such
originals or copies as the Agent may reasonably request of policies,
certificates of insurance, riders and endorsements relating to such insurance
and proof of premium payments.

     Section 5.04.  Obligations and Taxes. With respect to the Borrower and each
Guarantor, pay all its material obligations promptly and in accordance with
their terms and pay and discharge promptly all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or
in respect of its property, before the same shall become in default, as well as
all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise which,
if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon such properties or any part
thereof; provided, however, that the Borrower and each Subsidiary shall not be
required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and discharged any such
tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof
shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (if the Borrower and
the Guarantors shall have set aside on their books adequate reserves therefor).

     Section 5.05.  Notice of Event of Default, Etc. Promptly give to the Agent
notice in writing of any Event of Default or the occurrence of any event or
circumstance which with

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
 
the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of
Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the action (if any) which
is proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

     Section 5.06.  Borrowing Base Certificate. Furnish to the Agent as soon as
available and in any event on or before Wednesday of each week a Borrowing Base
Certificate as at the end of the immediately preceding week substantially in the
form of Exhibit D, provided that if there shall occur a "system failure" or
other similar technical failure in the operations which produce data included in
the Borrowing Base Certificate or such reports, such Borrowing Base Certificate
or reports which are required to be delivered on a Wednesday shall be delivered
to the Agent on or before Friday of such week.

     Section 5.07.  Access to Books and Records. Maintain or cause to be
maintained at all times true and complete books and records of the financial
operations of the Borrower, the Guarantors and NBGL and customer lists in
connection with the business of the Borrower, the Guarantors and NBGL; and
provide the Agent and its representatives (including representatives of the
Banks, who shall accompany the Agent and who shall pay their own costs in
connection therewith) access to all such books, records and customer lists
during regular business hours, in order that the Agent may examine and make
abstracts from such books, accounts, records, customer lists and other papers
(including, but not limited to, Inventory included in the Borrowing Base) for
the purpose of verifying the accuracy of the various reports delivered by the
Borrower, the Guarantors or NBGL to the Agent or the Banks pursuant to this
Agreement, for otherwise ascertaining compliance with this Agreement and for
such other purposes as the Agent may reasonably request; and at any time and
from time to time during regular business hours, permit the Agent and any agents
or representatives (including, without limitation, appraisers) thereof to visit
the properties of the Borrower with a view to, among other things, ascertaining
compliance with the Borrowing Base. The Borrower, the Guarantors and NBGL
jointly and severally agree to pay to the Agent the customary per diem rates
plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for each of the Agent's examiners and the
reasonable costs to the Agent with respect to third party examiners, for a total
of three examinations per calendar year prior to an Event of Default and for
unlimited examinations after an Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall be provided with access
to all customer lists of the Borrower, the Guarantors and NBGL and the Agent
shall be permitted to copy and use such customer lists, computer programs and
data (but not sell such customer lists, computer programs and data) in
connection with the exercise of its rights and remedies under this Agreement
and/or the Security Documents. The Borrower, the Guarantors and NBGL each agree
not to agree to (and to cause NBGL to agree not to agree to), or suffer the
creation of, any Lien on any customer lists, computer programs or data,
provided, however, that the Agent consents to the grant by the Borrower, the
Guarantors and NBGL of rights to access and use of customer lists, computer
programs and data to the Receivables Agent and "Collateral Agent" in connection
with the Receivables Agreement Documents pursuant to terms that are
substantially the same as those set forth in the immediately preceding two
sentences of this Section 5.07.

                                      -60-
<PAGE>
 
      Section 5.08.  Concentration of Cash. (a) All cash of the Borrower,
any Guarantor or NBGL arising from the Receivables Agreement and/or from the
Borrower's, any Guarantor's or NBGL's ordinary course of business shall be
subject to the Borrower's Cash Management System (the "System") as outlined on
Schedule 5.08 in a manner (including timing of transfers) consistent with the
Borrower's past practices.  The Borrower, any Guarantor or NBGL may modify or
change the System (other than with respect to Collection Account Banks) upon ten
days prior written notice to the Agent, which notice shall contain an updated
Schedule 5.08 containing the information comparable to the information set forth
on Schedule 5.08 on the Closing Date, provided, however, that the Borrower, the
Guarantors and NBGL may not, without the prior written consent of the Agent,
modify or change the System in a manner that would (i) result in a co-mingling
of proceeds of Collateral with property that is not subject to the Lien of the
Agent (except to the extent that such co-mingling already occurs on the Closing
Date as described on Schedule 5.08), (ii) reduce the cash flow to the Collection
Account Banks or result in less than all of the proceeds of the Collateral or
less than all of the proceeds of Purchased Receivables (with respect to in-store
payments) being deposited in the Collection Account Banks or transferred to
Collection Account Banks, (iii) change the time schedule for deposits and
transfers or the residual balances in deposit accounts materially from past
practice, or (iv) subject any of the proceeds of Collateral to any Lien (other
than as permitted under Section 6.01 of this Agreement).  The Borrower may
substitute for and/or replace the Collection Account Banks upon thirty (30) days
prior written notice to the Agent, which notice shall contain an updated
Schedule 5.08 containing the information comparable to the information set forth
on Schedule 5.08 on the Closing Date.  No proposed Collection Account Bank may
become a Collection Account Bank unless and until it has executed and delivered
a Collection Account Letter to the Agent.

      (b) The Borrower and the Guarantors agree to furnish the Agent with
collection account letters (collectively, the "Collection Account Letters")
executed by the Borrower or (where appropriate) the Guarantors and NBGL and
LaSalle National Bank (collectively, together with any financial institutions
who in the future execute and deliver Collection Account Letters, the
"Collection Account Banks").  Such Collection Account Letters shall be in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent, including, without limitation, the
agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors and the applicable Collection Account
Bank that, upon notification by the Agent to the Collection Account Bank that a
Designated Event of Default has occurred or that the Obligations have been
accelerated by the Agent, such Collection Account Bank shall transfer to the
Agent's Concentration Account on a daily basis and in immediately available
funds, all funds on deposit with such Collection Account Bank other than funds
that the Borrower or (where appropriate) a Guarantor directs to be paid to Great
Lakes or its assignee as required by the Receivables Agreement and other than
funds remaining on deposit with the Collection Account Bank in accordance with
the express terms of the Collection Account Letter (such transfer to the Agent's
Concentration Account, the "Concentration Account Funding").  The Borrower
agrees that, at all times before and after the execution of Collection Account
Letters, upon notice by the Agent to the Borrower of a Designated Event of
Default or the acceleration of the Obligations, to direct the Collection Account
Banks (and take all other action necessary) to promptly transfer all funds in
such Collection Account Banks (other than funds required to be paid to Great
Lakes under the 

                                     -61-
<PAGE>
 
Receivables Agreement and funds remaining on deposit with the Collection Account
Bank in accordance with the express terms of the Collection Account Letters) to
the Agent's Concentration Account. Upon the Agent's request, the Borrower shall
promptly furnish the Agent with reasonable supporting documentation regarding
the amount of funds transferred or paid after the date hereof to Great Lakes
under the Receivables Agreement, whether from Collection Account Banks or
otherwise.

      (c) On the date which is sixty days after the cure in full of all
Designated Events of Default (such date, a "Designated Event of Default Cure
Date"), so long as such cure has been completed prior to the acceleration of the
Obligations, the Agent and the Banks agree that the Agent shall instruct the
Collection Account Banks to discontinue the Concentration Account Funding
referred to in the foregoing clause (b) and the Borrower and the Guarantors
agree that the cash funds of the Borrower, the Guarantors and NBGL shall
thereafter continue to be deposited as required under Section 5.08(a) of this
Agreement, subject to the occurrence of another Designated Event of Default or
the acceleration of the Obligations.

      (d) All amounts deposited in the Concentration Account shall be promptly
applied at the option of the Agent to the repayment of outstanding Obligations
and to furnish cash collateral with respect to the outstanding amount of undrawn
Letters of Credit in such manner and order of priority as the Agent shall elect,
and any excess over the amount of outstanding Obligations and the amount of
undrawn Letters of Credit shall be released to the Borrower. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, on the Designated Event of Default Cure Date (if such date occurs
prior to the acceleration of the Obligations), all cash collateral previously
furnished pursuant to this paragraph (d) with respect to Letters of Credit shall
be promptly released to the Borrower.

      Section 5.09.  Business Plan. As soon as practicable, furnish to the
Agent any material amendments and supplements with respect to the Borrower's
business plan and make its senior officers available to discuss the same with
the Agent.  In addition to the foregoing, the Borrower agrees to furnish the
Agent with an update of its business plan at least once every twelve months.

      Section 5.10.  Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each of its
Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders,
and duly observe, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to duly observe, all valid
requirements of governmental authorities (including, without limitation, ERISA
and the rules and regulations thereunder), and all applicable statutes, rules,
regulations and orders relating to environmental protection and to public and
employee health, safety and labor other than any such laws, rules, regulations,
orders, requirements and statutes the failure to comply with would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.

      Section 5.11.  Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of Loans only for the
purposes set forth in Section 3.10 hereof and use Letters of Credit only for the
purposes permitted in this Agreement.

                                     -62-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 5.12.  Fiscal Year-End. Cause its fiscal year to end on the
Saturday which is closest to the last day in January in each year.

     Section 5.13.  Further Assurances. Execute any and all further documents
and take all further actions which may be required under applicable law, or
which the Agent may reasonably request, to grant, preserve, protect and perfect
the first priority security interest created by the Security Documents in the
Collateral.

     Section 5.14.  Additional Grantors and Guarantors. Promptly inform the
Agent of the creation or acquisition of any direct or indirect subsidiary
(subject to the provisions of Section 6.19 hereof) and cause each direct or
indirect subsidiary not in existence on the date hereof to enter into a
Guarantee in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, and to execute the
Security Documents, as applicable, and grant a lien in favor of the Agent on its
assets which are of a type covered by the Security Agreement (Guarantor).

     Section 5.15.  Environmental Laws. (a) Comply, and cause each of its
Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with the provisions of all
applicable Environmental Laws, and shall keep its properties and the properties
of its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Lien. The Borrower shall not cause
or suffer, or permit, and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to
cause or suffer or permit, the property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to
be used for the treatment, transporting or disposal of any Hazardous Material
such as would require a Permit, or, except as necessary for the normal
operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and in material compliance with
Environmental Law, the storage of any waste or Hazardous Materials.

     (b) Supply to the Agent copies of all submissions (other than those
submissions such as permit applications and renewal notices, wastewater
discharge monitoring reports and solid waste activity reports that may be made
in the ordinary course of business) under Environmental Law by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries to any Governmental Authority and of the reports of all
environmental audits and of all other environmental tests, studies or
assessments (including the data derived from any sampling or survey of asbestos,
soil, or subsurface or other materials or conditions) that may be conducted or
performed by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on or
regarding the properties owned, operated, leased or occupied by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or regarding any conditions that might have been
affected by Hazardous Materials on or Released or removed from such properties.
Upon the request of the Agent, the Borrower shall also promptly permit and
authorize, and shall cause its subsidiaries to permit and authorize, the
consultants, attorneys or other persons that prepare such submissions or reports
or perform such audits, tests, studies or assessments to discuss such
submissions, reports or audits with the Agent and the Banks, provided, however,
that Borrower shall have the right to be present at and participate in all such
discussions.

     (c) Promptly (and in no event more than ten Business Days after the
Borrower becomes aware or is otherwise informed of such event) provide oral and
written notice to the Agent upon the happening of any of the following:

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
 
          (i)   the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or any tenant or
     other occupant of any property of the Borrower or such Subsidiary receives
     written notice of any claim, complaint, charge or notice of a violation or
     potential violation of any Environmental Law which if adversely determined
     may reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by the Borrower of
     costs of $250,000 or more;

          (ii)  there has been a Release of Hazardous Materials reportable under
     applicable Environmental Law upon, under or about or affecting any of the
     properties owned, operated, leased or occupied by the Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries, or Hazardous Materials at levels or in amounts that may
     have to be reported, remedied or responded to under Environmental Law are
     detected on or in the soil or groundwater;

          (iii) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives written notice
     that it or they are or may be liable for any costs of cleaning up or
     otherwise responding to a Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or
     from any property other than a property described in clause (i) above which
     may reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by the Borrower of
     costs of $500,000 or more;

          (iv)  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives written notice
     that any part of the properties owned, operated, leased or occupied by the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to an
     Environmental Lien under any Environmental Law; or

          (v)   the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries undertakes any Remedial
     Work with respect to any Hazardous Materials which may reasonably be
     expected to result in the incurrence by the Borrower of costs of $2,500,000
     or more.

     (d) Without in any way limiting the scope of Section 10.06 and in addition
to any obligations thereunder, the Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to
hold the Agent and the Banks harmless from and against any liability, loss,
damage, suit, action or proceeding arising out of its business or the business
of its subsidiaries pertaining to Hazardous Materials, including, but not
limited to, claims of any Governmental Authority or any third person arising
under any Environmental Law or under tort, contract or common law. To the extent
laws of the United States or any applicable state or local law in which property
owned, operated, leased or occupied by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
is located provide that an Environmental Lien upon such property of the Borrower
or such Subsidiary may be obtained for the removal of Hazardous Materials which
have been or may be Released, and a Release has occurred on the subject
property, no later than thirty days after notice is given by the Agent to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary of the attachment or threatened attachment of such
Lien, the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall make its best efforts to deliver to
the Agent a report issued by a qualified third party engineer identifying the
existence of, and describing the extent of, any Hazardous Materials located upon
or beneath the specified property.

     (e) In the event that any Remedial Work is required to be performed by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any applicable Environmental Law, the
Borrower

                                      -64-
<PAGE>
 
or such Subsidiary shall commence all such Remedial Work at or prior to the time
required therefor under such Environmental Law and thereafter diligently
prosecute to completion all such Remedial Work in accordance with and within the
time allowed under such applicable Environmental Laws; and (ii) notwithstanding
clause (i) hereof, the Borrower shall have no such obligation to diligently
prosecute such Remedial Work if the Borrower is contesting the related remedial
order in good faith.

     Section 5.16.  Cleanup Period. Reduce all outstanding Obligations (other
than undrawn Letters of Credit) to zero for the entire period from December 31
of each year to and including February 28 or (if a "leap year") 29, of each
following year (each such period, a "Cleanup Period"), and reduce Letter of
Credit Outstandings to $70,000,000 during each such Cleanup Period.

     Section 5.17.  Credit Card Agreements and Credit Card Guidelines. Each of
the Borrower and CPS will perform (and will cause NBGL to perform) its
obligations in accordance with, and will comply in all material respects with,
the Credit Card Guidelines and will not change or modify the Credit Card
Agreements or its Credit Card Guidelines, except insofar as any change or
failure so to comply or conform would not materially and adversely affect the
amount of Collections, or the timing or receipt thereof, or the rights of the
Borrower, the Agent or any of the Banks under this Agreement or if such changes
are necessary under any Requirement of Law. Except as limited by the preceding
sentence, the Borrower and CPS shall be free (and shall be free to cause NBGL)
to change the terms and provisions of such Credit Card Agreements or the Credit
Card Guidelines in any respect so long as such changes are in a commercially
reasonable manner consistent with prudent credit card practices, and such change
shall not cause a downgrading or withdrawal of the then current rating of
commercial paper issued in connection with the Receivables Agreement Documents
by any rating agency (unless such change is necessary under any Requirement of
Law). In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower and CPS shall give (and will
cause NBGL to give) the Agent 30 days' advance notice of any material change in
the Credit Card Guidelines (including the timing and calculation of write-offs)
except that if such change is necessary under any Requirement of Law prior to
the expiration of such 30-day period, the Borrower and CPS shall give (and will
cause NBGL to give) advance notice of any such change as soon as practicable. In
any event, the Borrower and CPS will not change (and will ensure that NBGL will
not change except as required by law or as shall be necessary to obtain a
satisfactory examination report from the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or other applicable
government authority) (A) their practice with respect to writing off of Credit
Card Receivables as uncollectible if such change would result in the writing off
of Credit Card Receivables later than is the practice of the Borrower and CPS as
of the Closing Date or (B) their practice with respect to aging Credit Card
Receivables from that set forth in the Credit Card Guidelines as in effect on
the Closing Date, nor shall they reschedule, revise, forgive or defer amounts
due on the Receivables other than in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines
or under any Requirement of Law; provided, however, that each of the Borrower
and CPS may (and may cause NBGL to) reschedule, revise, forgive or defer amounts
due on Credit Card Receivables from employees consistent with its current
practice. The Agent has the sole right to waive the provisions hereunder and
permit the Borrower and

                                      -65-
<PAGE>
 
CPS to change or modify (or cause NBGL to change or modify) the Credit Card
Agreements or its' Credit Card Guidelines, provided, however, that to the extent
that such waiver, change or modification would have a Material Adverse Effect,
the consent of the Required Banks shall be obtained. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if Section 5.01(h) of the Receivables Agreement shall be duly amended
at any time prior to a Bank Termination Date, Seasonal Termination Date,
Windmill Termination Date and/or Purchase Termination Date, then the Agent and
the Banks agree that, upon the request of the Borrower, this Section 5.17 shall
be deemed amended to reflect such amendment.

                                  Article VI

                              Negative Covenants

     From the Closing Date and for so long as any Commitment shall be in effect
or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (in a face amount in excess of
95.24% of the amount of cash then held in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant
to Section 2.03(b) or 2.13(a)) or any amount shall remain outstanding under any
Note or unpaid under this Agreement, unless the Required Banks shall otherwise
consent in writing, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors will not:

     Section 6.01.  Liens. Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any asset (including, without limitation, any Inventory or unsold Credit Card
Receivables) of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, now owned or hereafter
acquired, other than (i) Liens existing on the Closing Date as set forth on
Schedule 6.01; (ii) Permitted Liens; (iii) restrictions on transfer by the
Borrower of its AMC shares set forth in Article VI of AMC's by-laws and in the
AMC Shareholders' Agreement, and the right of AMC to purchase such shares set
forth in Article VI of AMC's by-laws; (iv) Liens in favor of the Agent and the
Banks; (v) arrangements for the prepayment of future Inventory purchases; and
(vi) Liens securing the Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.03(iv) hereof.

     Section 6.02.  Merger, Acquisitions, Etc. Consolidate or merge with or
into, or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to,
another Person, or acquire substantially all of the assets or properties of any
Person except as permitted under Section 5.02 or Section 6.16 hereof.

     Section 6.03.  Indebtedness. Contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness, except for (i) Indebtedness under this Agreement; (ii)
Indebtedness incurred on or prior to the Closing Date as described on Schedule
6.03 hereto; (iii) unsecured Indebtedness (excluding trade credit) incurred
after the Closing Date in an outstanding aggregate principal amount not in
excess of $5,000,000; (iv) Indebtedness secured by purchase money liens in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000; (v) Indebtedness permitted under
Section 6.16; (vi) to the extent the same constitutes Indebtedness, guarantees
permitted under Section 6.12; (vii) (a) capital lease obligations incurred by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate
during the term of this Agreement and (b) capital lease obligations incurred by
the Borrower and its

                                      -66-
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries in connection with sale lease-back transactions permitted by
Section 6.17 hereof; (viii) a refinancing, refunding or exchange of Indebtedness
permitted in clauses (iv) and (v) of this Section 6.03, but not the increase in
principal amount or extension of maturity thereof; (ix) Indebtedness of the
Borrower, CPS, Great Lakes and/or any Additional Seller arising under, or in
connection with, any of the Receivables Agreement Documents as amended in a
manner that does not violate Section 6.14 of this Agreement; and (x)
Subordinated Indebtedness not to exceed $150,000,000 in an aggregate principal
amount outstanding at any one time.

     Section 6.04.  Sales, Etc., of Assets. Sell, assign, lease, consign or
otherwise dispose of any of its assets including without limitation, the capital
stock of any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary, Inventory (through bulk sales or
otherwise), store leases or Receivables or permit any Subsidiary so to do,
except for (i) sales of Inventory, fixtures and equipment in the ordinary course
of business and in a manner consistent with the Borrower's past practices and
consignments of Inventory by the Borrower to CPS in the ordinary course of
business and in a manner consistent with the Borrower's past practices
(provided, that the Borrower shall be prohibited from disposing of any of its
assets to CPS, other than inventory by consignment); (ii) sales of "Purchased
Receivables" under the Receivables Agreement by the Borrower, CPS and NBGL
pursuant to the Receivables Agreement or any successor agreement satisfactory to
the Required Banks; (iii) sales of obsolete fixtures and equipment and sales of
fixtures and equipment substantially contemporaneously with the replacement
thereof; and (iv) other sales, assignments, leases, consignments or other
dispositions of assets not otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through
(iii) above in a principal amount (valued at the greater of fair market value or
book value of such asset) not to exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate for all
such dispositions from the Closing Date.

     Section 6.05.  Capital Expenditures. Make Capital Expenditures in any
fiscal year in an aggregate amount in excess of the amount set forth below
opposite the ratio of (i) the average Funded Debt of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the last day of each of the last three fiscal months of the
Borrower's previous fiscal year to (ii) EBITDA for such previous fiscal year:

                                      -67-
<PAGE>
 
     Average Funded Debt to EBITDA                 Capital Expenditures

     1.  Less than 1.5 to 1.0                          $90,000,000

     2.  Greater than or equal to 1.5 to 1.0           $80,000,000
         but less than 2.0 to 1.0

     3.  Greater than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0           $70,000,000
         but less than 3.0 to 1.0

     4.  Greater than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0           $60,000,000
         but less than 3.5 to 1.0

     5.  Greater than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0           $50,000,000
         but less than 4.0 to 1.0

     6.  Greater than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0           $40,000,000
         

     Section 6.06.  Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Permit the ratio of Funded Debt
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of each fiscal month to
EBITDA for the twelve-consecutive-month period ending on such day (the "Funded
Debt to EBITDA Ratio") to be greater than 4.5 to 1.0.

     Section 6.07.  Cash Flow Coverage. Permit, as of the last day of each
fiscal month, the ratio of (i) (A) EBITDA for the twelve fiscal months of the
Borrower then ended plus (B) Rental Expense for the same twelve fiscal months
minus (C) the aggregate principal amount of capital expenditures of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for the same twelve fiscal months to (ii) the sum of (A)
Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
for the same twelve fiscal months plus (B) Rental Expense for the same twelve
fiscal months to be less than:
 
          From and Including      To and Including         Ratio

           Closing Date           August 2, 1997        0.95 to 1.00

           August 3, 1997         January 31, 1998      1.10 to 1.00

           February 1, 1998       August 1, 1998        1.15 to 1.00

           August 2, 1998         Thereafter            1.20 to 1.00

     Section 6.08.  Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit, as of the last day of each
fiscal month, the ratio of EBITDA for the twelve fiscal months of the Borrower
then ended to Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for the same twelve months to be less than 2.8 to 1.0.
       
                                      -68-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 6.09.  Minimum Tangible Net Worth. Permit the Tangible Net Worth at
any time to be less than $250,000,000 plus 75% of positive Net Income of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year commencing on or after
February 4, 1996 (but without subtraction for any negative Net Income for any
such period).

     Section 6.10.  Funded Debt to Equity. Permit the ratio of Funded Debt of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to shareholder's
equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of each fiscal
quarter of the Borrower to be greater than 1.5 to 1.0.

     Section 6.11.  Limitation on Voluntary Payments and Modifications of
Subordinated Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, (i) make (or give any notice for) any principal payment or
prepayment on or redemption or acquisition for value of any Subordinated
Indebtedness or, after any Event of Default, make any interest payment on any
Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) amend or modify, or permit the amendment or
modification of, any provision of any Subordinated Indebtedness, or (iii) set-
off any amounts against the Subordinated Indebtedness.

     Section 6.12.  Guarantees and Other Liabilities. Purchase or repurchase (or
agree, contingently or otherwise, so to do) the Indebtedness of, or assume,
guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of
assuring another's payment or performance of any obligation or capability of so
doing, or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become liable, directly or
indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stock or dividends of any
Person, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, except (i) by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of
business, (ii) guarantees pursuant to Article VIII, (iii) guarantees by the
Borrower of the obligations of any Guarantor and guarantees by any Guarantor of
obligations of the Borrower, (iv) guarantees by a Guarantor of the obligations
of any other Guarantor (to the extent that such obligations are permitted under
this Agreement), (v) in addition to the guarantees permitted under clause (iii)
of this Section 6.12, guarantees by the Borrower or CPS of obligations of any
Guarantor or Subsidiary of the Borrower under leases of real property where such
Guarantor or such Subsidiary of the Borrower is lessee, and as to such real
property, such Guarantor is sublessor or assignor and the Borrower or CPS, as
the case may be, is sublessee or assignee, (vi) in addition to the guarantees
permitted under clause (iii) of this Section 6.14, guarantees by the Borrower or
CPS of obligations of any Person with respect to a lease of the property located
at 5700 Durand Avenue, Racine, Wisconsin 53406 (vii) all obligations,
indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower, CPS, Great Lakes and/or any
Additional Seller (whether direct or indirect and whether contingent or
otherwise) arising under, or in connection with, any of the Receivables
Agreement Documents as amended in a manner which does not violate Section 6.14
of this Agreement, and (viii) guarantees made by the Borrower under the
Merchandise Distribution Participation Agreement to be entered into by AMC in
substantially the form of Schedule A thereto.

     Section 6.13.  Liquidation Sales. Subject to compliance with Section 6.04,
in the event the Borrower or any Guarantor conducts any liquidation, going out
of business or similar Inventory sale with respect to stores comprising greater
than five percent (5%) of the gross

                                      -69-
<PAGE>
 
revenues of the Borrower and the Guarantors for the preceding 12 consecutive
months, accept payment for any merchandise sold in connection with such
liquidation, going out of business or similar Inventory sale in the form of a
Receivable arising under any credit or charge arrangement currently maintained
by the Borrower, CPS or NBGL ("GOB Receivables") unless at the time of such
inventory sale, the Purchaser (as defined in the Receivables Agreement
Documents) is continuing to purchase Credit Card Receivables including GOB
Receivables for cash, Seller Notes and Subordinated Notes pursuant to the terms
of the Receivables Agreement.

     Section 6.14.  Receivables Agreement Documents. Agree to or enter into any
amendment or modification of the Receivables Agreement Documents which would add
any Additional Seller or if the Required Banks otherwise determine (in their
sole discretion) that such amendment or modification would have a material
adverse effect on the Borrower or upon the rights and remedies of the Required
Banks or any Bank. In addition to the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained in this Section, neither the Borrower nor CPS shall (nor
shall NBGL be permitted to), unless the Required Banks otherwise consent in
writing, repurchase any Credit Card Receivables from Great Lakes pursuant to
section 2.05 of the Receivables Agreement.

     Section 6.15.  Merchandise Returns. Modify its merchandise return policies
in any way which would materially adversely affect the Borrower's ability to
repay the Obligations.

     Section 6.16.  Investments, Loans and Advances. Purchase, hold or acquire
any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or
permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any
investment or any other interest in, any other Person (all of the foregoing
"Investments"), except (i) Permitted Investments, (ii) (A) subordinated
promissory notes issued by Great Lakes pursuant to the terms of the Receivables
Agreement (x) in respect of a portion of the purchase price of Credit Card
Receivables thereunder and (y) to evidence loans which may be made by the
Borrower and CPS to Great Lakes thereunder to enable Great Lakes to pay
operating expenses, provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of such loans
in respect of such operating expenses shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time,
(B) Seller Notes (as defined in the Receivables Agreement) issued by Great Lakes
pursuant to the terms of the Receivables Agreement in respect of a portion of
the purchase price of Credit Card Receivables thereunder, and (C) all
obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower, CPS, Great Lakes
and/or any Additional Seller (whether direct or indirect and whether contingent
or otherwise) arising under, or in connection with, any of the Receivables
Agreement Documents as amended in a manner which does not violate Section 6.14
of this Agreement, (iii) advances by the Borrower to CPS and by CPS to the
Borrower, (iv) advances by any Guarantor (other than CPS) to the Borrower and
advances by the Borrower to any Guarantor (other than CPS) in an aggregate
annual amount for all Guarantors (other than CPS) of $1,125,000, (v) other
advances by the Borrower and CPS in the ordinary course of business in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000, (vi) investments not in excess of an
aggregate of $500,000 during the term of this Agreement in non-operating
Subsidiaries of the Borrower (which Subsidiaries shall be required to become a
Guarantor and a grantor of Collateral

                                      -70-
<PAGE>
 
under this Agreement), (vii) loans and advances made by the Borrower or any
Guarantor to the Borrower and/or any other Guarantor pursuant to the Tax-Sharing
Agreement (as defined in Section 3.15 of this Agreement), (viii) open market,
negotiated, or other purchases of the indebtedness of, claims against, or equity
interests in any corporation whose primary business is in the department store
industry or in a closely related industry up to (I) $75,000,000 in the aggregate
for all such transactions if at the time of such investment the Funded Debt to
EBITDA Ratio most recently calculated pursuant to Section 6.06 as shown on the
most recent Compliance Certificate delivered is less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0
or (II) $20,000,000 in the aggregate for all such transactions if at the time of
such investment the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio most recently calculated
pursuant to Section 6.06 as shown on the most recent Compliance Certificate
delivered is greater than 3.0 to 1.0, and (ix) advances by the Borrower to NBGL
in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not exceeding
$25,000,000.

     Section 6.17.  Lease-Backs. Enter into any arrangements, directly or
indirectly, with any person, whereby the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
shall sell or transfer any property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
used or useful in its business, in connection with the rental or lease of the
property so sold or transferred or of other property which the Borrower or such
Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the
property so sold or transferred, if the aggregate gross proceeds of such sale of
such property when added to the aggregate gross sale proceeds from all other
such transactions entered into from and after the Closing Date exceeds
$75,000,000.

     Section 6.18.  Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly
purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any
property to, or enter into any other transaction with, any stockholder,
Affiliate or agent of the Borrower, or any relative thereof, or permit or suffer
any Subsidiary to do so, except at prices and on terms not less favorable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary than that which would have been obtained in an 
arm's-length transaction with a non-affiliated third party; provided, however,
that there shall be excluded from this Section transactions between the Borrower
and any Guarantor, transactions between Guarantors, and transactions among
Bergner Credit Corporation, NBGL, Great Lakes, CPS and the Borrower under the
Receivables Agreement and among the Borrower and the Guarantors under the Tax-
Sharing Agreement.

     Section 6.19.  Business. Alter materially the nature of its business as
operated on the date of this Agreement in any material respect.

     Section 6.20.  ERISA. (a) Engage in any transaction in connection with
which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could be subject to either a material
civil penalty assessed pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of ERISA or a
material tax imposed under the provisions of Section 4975 of the Code.

     (b) Terminate any Single Employer Plan in a "distress termination" under
Section 4041 of ERISA, or take any other action which could reasonably be
expected to result in a material liability of the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate to the PBGC.

                                      -71-
<PAGE>
 
      (c) Fail to make payment when due of all amounts which, under the
provisions of any Single Employer Plan defined contribution plan (within the
meaning of Section 3(34) of ERISA), or Multiemployer Plan, the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate is required to pay as contributions thereto, or, with respect to
any such plan, permit to exist any material "accumulated funding deficiency"
(within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code),
whether or not waived, with respect thereto.

      (d) Adopt an amendment to any Single Employer Plan requiring the provision
of security under Section 307 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the Code.

      Section 6.21.  Accounting Changes. Make, or permit any Subsidiary to make
any change in their accounting treatment or financial reporting practices except
as required or permitted by generally accepted accounting principles in effect
from time to time.

      Section 6.22.  Modification of Charter Documents. Modify, amend or alter
their respective certificates or articles of incorporation or their by-laws in
any respect which is material and adverse to the Agent or any of the Banks.

      Section 6.23.  Fees. Pay any management, consulting or directors fees,
other than usual and customary directors fees paid by the Borrower to its
directors and consulting fees consistent with the practice of the Borrower's
industry.

      Section 6.24.  Landlord's Liens. Enter into any lease or similar
arrangement pursuant to which a Lien or other interest in any Inventory of the
Borrower or the Guarantors is granted by the Borrower or any Guarantor to any
landlord or other lessor.

      Section 6.25.  NBGL. (a) Permit NBGL to engage in any business activity
(including, without limitation, derivative transactions (including, without
limitation, over the counter derivative transactions)) other than (i) the
issuance of credit cards; and (ii) the sale of Credit Card Receivables to Great
Lakes pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended in accordance
with Section 6.14.

      (b) Permit NBGL to incur any Indebtedness, other than under the NBGL
Documents and under the Receivables Agreement Documents as amended in a manner
which does not violate Section 6.14 of this Agreement.

      (c) Permit NBGL to incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any of its assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, other than (i) Liens under
the Receivables Agreement Documents as in effect on the Closing Date and as
thereafter amended, modified and supplemented in accordance with Section 6.14
and (ii) Liens in favor of the Borrower and/or CPS under the NBGL Documents.

      (d) Permit NBGL to sell, assign, lease, consign or otherwise dispose of
any of its assets, other than (i) the sale of Purchased Receivables to Great
Lakes under the Receivables Agreement as amended in accordance with Section 6.14
and (ii) as permitted under clause (c) above.

                                     -72-
<PAGE>
 
      (e) Permit NBGL to fail to be in compliance with any material statute,
material regulation of any governmental agency or instrumentality, material
agreement, or any order or decree.

      (f) Permit NBGL to amend or modify any of the NBGL Documents or its
charter, bylaws or any of its other organizational documents in any respect
which is material and adverse to the Agent or any of the Banks.

                                  Article VII

                               Events of Default

      Section 7.01.  Events of Default. In the case of the happening of any of
the following events and the continuance thereof beyond the applicable period of
grace if any (each, an "Event of Default"):

           (a) any representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any
      Guarantor in this Agreement or in any Loan Document or in connection with
      this Agreement or with the execution and delivery of the Notes or the
      credit extensions hereunder or any material statement or representation
      made in any report, financial statement, certificate or other document
      furnished by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to the Banks under or
      in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been false or
      misleading in any material respect when made or delivered or deemed made
      or delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof; or

           (b) default shall be made in the payment of any (i) Fees or interest
      on the Loans when due, or (ii) principal of the Loans or other amounts
      payable by the Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation,
      reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit), when and as
      the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or
      at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or
      otherwise; or

           (c) default shall be made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in the due
      observance or performance of any covenant, condition or agreement
      contained in Article VI or Section 5.08 or 5.16 hereof; or

           (d) default shall be made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in the due
      observance or performance of any other covenant, condition or agreement to
      be observed or performed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of
      the other Loan Documents and such default shall continue unremedied for
      more than 10 days (provided, that the Agent shall have given the Borrower
      two days prior notice of default with respect to any default arising out
      of a noncompliance with Section 5.01(a), Section 5.01(b), Section 5.01(c)
      or (with respect to the furnishing of quarterly and annual reports only)
      Section 5.01(d) and provided, further, that the Agent shall have given the
      Borrower one day prior notice of default with respect to any default
      arising out of a noncompliance with Section 5.06 of this Agreement); or

                                     -73-
<PAGE>
 
          (e) the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof
     shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking
     relief under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other Federal, state
     or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar law, (ii) consent
     to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate
     manner, any such proceeding or the filing of any such petition, (iii) apply
     for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
     sequestrator or similar official for the Borrower, such Guarantor or such
     Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its property or assets, (iv) file
     an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it
     in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of
     creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail
     generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take corporate
     action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

          (f) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary
     petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking
     (i) relief in respect of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of
     any thereof, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of the
     Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof, under Title 11 of
     the United States Code or any other Federal state or foreign bankruptcy,
     insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a
     receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar official for the
     Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof or for a
     substantial part of the property of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any
     Subsidiary of any thereof or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of the
     Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof; and such
     proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order
     or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall continue
     unstayed and in effect for 45 days; or

          (g) default shall be made under Indebtedness or obligations under a
     capitalized lease of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any
     thereof (excluding Indebtedness outstanding hereunder) and the aggregate
     principal amount of such Indebtedness or obligations under capitalized
     leases exceeds $2,500,000, if the effect of any such default shall be to
     accelerate, or to permit the holder or obligee of any such Indebtedness or
     obligations under a capitalized lease (or any trustee on behalf of such
     holder or obligee) at its option to accelerate, the maturity of such
     Indebtedness or obligations under a capitalized lease; or

          (h) (i) a Reportable Event shall have occurred with respect to a
     Single Employer Plan, (ii) the filing by the Borrower, any ERISA Affiliate,
     or an administrator of any Single Employer Plan of a notice of intent to
     terminate such plan in a "distress termination" under the provisions of
     Section 4041 of ERISA, (iii) the receipt of notice by the Borrower, any
     ERISA Affiliate, or an administrator of a Single Employer Plan that the
     PBGC has instituted proceedings to terminate (or appoint a trustee to
     administer) such Plan, (iv) any other event or condition exists which
     might, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, constitute grounds under the
     provisions of Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of (or the
     appointment of a trustee to administer) any Single Employer Plan by the
     PBGC, (v) a Single Employer

                                      -74-
<PAGE>
 
     Plan shall fail to maintain the minimum funding standard required by
     Section 412 of the Code for any plan year or a waiver of such standard is
     sought or granted under the provisions of Section 412(d) of the Code,
     (vi) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or is likely to
     incur, a liability under the provisions of Section 4062, 4063, 4064 or 4201
     of ERISA, (vii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay the full
     amount of an installment required under Section 412(m) of the Code,
     (viii) the occurrence of any other event or condition with respect to any
     Single Employer Plan which would constitute an event of default under any
     other agreement entered into by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, and in
     each case in clauses (i) through (viii) of this subsection (h), such event
     or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any,
     could reasonably be expected to subject the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
     to any taxes, penalties or other liabilities which, in the reasonable
     opinion of the Agent, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect; or

          (i) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (i) shall have been notified
     by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred any material
     withdrawal liability to such Multiemployer Plan, and (ii) does not have
     reasonable grounds for contesting such withdrawal liability and (iii) is
     not in fact contesting such withdrawal liability in a timely and
     appropriate manner; or

          (j) this Agreement, any Note, any of the Security Documents or other
     Loan Documents shall for any reason cease to be, or shall be asserted by
     the Borrower or any Guarantor not to be, a legal, valid and binding
     obligation of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, enforceable in
     accordance with its terms, or the security interest or Lien purported to be
     created by any of the Security Documents shall for any reason cease to be,
     or be asserted by the Borrower or any Guarantor not to be, a valid, first
     priority perfected security interest in any Collateral (except to the
     extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement or any of the Security
     Documents); or

          (k) (w) the Receivables Agreement shall be terminated by any party
     thereto or shall fail to be in full force and effect; or (x) there shall
     exist any event of default or event of termination or similarly designated
     event under the Receivables Agreement; or (y) there shall have occurred and
     be continuing any other event or state of facts which relieves Great Lakes
     from the obligation to purchase Credit Card Receivables thereunder; or
     (z)(i) a default shall occur under Section 7.18 of the Liquidity Agreement
     as in effect on the Closing Date (without giving effect to any waivers
     thereunder) or (ii) the Liquidity Agreement shall fail to be in full force
     and effect; or

          (l) if (i) the individuals serving as Chief Financial Officer and
     Treasurer of the Borrower as of the Closing Date shall both, for any reason
     or circumstance, cease to serve as such and the Borrower shall not, within
     90 days thereof, replace both such individuals with other persons
     reasonably acceptable to the Agent, or (ii) during any twelve-month period,
     6 or more of the 18 individuals currently serving on the Borrower's
     Executive Committee shall, for any reason or circumstance, cease to serve

                                      -75-
<PAGE>
 
     on the Executive Committee or (iii) any individual owner or group of owners
     acting together shall own or control 50% or more of the outstanding common
     shares of the Borrower or (iv) the Borrower shall cease to own, directly or
     indirectly, 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CPS; or

          (m) any judgment or order as to a liability or debt for the payment of
     money in excess of $7,500,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance)
     shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors and either
     (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced and shall be
     continuing by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall
     be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of
     such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall
     not be in effect; or

          (n) any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against the
     Borrower or any of the Guarantors which does or would reasonably be
     expected to (i) cause a material adverse change in the condition (financial
     or otherwise), business, operations or properties of the Borrower and the
     Guarantors taken as a whole on a consolidated basis, (ii) have a material
     adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to
     perform their respective obligations under any Loan Document, or (iii) have
     a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Agent or any
     Bank under any Loan Document, and there shall be any period of 10
     consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or
     order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;
     or

          (o) the Borrower, any Guarantor or NBGL is aware that an aggregate of
     $1,000,000 or more in proceeds of Collateral (excluding Purchased
     Receivables) have been either (i) not deposited with Collection Account
     Banks pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.08 and/or (ii) have been
     paid to the Receivables Agreement Agent, the Collateral Agent under the
     Receivables Agreement Documents, Great Lakes or have been otherwise applied
     for the benefit of indebtedness, obligations and liabilities under or in
     connection with the Receivables Agreement Documents (collectively, a
     "Misapplication of Funds"), and such Misapplication of Funds shall continue
     unremedied for two Business Days after the Borrower, any Guarantor or NBGL
     obtains actual knowledge of such Misapplication of Funds (provided that no
     default shall arise under this clause (o) in the event that such
     Misapplication of Funds is solely the result of a malfunction in the
     operations of a deposit bank or Collection Account Bank, so long as the
     Borrower cures such Misapplication of Funds promptly upon correction of
     such malfunction);

then, and in every such event (other than an event described in paragraph (e),
(f) or (g) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such
event, the Agent may, and at the request of the Required Banks, shall, by notice
to the Borrower, take one or more of the following actions, at the same or
different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Total Commitment and/or the
obligation of the Fronting Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder; (ii)
declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon
the principal of the Loans together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid
                                     
                                     -76-
<PAGE>
 
accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and
under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without
presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any
other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; (iii) require the Borrower
and the Guarantors upon demand to forthwith deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account cash so that the balance of cash in such account after giving effect to
such deposit shall be in an amount equal to the sum of 105%, of the then
outstanding Letters of Credit plus an amount which shall be equal to the Fees
and expenses which are reasonably calculated by the Agent and each Fronting Bank
to be or become due with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit and to
the extent the Borrower and the Guarantors shall fail to furnish such funds as
demanded by the Agent, the Agent shall be authorized to debit the accounts of
the Borrower and the Guarantors maintained with the Agent in such amount;
(iv) set-off amounts in the Cash Collateral Account or any other accounts
maintained with the Agent and apply such amounts to the obligations of the
Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents; and
(v) exercise any and all remedies under the Loan Documents and under applicable
law available to the Agent and the Banks; provided, however, that with respect
to a default described in paragraph (e), (f) or (g) above, the Total Commitment
and the obligation of the Fronting Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder
shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans together with
accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities
of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall
automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the
contrary notwithstanding.

     Section 7.02.  Receivables Purchases. The Borrower and CPS agree that upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default beyond the
applicable grace period, if any, and without in any way limiting or otherwise
affecting the rights of the Agent set forth in this Article VII, the Borrower
and CPS will cause each cash payment to each Seller under the Receivables
Agreement and/or any Receivables Agreement Documents in respect of the Purchase
Price for Credit Card Receivables or in respect of the Subordinated Notes or
Seller Notes (the terms "Seller" and "Purchase Price" being used as such terms
are defined in the Receivables Agreement) to be paid directly by Great Lakes to
the Agent for application to the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under
the Notes (and if received by the Borrower, CPS or NBGL shall be held in trust
for the Agent and forthwith paid over to the Agent).

     Section 7.03.  Additional Undertakings. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower and CPS hereby covenant and
agree that the terms of the Receivables Agreement shall at all times expressly
acknowledge (in a manner satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent) the
rights and remedies of the Agent and the Banks set forth in Section 7.02.

                                      -77-
<PAGE>
 
                                 Article VIII


                                   Guaranty

     Section 8.01.  Guaranty. (a) Each of the Guarantors unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual payment and performance by the
Borrower of the Obligations. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the
Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to
or further assent from it, and it will remain bound upon this guaranty
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any of the Obligations. The
Obligations of the Guarantors shall be joint and several.

     (b) Each of the Guarantors waives presentation to, demand for payment from
and protest to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, and also waives notice of
protest for nonpayment. The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be
affected by (i) the failure of the Agent or a Bank to assert any claim or demand
or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other Guarantor
under the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise;
(ii) any extension or renewal of any provision hereof or thereof; (iii) any
rescission, waiver, compromise, acceleration, amendment or modification of any
of the terms or provisions of any of the Loan Documents; (iv) the release,
exchange, waiver or foreclosure of any security held by the Agent for the
Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of the Agent or a Bank to exercise
any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; or (vi) the release or
substitution of any Guarantor or any other Guarantor.

     (c) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that this guaranty constitutes a
guaranty of performance and of payment when due and not just of collection, and
waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Agent or a Bank to any
security held for payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit,
account or credit on the books of the Agent or a in favor of the Borrower or any
other Guarantor, or to any other Person.

     (d) Each of the Guarantors hereby waives any defense that it might have
based on a failure to remain informed of the financial condition of the Borrower
and of any other Guarantor and any circumstances affecting the Collateral or the
ability of the Borrower to perform under this Agreement.

     (e) Each Guarantor's guaranty shall not be affected by any question as to
the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations, the
Notes or any other instrument evidencing any Obligations, or as to the
existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, or extent of any collateral
therefor or by any other circumstance relating to the Obligations which might
otherwise constitute a defense to this Guaranty. Neither of the Agent, nor any
of the Banks makes any representation or warranty in respect to any such
circumstances or shall have any duty or responsibility whatsoever to any
Guarantor in respect of the management and maintenance of the Obligations.

                                      -78-
<PAGE>
 
     (f) Upon the Obligations becoming due and payable (by acceleration or
otherwise), the Banks shall be entitled to immediate payment of such obligations
by the Guarantors upon written demand by the Agent.

     Section 8.02.  No Impairment of Guaranty. The obligations of the Guarantors
hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or
termination for any reason, including, without limitation, any claim of waiver,
release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any
defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason
of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantors
hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the
failure of the Agent or a Bank to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any
remedy under this Agreement or any other agreement, by any waiver or
modification of any provision thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful
or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or
thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in
any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantors or would otherwise
operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law, unless and until
the Obligations are paid in full.

     Section 8.03.  Waiver of Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby waives all
rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower by way of right of subrogation or
otherwise to the extent arising out of any payment by any Guarantor of any sums
to the Agent or a Bank hereunder. If any amount shall be paid to such Guarantor
for the account of the Borrower, such amount shall be held in trust for the
benefit of the Agent and the Banks and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent and
the Banks to be credited and applied to the Obligations, whether matured or
unmatured.

     Section 8.04.  Maximum Guaranteed Amount. Anything herein or in any other
document, instrument or agreement executed and delivered in connection herewith
to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum individual liability of each
Guarantor hereunder as at any date of determination thereof shall in no event
exceed $1.00 less than the amount which would render such Guarantor's
obligations under this Section 8 void or voidable under applicable law,
including without limitation fraudulent conveyance law.

                                  Article IX


                                   The Agent

     Section 9.01.  Administration by Agent. The general administration of the
Loan Documents shall be by the Agent. Each Bank hereby irrevocably authorizes
the Agent, at its discretion, to take or refrain from taking such actions as
agent on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from exercising such powers under
the Loan Documents, the Notes and with respect to the Collateral as are
delegated by the terms hereof or thereof, as appropriate, together with all
powers reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent shall have no duties or
responsibilities except as set forth in this Agreement and the remaining Loan
Documents.

                                      -79-
<PAGE>
 
Except as expressly set forth in Section 10.06 of this Agreement, no Co-Agent
shall have any authority, duties or responsibilities solely by virtue of its
status as a Co-Agent.

     Section 9.02.  Advances and Payments. (a) On the date of each Loan, the
Agent shall be authorized (but not obligated) to advance, for the account of
each of the Banks, the amount of the Loan to be made by it in accordance with
its Commitment hereunder. Should the Agent do so, each of the Banks agrees
forthwith to reimburse the Agent in immediately available funds for the amount
so advanced on its behalf by the Agent, together with interest at the Federal
Funds Effective Rate if not so reimbursed on the date due from and including
such date but not including the date of reimbursement.

     (b) Any amounts received by the Agent in connection with this Agreement or
the Notes (other than amounts to which the Agent is entitled pursuant to
Sections 9.06, 10.05 and 10.06), the application of which is not otherwise
provided for in this Agreement shall be applied, first, in accordance with each
Bank's Commitment Percentage to pay accrued but unpaid Commitment Fees, Letter
of Credit Fees, and second, in accordance with each Bank's Commitment Percentage
to pay accrued but unpaid interest with respect to the principal balance
outstanding on each Note and all unreimbursed Letter of Credit drawings and
third, in accordance with each Bank's Commitment Percentage to pay the unpaid
principal balance outstanding on each Note and all unreimbursed Letter of Credit
drawings. All amounts to be paid to a Bank by the Agent shall be credited to
that Bank, after collection by the Agent, in immediately available funds either
by wire transfer or deposit in that Bank's correspondent account with the Agent,
as such Bank and the Agent shall from time to time agree.

     Section 9.03.  Sharing of Setoffs. Each Bank agrees that if it shall,
through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim against
the Borrower, including, but not limited to, a secured claim under Section 506
of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu
of, such secured claim and received by such Bank under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or otherwise, obtain payment in
respect of its Loans as a result of which the unpaid portion of its Loans is
proportionately less than the unpaid portion of the Loans of any other Bank
(a) it shall promptly purchase at par (and shall be deemed to have thereupon
purchased) from such other Bank a participation in the Loans of such other Bank,
so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Bank's Loans and its
participation in Loans of the other Banks shall be in the same proportion to the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans then outstanding as the principal
amount of its Loans prior to the obtaining of such payment was to the principal
amount of all Loans outstanding prior to the obtaining of such payment and
(b) such other adjustments shall be made from time to time as shall be equitable
to ensure that the Banks share such payment pro-rata, provided that if any such
non-pro-rata payment is thereafter recovered or otherwise set aside such
purchase of participations shall be rescinded (without interest). The Borrower
expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Bank
holding (or deemed to be holding) a participation in a Loan may exercise any and
all rights of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all
moneys owning by the Borrower to such Bank as fully as if such Bank held a Note
and was the original obligee thereon, in the amount of such participation.

                                      -80-
<PAGE>
 
      Section 9.04.  Agreement of Required Banks. Upon any occasion requiring or
permitting an approval, consent, waiver, election or other action on the part of
the Required Banks, action shall be taken by the Agent for and on behalf or for
the benefit of all Banks upon the direction of the Required Banks, and any such
action shall be binding on all Banks. No amendment, modification, consent, or
waiver shall be effective except in accordance with the provisions of Section
10.10.

      Section 9.05.  Liability of Agent. (a) The Agent when acting on behalf of
the Banks, may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through its
officers, agents, and employees, and neither the Agent nor its directors,
officers, agents, or employees shall be liable to the Banks or any of them for
any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith, or be responsible to the
Banks or to any of them for the consequences of any oversight or error of
judgment, or for any loss, unless the same shall happen through its gross
negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent and its directors, officers, agents,
and employees shall in no event be liable to the Banks or to any of them for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it pursuant to instructions received by
it from the Required Banks or in reliance upon the advice of counsel selected by
it. Without limiting the foregoing, neither the Agent, nor any of its directors,
officers, employees, or agents shall be responsible to any Bank for the due
execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness, sufficiency, or enforceability
of, or for any statement, warranty, or representation in, this Agreement or any
related agreement, document or order, or shall be required to ascertain or to
make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by the Borrower of any
of the terms, conditions, covenants, or agreements of this Agreement or any of
the Loan Documents.

      (b) Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees, or
agents shall have any responsibility to the Borrower or the Guarantors on
account of the failure or delay in performance or breach by any Bank or by the
Borrower or the Guarantors of any of their respective obligations under this
Agreement or the Notes or any of the Loan Documents or in connection herewith or
therewith.

      (c) The Agent, as Agent hereunder, shall be entitled to rely on any
communication, instrument, or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine
or correct and to have been signed or sent by a person or persons believed by it
to be the proper person or persons, and it shall be entitled to rely on advice
of legal counsel, independent public accountants, and other professional
advisers and experts selected by it.

      Section 9.06.  Reimbursement and Indemnification. Each Bank agrees (i) to
reimburse the Agent for such Bank's Commitment Percentage of any expenses and
fees incurred for the benefit of the Banks under this Agreement, the Notes and
any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, counsel fees and
compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered on behalf of the
Banks, and any other expense incurred in connection with the operations or
enforcement thereof not reimbursed by the Borrower or the Guarantors and (ii) to
indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and any of its directors, officers,
employees, or agents, on demand, in the amount of its proportionate share, from
and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements of any kind or
nature whatsoever which

                                     -81-
<PAGE>
 
may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against it or any of them in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Notes or any of the Loan
Documents or any action taken or emitted by it or any of them under this
Agreement, the Notes or any of the Loan Documents to the extent not reimburse by
the Borrower or the Guarantors (except such as shall result from their gross
negligence or willful misconduct).

      Section 9.07.  Rights of Agent. It in understood and agreed that ABN AMRO
shall have the same rights and powers hereunder (including the right to give
such instructions) as the other Banks and may exercise such rights and powers,
as well as its rights and powers under other agreements and instruments to which
it is or may be party, and engage in other transactions with the Borrower or any
Guarantor, as though it were not the Agent of the Banks under this Agreement.

      Section 9.08.  Independent Investigation by Banks. Each Bank acknowledges
that it has decided to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans hereunder
based on its own analysis of the transactions contemplated hereby and of the
creditworthiness of the Borrower and the Guarantors and agrees that the Agent
shall bear no responsibility therefor.

      Section 9.09.  Notice of Transfer. The Agent may deem and treat a Bank
party to this Agreement as the owner of such Bank's portion of the Loans for all
purposes, unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer
thereof executed by such Banks all have been received by the Agent.

      Section 9.10.  Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment and acceptance
of a successor agent as provided below, the Agent may resign at any time by
giving written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such
resignation, the Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent, which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower. If no successor
Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Banks and shall have accepted
such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of
resignation, the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a successor
Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $100,000,000, which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a
successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent;
and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under
this Agreement. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the
provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

                                   Article X

                                 Miscellaneous

      Section 10.01.  Notices. Notices and other communications provided for
herein shall be in writing (including electronic communication pursuant to
agreed upon procedures or facsimile communication) and shall be mailed,
transmitted or delivered in the case of a

                                     -82-
<PAGE>
 
Bank or the Agent to it at its address set forth on the signature pages of this
Agreement, or in the case of the Borrower and each Guarantor, to it at the
address set forth below the signature line for the Borrower or the Guarantors,
as the case may be, on the signature pages of this Agreement, or such other
address as such party may from time to time designate by giving written notice
to the other parties hereunder. All notices and other communications given to
any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been given when received, if delivered by hand or by overnight
courier, or on the fifth Business Day after the date when sent by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, if by mail; or when
receipt is acknowledged, if by any electronic communications or facsimile
equipment of the sender; in each case addressed to such party as provided in
this Section 10.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked written direction
from such party; provided, however, that in the case of notices to the Agent
notices pursuant to the preceding sentence and pursuant to Article II shall be
effective only when received by the Agent.

      Section 10.02.  Survival of Agreement, Representations and Warranties,
Etc. All warranties, representations and covenants made by the Borrower or any
Guarantor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by it or on
its behalf in connection with this Agreement shall be considered to have been
relied upon by the Banks and shall survive the making of the Loans herein
contemplated and the issuance and delivery to the Banks of the Notes regardless
of any investigation made by any Bank or on its behalf and shall continue in
full force and effect so long as any amount due or to become due hereunder is
outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated.
All statements in any such certificate or other instrument shall constitute
representations and warranties by the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder.
All indemnities and all other provisions relative to reimbursement to the Banks
of amounts sufficient to protect the yield of the Banks with respect to the
Loans shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the
Obligations.

      Section 10.03.  Successors and Assigns. (a) This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks
and their respective successors and assigns.  Neither the Borrower nor any of
the Guarantors may assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations
hereunder without the prior written consent of all of the Banks.  With the prior
written consent of the Agent, each Bank may sell participations to any Person in
all or part of any Loan, or all or part of its Note or Commitment to another
Bank or other entity, in which event, without limiting the foregoing, the
provisions of Sections 2.14 and 2.15 shall inure to the benefit of each
purchaser of a participation (provided that such participant shall look solely
to the seller of such participation for such benefits and the Borrower's and the
Guarantor's liability, if any, under Sections 2.15 and 2.18 shall not be
increased as a result of the sale of any such participation) and the pro rata
treatment of payments, as described in Section 2.17, shall be determined as if
such Bank had not sold such participation.  In the event any Bank shall sell any
participation, such Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to
enforce the obligations of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors relating to
the Loans, including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment,
modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement other than amendments,
modifications or waivers which would (i) increase any Commitment of such 

                                     -83-
<PAGE>

Bank if such increase would also increase the participant's obligations, (ii)
forgive any amount of or postpone the date for payment of any principal of or
interest on any Loan or of any fee payable hereunder in which such participant
has an interest, (iii) reduce the stated rate at which interest or fees accrue
or other amounts payable hereunder in which such participant has an interest,
(iv) permit Liens on Inventory (other than as expressly permitted under
Section 6.01 of this Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date), (v) release a
material amount of Collateral (except in connection with a sale or other
disposition permitted or required to be effected by the provisions hereof or of
the Security Documents) or release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder,
(vi) increase the advance rates set forth in the definition of "Borrowing Base"
or (vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10.03(a), each Bank may assign to
one or more Banks or Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests,
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all
or a portion of its Commitment and the same portion of the related Loans at the
time owing to it and the related Note held by it) provided, however, that (i) no
such assignment may occur unless the Agent, the Fronting Bank and, for so long
as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall have
given their respective prior written consent (which consents shall not be
unreasonably withheld), (ii) the aggregate amount of the Commitment and/or Loans
of the assigning Bank subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date
the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to
the Agent) shall, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the
Agent, in no event be less than $5,000,000 (or $1,000,000 in the case of an
assignment between Banks) and (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall
execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the
Register (as defined below), an Assignment and Acceptance with blanks
appropriately completed, together with any Note subject to such assignment and a
processing and recordation fee of $3,000 (for which the Borrower shall have no
liability). Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and
after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which
effective date shall be at least five Business Days after the execution thereof
(unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Agent), (A) the assignee
thereunder shall be a party thereto and, to the extent provided in such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder
and (B) the Bank thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and
Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the
case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of
any assigning Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Bank
shall cease to be a party hereto).

     (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the Bank
assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each
other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than the representation
and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being
assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, such Bank assignor makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or
any

                                     -84-
<PAGE>
 
of the other Loan Documents or of any Collateral; (ii) such Bank assignor makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor or the performance or
observance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any of its obligations under this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a
copy of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as well as the
Intercreditor Agreement), together with copies of the financial statements
referred to in Section 3.04 and such other documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate to make its own debt analysis and decision to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent, such Bank assignor or any other Bank and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement
as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as
are reasonably incidental hereof; (vi) such assignee agrees to be bound by the
terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as well as the
Intercreditor Agreement); and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all obligations that by the terms of this Agreement
are required to be performed by it as a Bank.

     (d) The Agent shall maintain at its office a copy of each Assignment and
Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and
addresses of the Banks and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans
owing to, each from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register
shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the
Guarantors, the Agent and the Banks shall treat each Person the name of which is
recorded in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Bank at
any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

     (e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
assigning Bank and the assignee thereunder together with any Note subject to
such assignment and the fee payable in respect thereto, the Agent shall, if such
Assignment and Acceptance has been completed with blanks appropriately filled,
(i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained
therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.
Within five Business Days after receipt of notice, the Borrower, at its own
expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered
Note a new Note to the order of such assignee in an amount equal to the
Commitment and/or Loans assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance
and, if the assigning Bank has retained commitments and/or Loans hereunder, a
new Note to the order of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the Commitment
and/or Loans retained by it hereunder. Such new Notes shall be in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered
Note, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and
shall otherwise be in substantially the form of the surrendered Note.
Thereafter, such surrendered Note shall be marked cancelled and returned to the
Borrower.

                                     -85-
<PAGE>
 
     (f) Any Bank may, in connection with any assignment or participation or
proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.03, disclose to
the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information
relating to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors furnished to such Bank by or
on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors; provided that prior to any
disclosure of any information marked or designated as confidential by the
Borrower or any Guarantor, each such assignee or participant or proposed
assignee or participant shall agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of
Section 10.04.

     (g) The Borrower hereby agrees to actively assist and cooperate with
the Agent in the Agent's efforts to sell participations herein (as described in
Section 10.03(a)) and to assign to one or more Banks or Eligible Assignees a
portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (as set
forth in Section 10.03(b)).

     Section 10.04. Confidentiality. Each Bank agrees to keep any information
delivered or made available by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to it
confidential from anyone other than persons employed or retained by such Bank
who are or are expected to become engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring
or administering the Loans; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Bank
from disclosing such information (i) to any other Bank, (ii) to any other person
if reasonably incidental to the administration of the Loans, (iii) upon the
order of any court or administrative agency, (iv) upon the request or demand of
any regulatory agency or authority, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other
than as a result of a disclosure by the Agent or any Bank which is not permitted
by this Agreement, (vi) in connection with any litigation to which the Agent,
any Bank, or their respective Affiliates may be a party, (vii) to the extent
reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder,
(viii) to such Bank's legal counsel and independent auditors, and (ix) to any
actual or proposed participant or assignee of all or part of its rights
hereunder subject to the proviso in Section 10.03(f).

     Section 10.05. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions hereby
contemplated shall be consummated, the Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable 
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent (including, but not limited to, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of Chapman and Cutler, special counsel for the
Agent, and any other counsel that the Agent shall retain), in connection with
the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the
Notes and the other Loan Documents, the making of the Loans and the issuance of
the Letters of Credit, the syndication of the transactions contemplated hereby,
the reasonable costs and fees of the Agent in connection with its monitoring of
Inventory and publicity expenses (which publicity expenses shall not in the
aggregate exceed $25,000) and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Banks and the Agent in the enforcement or protection of the rights of any
one or more of the Banks or the Agent in connection with this Agreement, the
Notes, the Collateral or the other Loan Documents, including, but not limited
to, the reasonable fees and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent and,
after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent and each Bank
incurred in connection with any such enforcement or protection of the Banks,
rights hereunder (including, in the event that a Bank does not retain outside
counsel, the allocable cost of any

                                     -86-
<PAGE>
 
in-house counsel for such Bank). Such payments shall be made on the Closing Date
and thereafter on demand. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to charge the
loan account or checking account of the Borrower for any amounts payable under
this Section 10.05, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Person.
The obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall survive the termination
of this Agreement and/or the payment of the Loans.

     Section 10.06. Indemnity. The Borrower and each of the Guarantors agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, the Co-Agents and the Banks and their
directors, counsel, officers, employees and agents (each an "Indemnified Party")
from and against any and all expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities
incurred by the Indemnified Party arising out of claims made by any Person in
any way relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, but excluding
therefrom all expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities arising out of
or resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified
Party.

     Section 10.07. Choice of Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall in all
respects be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State
of Illinois applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such
state.

     Section 10.08. No Waiver. No failure on the part of the Agent or any of the
Banks to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy
hereunder or under the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall operate as
a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right,
power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are cumulative and
are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

     Section 10.09. Extension of Maturity. Should any payment of principal of or
interest on the Notes or any other amount due hereunder become due and payable
on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to
the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of principal, interest shall
be payable thereon at the rate herein provided.

     Section 10.10. Amendments, Etc. (a) No modification, amendment or waiver of
any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower
or any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by the Required Banks, and then such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which given; provided, however, that no such modification, amendment, waiver or
consent shall without the written consent of the Bank or holder affected thereby
(x) increase the Commitment of a Bank, or (y) reduce the amount of any scheduled
principal payment on any Loan or reduce the principal amount of any Loan or the
rate of interest payable thereon, or extend any date for the payment of interest
hereunder or reduce or extend the date of payment for any Fees payable hereunder
or extend the maturity of the Borrower's obligations hereunder; and further
provided that no such modification or amendment shall without the written
consent of all of the Banks

                                     -87-
<PAGE>
 
(i) amend or modify any provision of this Agreement which provides for the
unanimous consent or approval of the Banks, (ii) amend this Section 10.10 or the
definition of Required Banks, (iii) permit Liens on Inventory (other than as
expressly permitted under Section 6.01 of this Agreement as in effect on the
Closing Date), (iv) release a material amount of Collateral (except in
connection with a sale or other disposition permitted or required to be effected
by the provisions hereof or of the Security Documents) or release any Guarantor
from its obligations hereunder, (v) increase the advance rates set forth in the
definition of "Borrowing Base" or (vi) amend, modify or waive any provisions of
the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 10.10, if
the terms of this Agreement permit the Agent to amend, waive or consent to any
departures from, the terms of this Agreement, then the Agent may, without the
consent or authorization of any or all of the Banks, exercise such rights to
amend, waive or consent to the departure from, the term of this Agreement. No
such amendment or modification may adversely affect the rights and obligations
of the Agent or any Fronting Bank hereunder without its prior written consent.
No notice to or demand on the Borrower or any Guarantor shall entitle the
Borrower or any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same,
similar or other circumstances. Each holder of a Note shall be bound by any
amendment, modification, waiver or consent authorized as provided herein,
whether or not a Note shall have been marked to indicate such amendment,
modification, waiver or consent and any consent by a Bank, or any holder of a
Note, shall bind any Person subsequently acquiring a Note, whether or not a Note
is so marked. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective against the
Borrower or any Guarantor unless signed by the Borrower or such Guarantor, as
the case may be.

     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.10(a),
in the event that the Borrower requests that this Agreement be modified or
amended in a manner which would require the unanimous consent of all of the
Banks or of any particular Bank and such modification or amendment is agreed to
by the Super-majority Banks, then with the consent of the Borrower and the 
Super-majority Banks, the Borrower and the Super-majority Banks shall be
permitted to amend the Agreement without the consent of the Bank or Banks which
did not agree to the modification or amendment requested by the Borrower (such
Bank or Banks, collectively the "Minority Banks") to provide for (w) the
termination of the Commitment of each of the Minority Banks, (x) the addition to
this Agreement of one or more other financial institutions (each of which shall
be an Eligible Assignee), or an increase in the Commitment of one or more of the
Super-majority Banks, so that the Total Commitment after giving effect to such
amendment shall be in the same amount as the Total Commitment immediately before
giving effect to such amendment, (y) if any Loans are outstanding at the time of
such amendment, the making of such additional Loans by such new financial
institutions or Super-majority Bank or Banks, as the case may be, as may be
necessary to repay in full the outstanding Loans of the Minority Banks
immediately before giving effect to such amendment and (z) such other
modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate. Any Minority Bank which
is replaced pursuant to this Section 10.10(b) shall be released from its
obligations under this Agreement and shall be entitled to retain its pro rata
share of all interest and fees for the period prior to its replacement (it being
understood that the closing fee paid to each Bank on or before the Closing Date
shall be deemed earned and nonrefundable on the Closing Date).

                                     -88-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 10.11. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     Section 10.12. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience
only and are not to affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in
interpreting this Agreement.

     Section 10.13. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all
of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     Section 10.14. Prior Agreements. This Agreement represents the entire
agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and the terms
of any letters and other documentation entered into between the Borrower or a
Guarantor and any Bank or the Agent prior to the execution of this Agreement
which relate to Loans to be made hereunder shall be replaced by the terms of
this Agreement (except as to letters or agreements referred to herein or as
otherwise expressly provided herein with respect to that certain letter between
the Agent and the Borrower referred to in Section 2.19 hereof.

     Section 10.15. Further Assurance. Whenever and so often as reasonably
requested by the Agent, the Borrower and the Guarantors will promptly execute
and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such other further
instruments, documents or assurances, and promptly do or cause to be done all
such other and further things as may be necessary and reasonably required in
order to further and more fully vest in the Agent all rights, interests, powers,
benefits, privileges and advantages conferred or intended to be conferred by
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     Section 10.16. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of
the Borrower and Guarantors hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of
the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois and of
any Illinois State court sitting in the City of Chicago for purposes of all
legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Each of the
Borrower and Guarantors irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue
of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that an such
proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Each of the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and each Bank hereby irrevocably
waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim
arising out of or relating to any of the Loan Documents or the transactions
contemplated thereby.

                                     -89-
<PAGE>
 
     In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and the year first written.


                                     Carson Pirie Scott & Co.



                                     By: /s/ 
                                        --------------------------------------- 
                                         Title:  Vice President
                                     331 West Wisconsin Avenue
                                     Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
                                     Telecopy:  (414) 347-5333
                                     Attention:  Charles J. Hansen

                                     Guarantors:

                                     CPS Holding Co.
                                     CPS Department Stores, Inc.
                                     Franklin Street Corporation
                                     Telegraph-120 Corporation
                                     1-29 S. State Street Corp.
                                     331 W. Wisconsin Avenue Corporation
                                     Carson Pirie Scott Insurance
                                       Services, Inc.
                                     CPS Hotel Management Services, Inc.
                                     Highland Avenue Corporation
                                     I-65 U.S. 30 Corp.
                                     Lathrop Avenue Corporation
                                     Lincoln Cicero Corporation
                                     Urbana Central Development Co.
                                     151 Mannheim Corp.
                                     P.A. Bergner & Co.


                                     By  /s/ 
                                       ---------------------------------------- 
                                         Title:  Vice President
                                     331 West Wisconsin Avenue
                                     Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
                                     Telecopy:  (414) 347-5333
                                     Attention:  Charles J. Hansen

                                     -90-

<PAGE>
 
     Accepted and Agreed to as of the day and year last above written.


Addresses and Amount of Commitments

Commitment:  $28,000,000             ABN AMRO Bank N.V., in its individual 
                                      capacity as a Bank and as Agent

                                      By:  ABN AMRO North America, Inc.
                                           as agent for ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

Address for Notices:                       By /s/ Ryan D. Robinson
                                             ----------------------------------
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.                            Name  Ryan D. Robinson
135 South LaSalle Street                          -----------------------------
Chicago, Illinois  60674                      Title Vice President and Director
Attention:  Ryan Robinson                          ----------------------------
Telephone:  (312) 904-2979 
Telecopy:  (312) 904-6376   
                                           By /s/ David H. Hannah
with a copy to:                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name  David H. Hannah
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.                                -----------------------------
335 Madison Avenue                            Title Group Vice President and
New York, New York  10017                                   Director
Attention:  Linda Boardman                         ----------------------------
Telephone:  (212) 370-8509 
Telecopy:  (212) 682-0364  
                           
                                      -91-

<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $25,000,000                 Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand 
                                           Cayman Branches

Address for Notices:                     By /s/ Thomas J. Nadramia
                                           ------------------------------------
Dresdner Bank AG                         Name   Thomas J. Nadramia
190 South LaSalle Street, Suite 2700         ----------------------------------
Chicago, Illinois  60603                 Title  Vice President
Attention:  Jeff Mumm                         ---------------------------------
Telephone:  (312) 444-1317           
Telecopy:  (312) 444-1305            
                                         By /s/ John W. Sweeney
                                           ------------------------------------
                                         Name   John W. Sweeney   
                                             ----------------------------------
                                         Title  Assistant Vice President
                                              ---------------------------------
                                         

                                      -92-
<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $25,000,000               The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.

Address for Notices:                   By /s/ Jon Oldham
                                         --------------------------------------
The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.    Name   Jon Oldham
1211 Avenue of the Americas                ------------------------------------
22nd Floor                             Title  Assistant Secretary
New York, New York  10036                   -----------------------------------
Attention:  Jon Oldham               
Telephone:  (212) 536-1229           
Telecopy:  (212) 536-1295            

                                      -93-

<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $12,000,000               Bank of Montreal

Address for Notices:                   By /s/ Lisa Donoghue
                                         --------------------------------------
Bank of Montreal                       Name   Lisa Donoghue
15 South LaSalle Street                    ------------------------------------
Chicago, Illinois  60603               Title  Director
Attention:     Erin M. Keyser               -----------------------------------
Telephone:  (312) 750-5943     
Telecopy:  (312) 750-3783      
                              

                                      -94-
<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $12,000,000                  The Bank of New York

Address for Notices:                      By /s/ Michael Flannery
                                            -----------------------------------
The Bank of New York                      Name   Michael Flannery
1 Wall Street                                 ---------------------------------
Retailing Industry Division, 8th Floor    Title  Vice President
New York, New York  10286                      --------------------------------
Attention:  Mike Flanery               
Telephone:  (212) 635-7885             
Telecopy:  (212) 635-1483              
                                       

                                      -95-
<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $12,000,000               Caisse Nationale de Credit Agricole

Address for Notices:                   By /s/ David Bouhl, F.V.P.
                                         --------------------------------------
Caisse Nationale de Credit Agricole    Name:  David Bouhl, F.V.P.
55 East Monroe Street, Suite 4700           -----------------------------------
Chicago, Illinois  60603               Title: Head of Corporate Banking
Attention:  Ray Falkenberg                             Chicago
Telephone:  (312) 917-7426                   ----------------------------------
Telecopy:  (312) 372-3724 
                                       By
                                         --------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            -----------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             ----------------------------------

                                      -96-
<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $12,000,000                 First Bank (N.A.)

Address for Notices:                     By  /s/ Alan M. Holman
                                           __________________________
                                         Name    Alan M. Holman
                                             ________________________
First Bank (N.A.)                        Title   Vice President
201 West Milwaukee                            _______________________
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53259-0911
Attention:  Alan M. Holman
Telephone:  (414) 227-5505
Telecopy:  (414) 227-5881

                                      -97-
<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $12,000,000                 The First National Bank of Boston

Address for Notices:                     By  /s/ Peter L. Griswold
                                           _______________________________
                                         Name    Peter L. Griswold
                                             _____________________________
The First National Bank of Boston        Title   Director
100 Federal Street                            ____________________________
Mail Stop 01-09-05
Boston, Massachusetts  02110
Attention:  Peter Griswold
Telephone:  (617) 434-8312
Telecopy:  (617) 434-0630

                                      -98-
<PAGE>
 
Commitment:  $12,000,000               The Fuji Bank, Limited

Address for Notices:                   By  /s/ Peter L. Chinnici
                                          ________________________________
                                       Name    Peter L. Chinnici
                                           _______________________________
The Fuji Bank, Limited                 Title   Joint General Manager
225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 2000           ______________________________
Chicago, Illinois  60606
Attention:  Stephen Peca
Telephone:  (312) 621-9484
Telecopy:  (312) 621-0539

                                      -99-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit A
                                                           to Revolving Credit
                                                          and Guaranty Agreement

                                Promissory Note

$_______________
                                                              ___________, _____

     For value received, Carson Pirie Scott & Co., an Illinois corporation (the
"Borrower"), does hereby promise to pay to the order of _____________________ or
its registered assignee under Section 10.03 of the Agreement hereinafter
referred to (collectively, the "Bank"), at the office of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., 335
Madison Avenue, New York, New York  10017, _____________________________________
Dollars ($_______________) or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans
(as defined in the Agreement hereinafter referred to) made by the Bank to the
Borrower pursuant to the Agreement, whichever is less, in lawful money of the
United States of America on the Final Maturity Date, as such term is defined in
the Agreement, or such earlier date or dates and in such amounts as are required
by such Agreement, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount from time
to time outstanding hereunder, in like money, at such office, as set forth in
the Agreement.

     This note is one of the Notes referred to in that certain Revolving Credit
and Guaranty Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented, the
"Agreement") dated as of May 24, 1996, among the Borrower, the Guarantors named
therein, the Bank and certain other banks (collectively, including the Bank, the
"Banks"), ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent (the "Agent") and Dresdner Bank AG and
The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., as Co-Agents (the "Co-Agents") for the
Banks, which, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of
the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for prepayment of the
principal hereof prior to the maturity thereof and for the amendment or waiver
of certain provisions of the Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions
specified therein.  The obligations of the Borrower evidenced by this Note
benefit from the Collateral (as defined in the Agreement).

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the State of Illinois.

                                        Carson Pirie Scott & Co.

                                        By______________________________________
                                           Title:  Vice President

<PAGE>

 
                                                                       EXHIBIT B


================================================================================





                              SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                  (BORROWER)


                           DATED AS OF MAY 24, 1996,



                                    BETWEEN



                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.

                                      AND



                              ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                                   As Agent



================================================================================
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION                           DESCRIPTION                               PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>

SECTION 1.   DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED HEREIN.................................1

SECTION 2.   SECURITY INTERESTS...............................................3

SECTION 3.   FURTHER ASSURANCES...............................................3

SECTION 4.   INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION......................................4

SECTION 5.   TAXES............................................................4

SECTION 6.   ASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST..................................4

SECTION 7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................4

SECTION 8.   RECORDS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE...................................6

SECTION 9.   SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION.......................................6

SECTION 10.  PROTECTION OF SECURITY...........................................6

SECTION 11.  CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS OF THE GRANTOR............................7

SECTION 12.  USE AND DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL................................7

SECTION 13.  LIMITATION ON MODIFICATIONS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE...............7

SECTION 14.  COLLECTIONS......................................................7

SECTION 15.  REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT............................................8
</TABLE> 

<PAGE>
 
Section 16.   Application of Proceeds.......................................  9

Section 17.   Locations of Collateral....................................... 10

Section 18.   Security Interest Absolute.................................... 11

Section 19.   No Waiver..................................................... 11

Section 20.   Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact.............................. 11
 
Section 21.   Agent's Fees and Expenses..................................... 11

Section 22.   Binding Agreement............................................. 11
 
Section 23.   Governing Law................................................. 12

Section 24.   Notices....................................................... 12

Section 25.   Severability.................................................. 12

Section 26.   Section Headings.............................................. 12

Section 27.   Counterparts.................................................. 12

Section 28.   Termination................................................... 12


                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                         SECURITY AGREEMENT (BORROWER)

     SECURITY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of May 24, 1996, among CARSON
PIRIE SCOTT & CO., an Illinois corporation (the "Grantor"), and ABN AMRO BANK
N.V., as agent ("Agent") for each of the other financial institutions (the
"Banks") from time to time party to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
dated as of May 24, 1996, among the Grantor, the guarantors named therein (the
"Guarantors"), the Agent, the Banks and the Co-Agents named therein (as amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the
"Credit Agreement").

     The Banks have agreed to extend Loans and other financial accommodations to
the Grantor pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Credit
Agreement. The obligation of the Banks to extend such Loans and other financial
accommodations under the Credit Agreement is conditioned on the execution and
delivery by the Grantor of a security agreement in the form hereof to secure the
due and punctual payment and performance of all Obligations (including, without
limitation, principal of and interest on the Loans, when and as due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or
otherwise, the reimbursement obligation of the Grantor with respect to Letters
of Credit, the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of
the Grantor under this Agreement and the due and punctual payment and
performance of all obligations of the Grantor and Guarantors under the Credit
Agreement and any of the Security Documents) and all Hedging Liabilities (as
hereinafter defined) (collectively, the "Secured Obligations").

     Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants,
representations and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows: 

     Section 1.  Definitions of Terms Used Herein. All capitalized terms
used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the
Credit Agreement. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

          (a)  "Accounts Receivable" shall mean (i) all of the Grantor's present
     and future accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper and instruments, as
     such terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the
     State of Illinois ("ILUCC"), in each case arising out of the sale, lease or
     other disposition of Inventory, excluding all accounts, general
     intangibles, chattel paper and instruments sold or purported to be sold by
     the Grantor to Great Lakes pursuant to the Receivables Agreement and owned
     by Great Lakes (the "GLCC Receivables") (but including all rights of
     Grantor under the Credit Card Program Agreement dated February 4, 1996 (as
     amended, the "Credit Card Program Agreement") between Grantor and National
     Bank of the Great Lakes), (ii) all moneys, securities and other property
     and the proceeds thereof, now or hereafter held or received by, or in
     transit to, the Agent or any depository holding, receiving or to receive
     such moneys, securities or other property for the benefit of the Agent or
     the Lenders, in each case from or for the Grantor, whether for safekeeping,
     pledge, custody, transmission,
<PAGE>
 
     collection or otherwise, and all of the deposits (general or special) of
     the Grantor, balances, sums and credits with, and all of the Grantor's
     claims against the Agent or any such depository at any time existing
     (including without limitation the Cash Collateral Account and the
     Concentration Account), (iii) all of the Grantor's right, title and
     interest, and all of the Grantor's rights, remedies, security and Liens,
     in, to and in respect of any accounts receivable (excluding GLCC
     Receivables) (but including all rights of Grantor under the Credit Card
     Program Agreement), including, without limitation, rights of stoppage in
     transit, replevin, repossession and reclamation and other rights and
     remedies of an unpaid vendor, lienor or secured party, guaranties or other
     contracts of suretyship with respect to accounts receivable, deposits or
     other security for the obligation of any account debtor, and credit and
     other insurance, (iv) all of the Grantor's right, title and interest in, to
     and in respect of all goods relating to, or which by sale have resulted in,
     accounts receivable (including without limitation GLCC Receivables),
     including, without limitation, all goods described in invoices or other
     documents or instruments with respect to, or otherwise representing or
     evidencing, any account receivable, and all returned, reclaimed or
     repossessed goods.

          (b)  "Collateral" shall mean all (i) Accounts Receivable, (ii) 
     Documents, (iii) General Intangibles, (iv) Inventory and (v) Proceeds.

          (c)  "Documents" shall mean all instruments, files, records, ledger 
     sheets and documents covering or relating to any of the Collateral
     including, without limitation, all promissory notes and other instruments
     received by the Grantor in consideration for the sale of GLCC Receivables.

          (d)  "General Intangibles" shall mean all of the Grantor's present 
     and future general intangibles of every kind and description relating to
     Inventory (including, without limitation, all computer programs and other
     customer information used in connection with the sale, exchange, lease or
     other disposition of Collateral and all trademarks, tradenames and licenses
     used in connection with the sale, exchange, lease or other disposition of
     Collateral and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby).

          (e)  "Hedging Liability" shall mean any and all liabilities of the 
     Grantor to any Bank arising under or in connection with any Interest Rate 
     Hedging Agreement.

          (f)  "Inventory" shall mean all of the Grantor's raw materials, work 
     in process, finished goods and all other inventory (as such term is
     defined in the ILUCC), whether now owned or thereafter acquired, and all
     wrapping, packaging, advertising and shipping materials, and any documents
     relating thereto.

          (g)  "Proceeds" shall mean any consideration received from the sale, 
     exchange, lease or other disposition of any asset or property which
     constitutes Collateral, any payments or advances made or due to be made
     (whether in cash or non-cash consideration) to Grantor by Great Lakes under
     the Receivables Agreement

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
 
     (the "GLCC Payments") and any other value received as a consequence of the
     possession of any Collateral and any payment received from any insurer or
     other person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft or other
     involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that
     constitutes Collateral, and shall include, without limitation, all cash and
     negotiable instruments received or held by the Agent, any of the Banks
     and/or any agent thereof pursuant to any blocked account, deposit account,
     lockbox or similar arrangement relating to the payment of Accounts
     Receivable or other sales of Collateral. The Grantor and the Agent
     acknowledge and agree that the definition of Proceeds contained in this
     paragraph (f) includes, but is not limited to, property, assets and rights
     constituting "proceeds" under Section 9-306 of the ILUCC.

     Section 2.  Security Interests. As security for the payment or performance,
as the case may be, of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby creates and
grants to the Agent, its successors and its assigns, for the pro rata benefit of
the Banks, their successors and their assigns, a security interest in the
Collateral (the "Security Interest"). Without limiting the foregoing, the Agent
is hereby authorized to file one or more financing statements, continuation
statements or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming,
continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest, naming the Grantor as
debtor and the Agent as secured party.

      The Grantor agrees at all times to keep in all material respects accurate
and complete accounting records with respect to the Collateral, including, but
not limited to, a record of all payments and Proceeds received. 

     The Grantor and the Agent acknowledge that the Grantor has entered into the
Receivables Agreement, pursuant to which Great Lakes has agreed to purchase the
GLCC Receivables. The Agent acknowledges the sale to Great Lakes of the GLCC
Receivables pursuant to the terms of the Receivables Agreement and agrees that
such GLCC Receivables and all proceeds thereof (other than the GLCC Payments)
(the "GLCC Collateral") shall be excluded from the Security Interest in favor of
the Agent.

     Section 3.  Further Assurances. The Grantor agrees, at its expense, to
execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further
instruments and documents and take all such actions, including without
limitation those which the Agent may from time to time request, for the assuring
and preserving of the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created
hereby, including, without limitation, the payment of any fees and taxes
required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or
other documents in connection herewith. If any amount payable under or in
connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any
promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly
pledged and delivered to the Agent, duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to
the Agent. The Grantor agrees to notify promptly the Agent of any change in its
corporate name or in the location of its chief executive office, its chief place
of business or the office where it keeps its records relating to the Accounts
Receivable owned

                                      -3-
       


<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT B-1


================================================================================



                              SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                  (Guarantor)


                           Dated as of May 24, 1996,


                                     AMONG


                          CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
       CPS HOLDING CO. (formerly known as Carson Pirie Scott & Company)
                          FRANKLIN STREET CORPORATION
                           TELEGRAPH-120 CORPORATION
                            1-29 S. STATE ST. CORP.
                      331 W. WISCONSIN AVENUE CORPORATION
                  CARSON PIRIE SCOTT INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
                      CPS HOTEL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
                          HIGHLAND AVENUE CORPORATION
                              I-65 U.S. 30 CORP.
                          LATHROP AVENUE CORPORATION
                          LINCOLN CICERO CORPORATION
                        URBANA CENTRAL DEVELOPMENT CO.
                              151 MANNHEIM CORP.
                              P.A. BERGNER & CO.

                                      AND


                         ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Agent


================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               Table of Contents

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                           Description                               Page

<S>          <C>                                                            <C>
Section 1.   Definitions of Terms Used Herein.................................1

Section 2.   Security Interests...............................................3

Section 3.   Further Assurances...............................................4

Section 4.   Inspection and Verification......................................4

Section 5.   Taxes............................................................4

Section 6.   Assignment of Security Interest..................................4

Section 7.   Representations and Warranties...................................5

Section 8.   Records of Accounts Receivable...................................6

Section 9.   Supplemental Documentation.......................................7

Section 10.  Protection of Security...........................................7

Section 11.  Continuing Obligations of the Grantor............................7

Section 12.  Use and Disposition of Collateral................................7

Section 13.  Limitation on Modifications of Accounts Receivable...............7

Section 14.  Collections......................................................7

Section 15.  Remedies Upon Default............................................8
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>           <C>                                                           <C>
Section 16.   Application of Proceeds.........................................10

Section 17.   Locations of Collateral.........................................10

Section 18.   Security Interest Absolute......................................11

Section 19.   No Waiver.......................................................11

Section 20.   Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact................................11

Section 21.   Agent's Fees and Expenses.......................................11

Section 22.   Binding Agreement...............................................12

Section 23.   Governing Law...................................................12

Section 24.   Notices.........................................................12

Section 25.   Severability....................................................12

Section 26.   Section Headings................................................12

Section 27.   Counterparts....................................................12

Section 28.   Termination.....................................................12

                                     -ii-
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
                        SECURITY AGREEMENT (GUARANTOR)

     SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of May 24, 1996, among CPS
DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation, CPS HOLDING CO. (formerly known
as Carson Pirie Scott & Company), a Delaware corporation, FRANKLIN STREET
CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation, TELEGRAPH-120 CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation, 1-29 S. STATE ST. CORP., a Delaware corporation, 331 W. WISCONSIN
AVENUE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, CARSON PIRIE SCOTT INSURANCE
SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation, CPS HOTEL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC., a
Delaware corporation, HIGHLAND AVENUE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, I-65
U.S. 30 CORP., an Indiana corporation, LATHROP AVENUE CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation, LINCOLN CICERO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, URBANA CENTRAL
DEVELOPMENT CO., a Delaware corporation, 151 MANNHEIM CORP., a Delaware
corporation and P.A. BERGNER & CO. (formerly known as The Chas V. Weise Co.), an
Illinois corporation (individually and collectively, the "Grantor"), and ABN
AMRO BANK N.V., as agent ("Agent") for each of the other financial institutions
(the "Banks") from time to time party to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty
Agreement dated as of May 24, 1996, among Carson Pirie Scott & Co. (formerly
known as P.A. Bergner & Co.) (the "Borrower"), the guarantors named therein
(collectively, the "Guarantors"), the Agent, the Banks and the Co-Agents named
therein (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance
with its term, the "Credit Agreement").

     The Banks have agreed to extend Loans and other financial accommodations to
the Borrower pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Credit
Agreement. The obligation of the Banks to extend such Loans and other financial
accommodations under the Credit Agreement is conditioned on the execution and
delivery by the Grantor of a security agreement in the form hereof to secure the
due and punctual payment and performance of all Obligations (including, without
limitation, principal of and interest on the Loans, when and as due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or
otherwise, the reimbursement obligation of the Borrower with respect to Letters
of Credit, the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of
the Grantor under this Agreement and the due and punctual payment and
performance of all obligations of the Borrower and Guarantors under the Credit
Agreement and any of the Security Documents) and all Hedging Liabilities (as
hereinafter defined) (collectively, the "Secured Obligations").

     Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants,
representations and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Definitions of Terms Used Herein. All capitalized terms used
herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit
Agreement. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:


<PAGE>
 
          (a) "Accounts Receivable" shall mean (i) all of the Grantor's present 
     and future accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper and instruments, as
     such terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the
     State of Illinois ("ILUCC"), in each case arising out of the sale, lease or
     other disposition of Inventory, excluding all accounts, general
     intangibles, chattel paper and instruments sold or purported to be sold by
     the Grantor to Great Lakes pursuant to the Receivables Agreement and owned
     by Great Lakes (the "GLCC Receivables") (but including all rights of
     Grantor under the Credit Card Program Agreement dated February 4, 1996 (as
     amended, the "Credit Card Program Agreement") between Grantor and National
     Bank of the Great Lakes), (ii) all moneys, securities and other property
     and the proceeds thereof, now or hereafter held or received by, or in
     transit to, the Agent or any depository holding, receiving or to receive
     such moneys, securities or other property for the benefit of the Agent or
     the Lenders, in each case from or for the Grantor, whether for safekeeping,
     pledge, custody, transmission, collection or otherwise, and all of the
     deposits (general or special) of the Grantor, balances, sums and credits
     with, and all of the Grantor's claims against the Agent or any such
     depository at any time existing (including without limitation the Cash
     Collateral Account and the Concentration Account), (iii) all of the
     Grantor's right, title and interest, and all of the Grantor's rights,
     remedies, security and Liens, in, to and in respect of any accounts
     receivable (excluding GLCC Receivables) but including all rights of Grantor
     under the Credit Card Program Agreement, between Grantor and National Bank
     of the Great Lakes), including, without limitation, rights of stoppage in
     transit, replevin, repossession and reclamation and other rights and
     remedies of an unpaid vendor, lienor or secured party, guaranties or other
     contracts of suretyship with respect to accounts receivable, deposits or
     other security for the obligation of any account debtor, and credit and
     other insurance, (iv) all of the Grantor's right, title and interest in, to
     and in respect of all goods relating to, or which by sale have resulted in,
     accounts receivable (including without limitation GLCC Receivables),
     including, without limitation, all goods described in invoices or other
     documents or instruments with respect to, or otherwise representing or
     evidencing, any account receivable, and all returned, reclaimed or
     repossessed goods.

          (b) "Collateral" shall mean all (i) Accounts Receivable, (ii) 
     Documents, (iii) General Intangibles, (iv) Inventory, and (v) Proceeds.

          (c) "Documents" shall mean all instruments, files, records, ledger 
     sheets and documents covering or relating to any of the Collateral
     including, without limitation, all promissory notes and other instruments
     received by the Grantor in consideration for the sale of GLCC Receivables.

          (d) "General Intangibles" shall mean all of the Grantor's present and 
     future general intangibles of every kind and description relating to
     Inventory (including, without limitation, all computer programs and other
     customer information used in connection with the sale, exchange or other
     disposition of Collateral and all trademarks, tradenames and licenses used
     in connection with the sale, exchange, lease

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
     or other disposition of Collateral and the goodwill of the business
     symbolized thereby).

           (e)  "Hedging Liability" shall mean any and all liabilities of the 
     Borrower to any Bank arising under or in connection with any Interest Rate
     Hedging Agreement.

           (F)  "Inventory" shall mean all of the Grantor's raw materials, work 
     in process, finished goods and all other inventory (as such term is defined
     in the ILUCC), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all wrapping,
     packaging, advertising and shipping materials, and any documents relating
     thereto.

          (g)  "Proceeds" shall mean any consideration received from the sale, 
     exchange, lease or other disposition of any asset or property which
     constitutes Collateral, any payments or advances made or due to be made
     (whether in cash or non cash consideration) to Grantor by Great Lakes under
     the Receivables Agreement (the "GLCC Payments") and any other value
     received as a consequence of the possession of any Collateral and any
     payment received from any insurer or other person or entity as a result of
     the destruction, loss, theft or other involuntary conversion of whatever
     nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall
     include, without limitation, all cash and negotiable instruments received
     or held by the Agent, any of the Banks and/or any agent thereof pursuant to
     any blocked account, deposit account, lockbox or similar arrangement
     relating to the payment of Accounts Receivable or other sales of
     Collateral. The Grantor and the Agent acknowledge and agree that the
     definition of Proceeds contained in this paragraph (f) includes, but is not
     limited to, property, assets and rights constituting "proceeds" under
     Section 9-306 of ILUCC.

     Section 2.  Security Interests. As security for the payment or performance,
as the case may be, of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby creates and
grants to the Agent, its successors and its assigns, for the pro rata benefit of
the Banks, their successors and their assigns, a security interest in the
Collateral (the "Security Interest"). Without limiting the foregoing, the Agent
is hereby authorized to file one or more financing statements, continuation
statements or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming,
continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest, naming the Grantor as
debtor and the Agent as secured party.

     The Grantor agrees at all times to keep in all material respects accurate 
and complete accounting records with respect to the Collateral, including, but
not limited to, a record of all payments and Proceeds received.

      The Grantor and the Agent acknowledge that the Borrower and CPS have 
entered into the Receivables Agreement, pursuant to which Great Lakes has agreed
to purchase the GLCC Receivables. The Agent acknowledges the sale to Great Lakes
of the GLCC Receivables pursuant to the terms of the Receivables Agreement and 
agrees that GLCC Receivables and all proceeds thereof (other than the GLCC
Payments) (the "GLCC Collateral") shall be excluded from the Security Interest
in favor of the Agent.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>
 
     Section 3.  Further Assurances. The Grantor agrees, at its expense, to
execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further
instruments and documents and take all such actions, including without
limitation those which the Agent may from time to time request, for the assuring
and preserving of the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created
hereby, including, without limitation, the payment of any fees and taxes
required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or
other documents in connection herewith, if any amount payable under or in
connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any
promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly
pledged and delivered to the Agent, duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to
the Agent. The Grantor agrees to notify promptly the Agent of any change in its
corporate name or in the location of its chief executive office, its chief place
of business or the office where it keeps records relating to the Accounts
Receivable owned by it and the location of any Collateral. The Grantor agrees
promptly to notify the Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is
damaged or destroyed.


     Section 4.  Inspection and Verification. The Agent and such persons as the
Agent may designate shall have the right, at any reasonable time or times during
the Grantor's usual business hours, and upon reasonable notice (which may be
telephonic), to inspect the Collateral owned by the Grantor, all records related
thereto (and to make extracts and copies from such records), and the premises
upon which any such Collateral is located, to discuss the Grantor's affairs with
the officers of the Grantor and its independent accountants and to verify under
reasonable procedures the validity, amount, quality, value, and condition of or
any other matter relating to, the collateral, including, after an Event of
Default or an event which would, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time
or both, constitute an Event of Default, in the case of Accounts Receivable or
Collateral in the possession of a third person, contacting account debtors or a
third person possessing such Collateral for the purpose of making such a
verification. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 of the Credit
Agreement, the Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it
gains from such inspection or verification with any or all of the Banks.

     Section 5.  Taxes; Encumbrances. At its option, the Agent may discharge
past due taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time
levied or places on the Collateral and not permitted under the Credit Agreement,
and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the collateral to the extent
the Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement, and the Grantor
agrees to reimburse the Agent on demand for any payment made or any expense
incurred by it pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided, however, that
nothing in this Section 5 shall be interpreted as excusing the Grantor from the
performance of any covenants or other promises with respect to taxes, liens,
security interests or other encumbrances and maintenances as set forth herein or
in the Credit Agreement.

      Section 6.  Assignment of Security Interest. If at any time the Grantor
shall take and perfect a security interest in any property of an account debtor
or any other person to secure payment and performance of an Account Receivable,
the Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Agent. Such
assignment need not be filed of public


                                      -4-

<PAGE>
 
record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security
interest against creditors of and transferees from the account debtor or other
person granting the security interest. 

     Section 7.  Representations and Warranties. The Grantor represents and
warrants to the Agent that:

          (a)  Title and Authority.  It has (i) rights in and good title to the
     Collateral in which it is granting a security interest hereunder and (ii)
     the requisite power and authority to grant to the Agent the Security
     Interest in such Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and
     perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
     without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent
     or approval which has been obtained.

          (b)  Filing.  Fully executed Uniform Commercial Code financing
     statements containing a description of the Collateral (and assignments for
     security with respect to trademarks, tradenames and other intellectual
     property, as the case may be) shall have been, or shall be delivered to the
     Agent in a form such that they can be, filed of record in every
     governmental, municipal or other office in every jurisdiction in which any
     portion of the Collateral is located necessary to publish notice of and
     protect the validity of and to establish a valid, legal and perfected
     security interest in favor of the Agent in respect of the Collateral in
     which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States
     and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing,
     refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is
     necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law
     with respect to the filing of Uniform Commercial Code continuation
     statements.

          (c)  Validity of Security Interest.  The Security Interest constitutes
     a valid, legal and (upon the filing of the Uniform Commercial Code
     financing statements and the assignments for security referred to in
     Section 7(b) above) perfected first priority security interest in all of
     the Collateral for payment and performance of the Secured Obligations,
     except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement and (with respect
     to priority) except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

          (d)  Information Regarding Names.  All trade names used to identify it
     in its business or in the ownership of its properties are identified on
     Schedule I hereto.

          (e)  Absence of Other Liens.  The Collateral is owned by it free and
     clear of any Lien of any nature whatsoever, except as granted pursuant to
     this Agreement, and as permitted by the Credit Agreement, and, except as
     provided by paragraph (b) of this Section 7, no financing statement has
     been filed, under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any state or
     otherwise, covering any Collateral except as indicated on Schedule II to
     the Credit Agreement.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
          (f)  Additional Representations for Accounts Receivable.  (i) All 
     Accounts Receivable owned by the Grantor on the Closing Date constitute
     bona fide receivables arising in the ordinary course of business, the
     material amount of which is actually owing and payable to the Grantor in
     the ordinary course of business, subject to no defense, claim of
     disability, counterclaim or offset with respect thereto. All such Accounts
     Receivable, net of a bad debt reserve determined in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and net of
     returns and discounts and allowances in the ordinary course of business,
     are collectible in accordance with their terms.

          (ii)  Each Account Receivable arising after the Closing Date shall be
     on the date of its creation a good and valid account representing an
     undisputed bona fide indebtedness incurred or an amount indisputably owed
     by the customer therein named, for a fixed sum, to the extent set forth in
     the invoice relating thereto, with respect to a true sale and delivery upon
     the specified terms of goods sold by the Grantor, or work, labor and/or
     services theretofore rendered by the Grantor; no such Account Receivable is
     subject to any defense, offset, counterclaim, discount or allowance except
     as may be stated in the invoice relating thereto or discounts and
     allowances as may be customary in the Grantor's business, and the Grantor
     has no reason to believe such Accounts Receivable will not be paid when
     due; none of the transactions underlying or giving rise to any such Account
     Receivable shall violate any applicable State or Federal laws or
     regulations, and all documents relating to any such Account Receivable are
     legally sufficient in all material respects under such laws or regulations
     and are (subject to bankruptcy, reorganization and other similar laws
     affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and to general
     principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in
     equity or at law)) legally enforceable in accordance with their terms; no
     agreement under which any deduction or offset of any kind, other than
     normal trade discounts and discounts granted by the Grantor in the ordinary
     course of its business in accordance with its historical practices, have
     been granted by the Grantor, at or before the time such Account Receivable
     was created, all documents and agreements relating to such Accounts
     Receivable are true and correct and in all respects what they purport to
     be; to the best of the Grantor's knowledge, all signatures and endorsements
     that appear on all documents and agreements relating to such Accounts
     Receivable are genuine and all signatories and endorsers shall have full
     capacity to contract.

          (g)  Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations
     and warranties of the Grantor contained in this Agreement shall survive the
     execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement until the termination
     of this Agreement pursuant to Section 28.

     Section 8.  Records of Accounts Receivable.  The Grantor shall keep or
cause to be kept records of its Accounts Receivable which are accurate in all
material respects. In addition, the Grantor will provide the Agent with such
further schedules and/or information respecting each Account Receivable as the
Agent may reasonably require.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 9.  Supplemental Documentation.  In connection with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement, the Grantor shall furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date a certificate, signed by
a Responsible Officer of the Grantor dated the Closing Date, certifying that, as
of the date of such certificate, all representations and warranties of the
Grantor in Section 7 are true and correct in all material respects and that the
Grantor is in compliance with all conditions, agreements and covenants to be
observed or performed hereunder.

     Section 10.  Protection of Security.  The Grantor shall, at its own cost
and expense, take any and all actions reasonably necessary to defend title to
the Collateral owned by it against all persons and to defend the Security
Interest of the Agent in such Collateral, and the priority thereof, against any
adverse mortgage, pledge, security interest, Lien, charge or other encumbrance
of any nature whatsoever except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 of
the Credit Agreement.

     Section 11.  Continuing Obligations of the Grantor.  The Grantor shall
remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be
observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement, interest or
obligation relating to the Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions thereof, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, and the
Banks from any and all such liabilities.

     Section 12.  Use and Disposition of Collateral.  The Grantor shall not make
or permit to be made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of the Collateral,
or grant any security interest in the Collateral except for the Security
Interest or as permitted under the third unnumbered paragraph of Section 2
hereof. The Grantor shall not make or permit to be made any transfer of any
Collateral, except Inventory in the ordinary course of business, except as
permitted under the third unnumbered paragraph of Section 2 hereof and as
otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, and the Grantor shall remain at all
times in possession of the Collateral owned by it other than transfers to the
Agent pursuant to the provisions hereof and as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, the Credit Agreement and/or the third unnumbered paragraph of Section
2 hereof.

     Section 13.  Limitation on Modifications of Accounts Receivable.  Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Grantor will
not, without the Agent's prior written consent, grant any extension of the time
of payment of any of its Accounts Receivable, compromise, compound or settle the
same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any
person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount
whatsoever thereon other than extensions, credits, discounts, compromises or
settlements granted or made in the ordinary course of business.

     Section 14.  Collections.  (a) All collections of Accounts Receivable,
proceeds of the sale of other Collateral and other cash of the Grantor shall be
deposited by the Grantor as described in Section 5.08 of the Credit Agreement
and all of the foregoing shall at all times remain subject to the Security
Interest granted herein.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
the Agent shall have the right, as the true and lawful agent of the Grantor,
with power of substitution for the Grantor and in the Grantor's name, the
Agent's name or otherwise, for the use and benefit of the Agent and the Banks,
subject to Section 2.10 of the Receivables Agreement and any rights of the
"Collateral Agent" under the Receivables Agreement Documents, (i) to receive,
endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts,
money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any
part thereof; (ii) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and
give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (iii) to sign the
name of the Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the
Collateral; (iv) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any customer;
(v) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law
or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise
realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of
any Collateral; (vi) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any
actions, suits or proceedings relating to or pertaining to all or any of the
Collateral; (vii) to notify, or to require the Grantor to notify, the account
debtors obligated on any or all of the Accounts Receivable to make payment
thereof directly to the Agent; (viii) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge,
make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the
Collateral; and (ix) to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the
purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Agent were the
absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided, however, that
nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Agent
or any Bank to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or
sufficiency of any payment received by the Agent or such Bank or to present or
file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral
or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any
property covered thereby, and no action taken by the Agent or any Bank or
omitted to be taken with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof shall
give rise to any defense, counterclaim or offset in favor of the Grantor or to
any claim or action against the Agent or any Bank in the absence of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such Bank. It is understood and
agreed that the appointment of the Agent as the agent of the Grantor for the
purposes set forth above in this Section 14 is coupled with an interest and is
irrevocable. The provisions of this Section 14 shall in no event relieve the
Grantor of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Credit Agreement with
respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or impose any obligation on the
Agent or any Bank to proceed in any particular manner with respect to the
Collateral or any part thereof, or in any way limit the exercise by the Agent or
any Bank of any other or further right which it may have on the date of this
Agreement or hereafter, whether hereunder or by law or otherwise.

     Section 15.  Remedies upon Default.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Grantor agrees to deliver each item of
Collateral to the Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Agent shall have
the right to take any or all of the following actions at the same or different
times: with or without legal process and with or without previous notice or
demand for performance, to take possession of the Collateral and without
liability for trespass (except for actual damage caused by the Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct) to enter any premises where the Collateral may
be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Collateral
and, generally, to

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under, and subject to
its obligations contained in, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any
state or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Grantor agrees that the Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory
requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part
of the Collateral, at public or private sale or at any broker's board or on any
securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Agent
shall deem appropriate. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the
property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of the
Grantor, and the Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all
rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which the Grantor now has or may at any
time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or
hereafter enacted.

     The Agent shall give the Grantor 10 days' written notice (which the Grantor
agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-504(3) of the ILUCC)
of the Agent's intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the
case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the
case of a sale at a broker's board or on a securities exchange, shall state the
board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the
Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or
exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within
ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Agent may fix and
state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or
portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate
parcels, as the Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The
Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall
determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such
Collateral shall have been given. The Agent may, without notice or publication,
adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time
to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may,
without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so
adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on
credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the
Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but
the Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers
shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any
such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public
sale made pursuant to this Section 15, the Agent or any Bank may bid for or
purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption,
stay or appraisal on the part of the Grantor (all said rights being also hereby
waived and released to the extent permitted by law), with respect to the
Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and the Agent or any Bank may
make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to the
Agent or any such Bank from the Grantor as a credit against the purchase price,
and the Agent or any such Bank may, upon compliance with the terms of sale,
hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to the
Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the
Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Agent
shall be free to carry out such sale and purchase pursuant to such agreement,
and the Grantor shall not be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any
portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Agent
shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been
remedied and the Secured Obligations paid

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon
it, the Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose
this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a
judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or
pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver.

     The rights and remedies of the Agent under this Section 15 shall be in
addition to any rights and remedies of the Agent and/or any Bank under the
Credit Agreement and any other Security Documents.

     Section 16.  Application of Proceeds.  The proceeds of any collection or
sale of Collateral, as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, shall be
applied by the Agent as follows:

     FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with
this Agreement or any of the Secured Obligations, including, but not limited to,
all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal
counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Agent hereunder on behalf of
the Grantor and any other reasonable costs or expenses incurred in connection
with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder;

     SECOND, pro rata to the payment in full of (i) principal and interest in
respect of any Loans outstanding (pro rata as among the Banks in accordance with
the amounts of the Loans made by them pursuant to the Credit Agreement) and (ii)
all Hedging Liabilities owed by the Borrower to any Bank up to the Interest Rate
Hedge Amount for each transaction;

     THIRD, to be retained by the Agent as cash collateral for any outstanding
Letters of Credit pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement;

     FOURTH, pro rata to the payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other
than those referred to above) owed to the Banks (pro rata as among the Banks in
accordance with their respective outstanding Secured Obligations); and

     FIFTH, to the Grantor, its successors and assigns, or as a court of
competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

Upon any sale of the Collateral by the Agent (including, without limitation,
pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding),
the receipt of the Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient
discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such
purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any
part of the purchase money paid over to the Agent or such officer or be
answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

     Section 17.  Locations of Collateral, Place of Business.  (a) The Grantor
hereby represents and warrants that all the Collateral is located at the
locations listed on Schedule I hereto. The Grantor agrees not to establish, or
permit to be established, any other location

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
for the Collateral unless all filings under the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect in any state or otherwise which are required by this Agreement or the
Credit Agreement to be made with respect to the Collateral have been made and
the Agent has a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in
the Collateral, except as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement.

     (b)  The Grantor confirms that its chief executive office is located as
indicated on Schedule I hereto. The Grantor agrees not to change, or permit to
be changed, the location of its chief executive office unless all filings under
the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise which are required by this Agreement or
the Credit Agreement to be made have been made and the Agent has a valid, legal
and perfected first priority security interest, except as set forth in Section
6.01 of the Credit Agreement.

     Section 18.  Security Interest Absolute.  All rights of the Agent
hereunder, the Security Interest, and all obligations of the Grantor hereunder,
shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or
enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other agreement with respect to any
of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any
of the foregoing, (ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or
in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other
amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement,
any Security Document, or any other agreement or instrument, (iii) any exchange,
release or nonperfection of any other Collateral, or any release or amendment or
waiver of or consent to or departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the
Secured Obligations, or (iv) any other circumstance which might otherwise
constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, the Grantor, any of the
Guarantors or any other obligor in respect of the Secured Obligations or in
respect of this Agreement.

     Section 19.  No Waiver.  No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise,
and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate
as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right,
power or remedy by the Agent preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are
cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law. The
Agent and the Banks shall not be deemed to have waived any rights hereunder or
under any other agreement or instrument unless such waiver shall be in writing
and signed by such parties.

     Section 20.  Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact.  Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Grantor hereby appoints the
Agent the attorney-in-fact of the Grantor solely for the purpose of carrying out
the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any
instrument which the Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the
purposes hereof, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

     Section 21.  Agent's Fees and Expenses.  The Grantor shall be obligated to,
upon demand, pay to the Agent the amount of any and all reasonable expenses,
including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of any experts or
agents which the Agent

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the
custody or preservation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other
realization upon, any of the Collateral, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of
any of the rights of the Agent hereunder, or (iv) the failure by the Grantor to
perform or observe any of the provisions hereof. In addition, the Grantor
indemnifies and holds the Agent and the Banks harmless from and against any and
all liability incurred by the Agent or the Banks hereunder or in connection
herewith, unless such liability shall be due to the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Agent or the Banks, as the case may be. Any such amounts
payable as provided hereunder or thereunder shall be additional Secured
Obligations secured hereby and by the other Security Documents.

     Section 22.  Binding Agreement; Assignments.  This Agreement, and the
terms, covenants and conditions hereof, shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns,
except that the Grantor shall not be permitted to assign this Agreement or any
interest herein or in the Collateral, or any part thereof, or any cash or
property held by the Agent as Collateral under this Agreement, except as
contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement.

     Section 23.  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST HEREUNDER, OR
REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE
LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

     Section 24.  Notices.  All communications and notices hereunder shall be in
writing and given as provided in the Credit Agreement.

     Section 25.  Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or
impaired.

     Section 26.  Section Headings.  Section headings used herein are for
convenience only and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into
consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

     Section 27.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all or which, when
taken together, shall constitute but one instrument. This Agreement shall be
effective when a counterpart which bears the signature of the Grantor shall have
been delivered to the Agent.

     Section 28.  Termination. This Agreement and the Security Interest shall
terminate when all the Secured Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid
in cash, the Letters of Credit have been either terminated or collateralized
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Banks have no further
commitment to make any Loans under the Credit Agreement or issue or arrange for
the issuance of Letters of Credit, at which time the Agent shall execute and
deliver to the Grantor all Uniform Commercial Code termination

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
statements and similar documents which the Grantor shall reasonably request to
evidence such termination; provided, however, that all indemnities of the
Grantor contained in this Agreement shall survive, and remain operative and in
full force and effect regardless of, the termination of this Agreement.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Security 
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                        CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
                        CPS HOLDING CO.
                        FRANKLIN STREET CORPORATION
                        TELEGRAPH-120 CORPORATION
                        1-29 S. STATE ST. CORP.
                        331 W. WISCONSIN AVENUE CORPORATION
                        CARSON PIRIE SCOTT INSURANCE SERVICES,
                          INC.
                        CPS HOTEL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
                        HIGHLAND AVENUE CORPORATION
                        I-65 U.S. 30 CORP.
                        LATHROP AVENUE CORPORATION
                        LINCOLN CICERO CORPORATION
                        URBANA CENTRAL DEVELOPMENT CO.
                        151 MANNHEIM CORP.
                        P.A. BERGNER & CO.




                        By
                          ---------------------------------------
                          Name:
                          Title:




                        ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Agent

                        By: ABN AMRO North America, Inc.,
                            as agent for ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

                            By
                               ----------------------------------
                               Name:
                               Title:


                            By
                               ----------------------------------
                               Name:
                               Title:


                                     -14-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT B-2

================================================================================








                           FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT


                                     Among



                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.,
                         CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                                  AS GRANTORS


                                      And

                              ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,
                                   AS AGENT










================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                             HEADING                                 PAGE
<S>   <C>                                                                   <C>
1.    PLEDGE..................................................................1

2.    DELIVERY OF COLLATERAL..................................................2

3.    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS...............................2

4.    REGISTRATION IN NOMINEE NAME; DENOMINATIONS.............................3

5.    VOTING RIGHTS; DIVIDENDS; ETC...........................................3

6.    SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION..............................................4

7.    REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT..........................................5

8.    APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF SALE.........................................6

9.    AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT........................................6

10.   NO WAIVER...............................................................7

11.   SECURITY INTEREST ABSOLUTE..............................................7

12.   AGENT'S FEES AND EXPENSES...............................................7

13.   TERMINATION.............................................................8

14.   NOTICES.................................................................8

15.   FURTHER ASSURANCES......................................................8

16.   BINDING AGREEMENT.......................................................8

17.   GOVERNING LAW...........................................................8
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>   <C>                                                                   <C>
18.   SEVERABILITY........................................................... 8

19.   COUNTERPARTS........................................................... 9

20.   SECTION HEADINGS....................................................... 9

Signatures...................................................................10
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                           FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT

     Pledge Agreement dated as of May 24, 1996 among Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 
(formerly known as P.A. Bergner & Co.), an Illinois corporation (the 
"Borrower"), CPS Department Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CPS") 
(Borrower and CPS are each sometimes referred to herein as a "Grantor" and 
collectively as the "Grantors") and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent (the "Agent"), 
for each of the other financial institutions (the "Banks") from time to time 
party to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the 
Borrower, CPS and the other guarantors named therein, the Co-Agents named 
therein, the Banks and the Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time in accordance with its terms, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms
used herein and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned 
to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

     Whereas, substantially concurrently herewith, the Borrower, CPS, and each 
of the other Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereof, the Agent, the 
Banks and the Co-Agents referred to therein have entered into a Revolving Credit
and Guaranty Agreement bearing even date herewith (the "Credit Agreement"); and

     Whereas, the Banks have agreed to extend Loans and other financial 
accommodations to the Borrower pursuant to, and subject to the terms and 
conditions of, the Credit Agreement. The obligation of the Banks to extend such 
Loans and other financial accommodations under the Credit Agreement is 
conditioned on the execution and delivery by the Grantors of a pledge agreement 
in the form hereof to secure the due and punctual payment and performance of all
Obligations (including, without limitation, principal of and interest on the 
Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more 
dates set for prepayment or otherwise, the reimbursement obligation of the 
Borrower with respect to Letters of Credit and the due and punctual payment and 
performance of all other obligations of the Grantors under this Pledge Agreement
and of the Grantors and the Guarantors under the Credit Agreement and any of the
Security Documents) and all Hedging Liabilities (collectively, the "Secured 
Obligations").

     Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, 
representations and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the 
parties hereto hereby amend and restate the Prior Pledge Agreement in its 
entirety, and hereby agree as follows:

     1.  Pledge. As security for the payment and performance in full of the
Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby transfers, grants, bargains, sells,
conveys, hypothecates, pledges, sets over, endorses over, and delivers unto the
Agent, and grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, a security
interest in, (a) the promissory notes, instruments and other obligations listed
in Schedule I annexed hereto next to such Grantor's name (the "Initial Pledged
Securities") and any additional promissory notes, instruments and other
obligations of the obligor listed in Schedule I annexed hereto obtained in the
future by any




<PAGE>
 
Grantor (collectively, the Initial Pledged Securities together with all such 
additional promissory notes, instruments and other obligations pledged in the 
future and all other consideration paid by Great Lakes to any Grantor in 
connection with the purchase by Great Lakes of certain receivables and other 
property under the Receivables Agreement, the "Pledged Securities"), and (b) 
subject to Section 5 below, all proceeds of the Pledged Securities, including, 
without limitation, all cash, securities or other property at any time and from 
time to time receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange 
for any of or all such Pledge Securities (the items referred to in clauses (a) 
and (b) being collectively called the "Collateral").  Upon delivery to the 
Agent, any securities now or hereafter included in the Collateral including, 
without limitation, the Pledged Securities (the "Securities Collateral") shall 
be accompanied by undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Agent and 
by such other instruments and documents as the Agent may reasonably request.  
Each delivery of Securities Collateral shall be accompanied by a Schedule 
showing a description of the securities theretofore and then being pledged 
hereunder, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule I and made a part
hereof.  Each schedule so delivered shall supersede any prior schedules so 
delivered.

     2.  Delivery of Collateral.  Each Grantor agrees to deliver promptly or 
cause to be delivered to the Agent any and all Securities Collateral, and any 
and all certificates or Other instruments or documents representing any of the 
Collateral (together with any necessary endorsement).

     3.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  Each Grantor hereby 
represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Agent that:

          (a)  except for the security interest granted to the Agent, each 
     Grantor (i) is and, subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, will
     at all times continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record,
     of the Collateral that it is pledging hereunder, (ii) subject to the
     provisions of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, holds the Collateral
     that it is pledging hereunder free and clear of all Liens, charges,
     encumbrances and security interests of every kind and nature, (iii) will
     make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or subject to the provisions of
     the Credit Agreement, transfer of, or create any security interest in, the
     Collateral that it is pledging hereunder, and (iv) subject to Section 5,
     below, will cause any and all Collateral, whether for value paid by a
     Grantor or otherwise, to be forthwith deposited with the Agent and pledged
     or assigned hereunder;

          (b)  each Grantor (i) has good right an legal authority to pledge the 
Collateral it is pledging hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated, 
(ii) will not amend, modify or supplement any Collateral without the prior 
written consent of the Agent, nor forgive any Indebtedness evidence by any 
Collateral, and (iii) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein 
against any and all attachments, Liens, claims encumbrances, security interests 
or other impediments of any nature, however arising, of all persons whomsoever;

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  no consent or approval of any governmental body or regulatory 
     authority or any securities exchange was or is necessary to the validity of
     the pledge effected hereby;

          (d)  by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this 
     Agreement and the delivery of all Securities Collateral, the Agent will
     obtain a valid and perfected first Lien upon and security interest in the
     Collateral as security for the repayment of the Secured Obligations, prior
     to all other Liens and encumbrances thereon and security interests therein;

          (e)  the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Agent the
     rights of the Agent in the Collateral as set forth herein; and

          (f)  at the date hereof, the Initial Pledged Securities constitutes 
     all of the issued and outstanding instruments, promissory notes and
     obligations of Great Lakes held by, or in favor of, a Grantor.

All representations, warranties and covenants of the Grantors contained in this 
Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this 
Agreement until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 13 hereof.

     4.  Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations.  Upon the occurrence and 
during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall have the right 
(in its sole and absolute discretion with prior notice to the Grantors) to
transfer to or to register the Securities Collateral in its own name or the name
of its nominee. In addition, the Agent shall at all times have the right to
exchange the certificates representing Securities Collateral for certificates of
smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

     5.  Voting Rights; Dividends; etc.  (a) Unless and until an Event of 
Default under the Credit Agreement or an event (a "Default") which, with the 
giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

          (i)  Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting
and/or consensual rights and powers accruing to an owner of Collateral or any
part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement
and the Credit Agreement provided that such action would not materially and
adversely affect the rights inuring to the Agent or the Banks under this
Agreement or the Credit Agreement or materially and adversely affect the rights
and remedies of the Agent or the Banks under this Agreement or the Credit
Agreement or the ability of the Agent or the Banks to exercise the same.

          (ii)  The Agent shall execute and deliver to the Grantors, or cause to
be executed and delivered to the Grantors, all such proxies, powers of attorney,
and other instruments as the Grantors may reasonably request for the purpose of 
enabling

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 

     the Grantors to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers
     which they are entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

          (iii) All cash distributions with respect to the Collateral shall be
     applied by the Grantors as required under Section 5.08 of the Credit
     Agreement. Any and all

               a.  noncash distributions,

               b.  stock or distributions paid or payable in cash or otherwise
          in connection with a partial or total liquidation or dissolution, and

               c.  instruments, securities, other distributions in property,
          return of capital, capital surplus or paid-in surplus or other
          distributions made on or in respect of Collateral (other than
          distributions permitted by this Section 5(a)(iii)), whether resulting
          from a subdivision, combination, reclassification or restructuring of
          the outstanding obligations of the issuer of any Collateral or
          received in exchange for Collateral or any part thereof, or in
          redemption thereof, shall be and become part of the Collateral, and,
          if received by the Grantor, shall not be commingled by any Grantor
          with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and
          apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Agent
          and the Banks and shall be forthwith delivered to the Agent in the
          same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

     (b)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
all rights of any Grantor to receive any distributions which such Grantor is
authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 5 shall
cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Agent, which
shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such
distributions. All distributions which are received by any Grantor contrary to
the provisions of this Section 5(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit
of the Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor
and shall be forthwith delivered to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as
so received (with any necessary endorsement). Any and all money and other
property paid over to or received by the Agent pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 5 shall be retained by the Agent in an account to be established by
the Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof.

     (c)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default
or a Default, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual
rights and power which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5(a)(i)
shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Agent,
which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such
voting and consensual rights and powers.

     6.  Supplemental Documentation.  In connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement each Grantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished
to the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date a certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer of such Grantor dated the


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
Closing Date, certifying that, as of the date of such certificate, all 
representations and warranties of such Grantor in Section 3 hereof are true and 
correct and that such Grantor is in compliance with all conditions, agreements 
and covenants to be observed or performed hereunder.

     7.  Remedies upon Event of Default. If an Event of Default shall have 
occurred and be continuing, the Agent may sell or otherwise dispose of all or 
any part of the Collateral, at public or private sale or at any broker's board 
or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as 
the Agent shall deem appropriate. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall 
hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of 
any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all
rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at 
any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or 
hereafter enacted.

     The Agent shall give the applicable Grantor 10 days' written notice (which 
each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-504(3) 
of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in Illinois) of the Agent's 
intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public 
sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at
a broker's board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange 
at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion
thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such 
public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours 
and at such place or places as the Agent may fix and state in the notice (if 
any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be 
sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Agent 
may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Agent shall not be 
obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so,
regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been 
given. The Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or 
private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by 
announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without 
further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so
adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on
credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the
Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but
the Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers
shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any
such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public
sale made pursuant to this Section 7, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. ("ABN AMRO") or any
Bank may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any
right of redemption, stay or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said
rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law),
with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and ABN AMRO
or any such Bank may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due
and payable to ABN AMRO or any such Bank from such Grantor as a credit against
the purchase price, and ABN AMRO or any such Bank may, upon compliance with the
terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further
accountability to such Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written
agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as
a sale thereof;

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
the Agent shall be free to carry out such sale and purchase pursuant to such 
agreement, and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or 
any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the 
Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have
been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to 
exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Agent may proceed by 
a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the 
Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or
courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a 
court-appointed receiver.

     8.  Application of Proceeds of Sale. The proceeds of any sale of 
Collateral, as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, shall be applied by 
the Agent as follows:

          FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
     the Agent in connection with such sale or otherwise in connection with this
     Agreement or any of the Secured Obligations, including, but not limited to,
     all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and
     legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Agent hereunder on
     behalf of the Grantors and any other reasonable costs or expenses incurred
     in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder.

          SECOND, pro rata to the payment in full of (i) principal and interest 
     in respect of any Loans outstanding (pro rata as among the Banks in
     accordance with the amounts of the Loans made by them pursuant to the
     Credit Agreement) and (ii) all liabilities owed by the Borrower to any Bank
     for any interest rate swap, cap, collar or floor transaction under any
     Interest Rate Hedging Agreement up to the Interest Rate Hedge Amount for
     each such transaction;

          THIRD, to be retained by the Agent as cash collateral for any 
     outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to the terms of the Credit
     Agreement;

          FOURTH, pro rata to the payment in full of all Secured Obligations 
     (other than those referred to above) owed to the Banks (pro rata as among
     the Banks in accordance with their respective outstanding Secured
     Obligations); and

          FIFTH, to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of 
     competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.


          9.  Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Upon the occurrence and during 
the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby appoints the Agent 
its attorney-in-fact for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this 
Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument which the Agent may
deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment
is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Agent shall have the right to endorse checks, drafts, orders 
and other instruments for the payment of money payable to the applicable Grantor
representing any interest or other distribution payable in respect of the 
Collateral or any part thereof or on account thereof and to give full discharge 
for the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
same, with full power of substitution either in the Agent's name or in the name 
of such Grantor, to ask for, demand, sue for, collect, receive receipt and give 
acquittance for any and all moneys due or to become due and under and by virtue 
of any Collateral, to settle, compromise, prosecute or defend any action, claim 
or proceeding with respect thereto, and to sell, assign, endorse, pledge, 
transfer and make any agreement respecting, or otherwise deal with, the same; 
provided, however, that noting herein contained shall be construed as requiring 
or obligating the Agent, ABN AMRO or the other Banks to make any commitment or 
to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by 
the Agent, ABN AMRO or the other Banks, or to present or file any claim or 
notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof
or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered 
thereby, and no action taken by the Agent. ABN AMRO or the other Bank or omitted
to be taken with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof shall give rise 
to any defense, counterclaim or offset in favor of any Grantor or to any claim 
or action against the Agent or the other Banks in the absence of the gross 
negligence or wilful misconduct of the Agent, ABN AMRO or the other Banks.

     10.  No Waiver. No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise, and no 
delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a 
waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, 
power or remedy by the Agent preclude any other or further exercise thereof or 
the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are 
cumulative and all not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law. The 
Agent and the Banks shall not be deemed to have waived any rights hereunder or 
under any other agreement or instrument unless such waiver shall be in writing 
and signed by such parties.

     11.  Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Agent hereunder, the 
grant of a security interest in the Collateral and all obligations of the 
Grantors hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (i) any 
lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any agreement with 
respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument 
relating to any of the foregoing, (ii) any change in time, manner or place of 
payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or 
any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit
Agreement or any other agreement or instrument, (iii) any exchange, release or 
nonperfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of 
or consent to or departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured 
Obligations or (iv) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a 
defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured 
Obligations or in respect of this Agreement.

     12.  Agent's Fees and Expenses. The Grantors shall be jointly and severally
obligated to, upon demand, pay to the Agent the amount of any and all reasonable
expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of any 
experts or agents which the Agent may incur in connection with (i) the 
administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody or preservation of, or the 
sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, 
(iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Agent hereunder or
(iv) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions 
hereof. In addition, the Grantors indemnify, jointly and severally, and hold the
Agent and the Banks
<PAGE>
 
harmless from and against any and all liability incurred by the Agent or the 
Banks hereunder or in connection herewith, unless such liability shall be due to
the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Agent or the Banks, as the case
may be.  Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder or thereunder shall be 
additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Security
Documents.

     13.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate when all the obligations 
have been fully and indefeasibly paid in cash, all outstanding letters of credit
have been cash collateralized pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and 
the Banks have no further commitment to make any Loans or arrange for the
issuance of any Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, at which time the
Agent shall reassign and deliver to the Grantors, or to such person or persons
as the Grantors shall designate, against receipt, such of the Collateral (if
any) as shall not have been sold or otherwise still be held by it hereunder,
together with appropriate instruments of reassignment and release; provided,
however, that all indemnities of the Grantors contained in this Agreement shall
survive, and remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of, the
termination of this Agreement. Any such reassignment shall be without recourse
to or warranty by the Agent and at the expense of the Grantors.

     14.  Notices.  All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing
and given as provided in the Credit Agreement.

     15.  Further Assurances.  Each Grantor agrees to do such further acts and 
things, and to execute and deliver such additional conveyances, assignments, 
agreements and instruments, as the Agent may at any time reasonably request in 
connection with the administration and enforcement of this Agreement or with 
respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or in order better to assure and 
confirm unto the Agent its rights and remedies hereunder.

     16.  Binding Agreement; Assignments.  This Agreement, and the terms, 
covenants and conditions hereof, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit 
of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that 
no Grantor shall be permitted to assign this Agreement or any interest herein or
in the Collateral, or any part thereof, or otherwise pledge, encumber or grant 
any option with respect to the Collateral, or any part thereof, or any cash or 
property held by the Agent as Collateral under this Agreement.

     17.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS (EXCEPT CONFLICT OF LAWS 
PRINCIPLES THEREOF), EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST 
HEREUNDER, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE 
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

     18.  Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in 
this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the 
validity, legality

                                      -8-


<PAGE>
 
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any
way be affected or impaired.

     19.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more 
counterparts, each of which Shall constitute an original, but all of which, when
taken together, shall constitute but one instrument. This Agreement shall be 
effective when a counterpart which bears the signature of the Grantors shall 
have been delivered to the Agent.

     20.  Section Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience 
only and are not to affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration 
in interpreting, this Agreement.







                                      -9-



<PAGE>
 
     In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have duly executed this Pledge 
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                        Carson Pirie Scott & Co.



                        By
                          ---------------------------------
                            Name:
                            Title:


                        CPS Department Stores, Inc.



                        By
                          ---------------------------------
                            Name:
                            Title:

                      
                      
                        ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., as Agent 



                        By: ABN AMRO North America, Inc., 
                            as agent for ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

                            By
                              ---------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:

                            By
                              ---------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:




                                     -10-


<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule I
                              To Pledge Agreement

                 Obligor            Description of Collateral











<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit B-3

================================================================================









                        Form of Security Agreement and
                             Mortgage--Trademarks




                                     Among



                      
                           Carson Pirie Scott & Co.,
                           -------------------------
                                  as Grantor




                                      And




                              ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,
                                   as Agent









================================================================================


                                      


<PAGE>
 
                            SECURITY AGREEMENT AND
                             MORTGAGE--TRADEMARKS

   SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MORTGAGE--TRADEMARKS (this "Agreement") made this 
24th day of May, 1996 among Carson Pirie Scott & Co. an Illinois corporation 
(the "Grantor"), having an office at 331 W. Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin 53203 and ABN AMRO BANK N.V., having an office at 135 South LaSalle 
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60674-9135 (together with its successors and assigns, 
the "Agent"), as agent for the other financial institutions (the "Banks") from 
time to time party to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined). The Agent 
in such capacity is herein referred to as the "Secured Party."

   WHEREAS, the Grantor has adopted the terms and designs described in Schedule
A annexed hereto and made apart hereof;

   WHEREAS, substantially concurrently herewith, the Borrower, CPS, and each of 
the other Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereof, Secured Party, the
Banks and the Co-Agents referred to therein have entered into a Revolving Credit
and Guaranty Agreement bearing even date herewith (the "Credit Agreement"); and 

   WHEREAS, it is a condition to the making of any Loans or extensions of any 
other financial accommodations to the Grantor pursuant to the Credit Agreement 
that this Agreement be executed and delivered by the Grantor.

   NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, 
representations and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the 
parties hereto hereby amend and restate the Prior Trademark Security Agreement 
in its entirety, and hereby agree as follows:

   IT IS AGREED that, for and in consideration of the Loans and other financial 
accommodations to be made under the Credit Agreement and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowleged, and as
collateral security for the due and punctual payment and performance of all
Obligations (including, without limitation, principal of and interest on the
Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more
dates set for prepayment or otherwise, the due and punctual payment and
performance of all obligations of the Grantor under this Agreement and the due
and punctual payment and performance of all present and future obligations of
the Grantor and the Guarantors under the Credit Agreement and of the Grantor and
the Guarantor under any of the Security Documents) and Hedging Liabilities (as
hereinafter defined)(collectively, the "Secured Obligations"), the Grantor does
hereby mortgage to and pledge with the Secured Party, and grant to the Secured
Party for the ratable benefit of the Banks a security interest in, all of its
right, title and interest in and to (i) each of the Trademarks (as hereinafter
defined), the goodwill of the business symbolized by each of the Trademarks
and each of the registrations described in Schedule A; and (ii) any and all


<PAGE>
 
third parties for infringement of the Trademarks and all royalties arising from 
any of the foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").

     1.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein 
shall have the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement. As used in this 
Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

     "Trademarks" shall mean (i) all trademarks, trade names, trade styles, 
service marks, prints and labels on which said trademarks, trade names, trade 
styles and service marks have appeared or appear, designs and general 
intangibles of like nature, in each case relating to inventory (including 
relating to or used in connection with the sale, lease or other disposition of 
inventory) whether now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired and all right, 
title and interest therein and thereto, (ii) all registrations and recordings of
the property and/or rights described in the foregoing clause (i), including, 
without limitation, applications, registrations and recordings in the United 
States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the 
United States, any State thereof, or any other country or any political 
subdivision thereof, all whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor,
including, but not limited to, those registered trademarks and any applications 
therefor described in Schedule A annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the 
"Registered Trademarks"), and (iii) all reissues, extensions or renewals thereof
and all licenses thereof.

     2.  The Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as 
follows:

          (a)  To the knowledge of the Grantor, the Grantor has good and 
     marketable title to the Registered Trademarks in the United States for the
     goods and services covered by the registrations thereof and such
     registrations are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect.

          (b)  The Grantor will perform all acts and execute all documents, 
     including, without limitation, assignments for security in form suitable
     for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereof, upon the prior written
     request of the Secured Party at any time to evidence, perfect, maintain,
     record and enforce the Secured Party's interest in the Registered
     Trademarks or otherwise in furtherance of the provisions of this Agreement,
     and the Grantor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to execute and file one
     or more continuation statements (and similar documents) or copies thereof
     or of this Security Agreement with respect to the Registered Trademarks
     signed only by the Secured Party, to the extent permitted by applicable
     law.

          (c)  The Grantor will promptly pay the Secured Party for any and all 
     reasonable sums, costs, and expenses which the Secured Party may pay or
     incur pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or in enforcing the
     Secured Obligations, the Collateral or the security interest granted
     hereunder, including, but not limited to, all filing or recording fees,
     court costs, collection charges, travel, and reasonable attorneys' fees,
     all of which together with interest at the highest rate then payable on


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
     the Secured Obligations shall be part of the Secured Obligations and be 
     payable on demand.


          (d)  In no event shall the Grantor, either itself or through any 
     agent, employee, licensee or designee, (i) file an application for the
     registration of any Trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark
     Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any
     political subdivision thereof or (ii) file any assignment of any Trademark,
     which the Grantor may acquire from a third party, with the United States
     Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other
     country or any political subdivision thereof, unless the Grantor shall, on
     or prior to the date of such filing, notify Secured Party thereof, and,
     upon request of the Secured Party, execute and deliver any and all
     assignments, agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Secured
     Party may request to evidence the Secured Party's interest in such
     Trademark and the goodwill and general intangibles of the Grantor relating
     thereto or represented thereby, and the Grantor hereby constitutes the
     Secured Party its attorney-in-fact to execute and file all such writings
     for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified
     and confirmed; such power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable
     until the Secured Obligations are paid in full and the Commitment under the
     Credit Agreement is terminated.

          (e)  The Grantor has the right and power to make the assignment for 
     collateral security and to grant the security interest herein granted; and
     the Registered Trademarks are not now, and at all times hereafter will not
     be, subject to any Liens, mortgages, assignments, security interests or
     encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, except in favor of the Secured Party
     and as permitted under Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, and to the
     best knowledge of the Grantor none of the Registered Trademarks is subject
     to any claim.

          (f)  Except to the extent that the Secured Party, upon prior written
     notice from the Grantor, shall consent, the Grantor will not assign, sell,
     mortgage, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, grant a security interest
     in or Lien upon, encumber, grant an exclusive or non-exclusive license, or
     otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and nothing in this Agreement
     shall be deemed a consent by the Secured Party to any such action except as
     expressly permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement.

          (g)  As of the date hereof neither the Grantor nor any Affiliate or 
     Subsidiary thereof has any Trademarks registered in, or the subject of
     pending applications in, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or
     any similar office or agency in any other country or any political
     subdivision thereof, other than those described in Schedule A hereto.

          (h)  The Grantor will take all necessary steps in any proceeding 
     before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office
     or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to
     maintain each application and registration of the Registered Trademarks,
     including, without limitation, filing of


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     renewals, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition,
     interference and cancellation proceedings.

          (i)  The Grantor assumes all responsibility and liability arising from
     the use of the Trademarks, and the Grantor hereby indemnifies and holds the
     Secured Party and the Banks harmless from and against any claim, suit,
     loss, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out
     of any alleged defect in any product manufactured, promoted or sold by the
     Grantor (or any Affiliate or Subsidiary thereof) in connection with any
     Trademark or out of the manufacture, promotion, labeling, sale or
     advertisement of any such product by the Grantor (or any Affiliate or
     Subsidiary thereof). The Grantor agrees that Secured Party and the Banks do
     not assume, and shall have no responsibility for, the payment of any sums
     due or to become due under any agreement or contract included in the
     Collateral or the performance of any obligations to be performed under or
     with respect to any such agreement or contract by the Grantor, and the
     Grantor hereby indemnifies and holds the Secured Party and the Banks
     harmless with respect to any and all claims by any person relating thereto.

          (j)  The Secured Party may, in its sole discretion, pay any amount or 
     do any act required of the Grantor hereunder or requested by the Secured
     Party to preserve, defend, protect, maintain, record or enforce the
     Grantor's obligations contained herein, the Secured Obligations, the
     Collateral, or the right, title and interest granted Secured Party herein,
     and which the Grantor fails to do or pay, and any such payment shall be
     deemed an advance by the Secured Party to the Grantor and shall be payable
     on demand together with interest at the highest rate then payable on the
     Secured Obligations.

          (k)  The Grantor agrees that it shall not assert any claims under 
     Title 15, Section 1114 of the United States Code with respect to Secured
     Party's use or license of the Collateral.

     3.  Upon the occurence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, 
in addition to all other rights and remedies of Secured Party, whether under 
law, the Credit Agreement or otherwise, all such rights and remedies being 
cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable alternatively, successively or 
concurrently, without (except as provided herein) notice to, or consent by, the 
Grantor, Secured Party shall have the following rights and remedies, subject to 
its obligations under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of 
Illinois: (a) Secured Party may use any or all of the Collateral in connection 
with the exercise of remedies under the Credit Agreement and/or the Security 
Documents with respect to inventory of the [Grantor, Borrower and CPSDS] and/or 
any of the Guarantors, (b) Secured Party may license the Collateral to a 
purchaser of a material portion of the inventory of the Grantor [Borrower] or 
any of the Guarantors in connection with the exercise of remedies under the 
Credit Agreement and/or the Security Documents (such license to be solely for 
the purpose of use in connection with the sale of inventory) and (c) Secured 
Party shall be entitled to use the Registered Trademarks in connection with the 
collection of Credit Card Receivables. Secured Party agrees that at the end of 
Secured

                                      -4-



    
<PAGE>
 
Party's use or license of the Collateral as described above, Secured Party shall
reassign all of its rights in the Collateral to the Grantor, without
representation, warranty or recourse of any kind. In order to implement the
license of any of the Collateral pursuant to subparagraph 3(b) hereof, Secured
Party may, at any time, pursuant to the authority granted in the Powers of
Attorney described in paragraph 4 hereof, execute and deliver on behalf of the
Grantor, one or more instruments of license of the Trademarks (or any
application or registration thereof), in form suitable for filing, recording or
registration in any country. The Grantor agrees to pay when due all reasonable
costs incurred in any such license of the Trademarks, including any taxes, fees
and reasonable attorneys' fees, and all such costs shall be added to the Secured
Obligations. Secured Party may apply the proceeds actually received from any
such license to the costs and expenses thereof, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and all legal, travel and other expenses which may be
incurred by Secured Party, and then to the Secured Obligations, in the order set
forth in the Security Agreement; and the Grantor shall remain liable and will
pay Secured Party on demand any deficiency remaining, together with interest
thereon at a rate equal to the highest rate then payable on the Secured
Obligations and the balance of any expenses unpaid. Nothing herein contained
shall be construed as requiring Secured Party to take any such action at any
time. In the event of any such license of the Collateral, or any of it, after
the occurrence or continuation as hereinabove provided of an Event of Default,
the Grantor shall supply its know how and expertise relating to the manufacture
and sale of the products bearing or in connection with the Trademarks, to
Secured Party or its designee.

     4.  Concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof, the Grantor is 
executing and delivering to Secured Party, in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto, five
originals of a Power of Attorney for the implementation of the license of the 
Trademarks pursuant to paragraph 3(b) hereof, and the Grantor hereby releases 
Secured Party from any claims, causes of action and demands at any time arising 
out of or with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by Secured 
Party under the powers of attorney granted herein, other than actions taken or 
omitted to be taken solely through the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
Secured Party.

     5.  No provision hereof shall be modified, altered or limited except by a 
written instrument expressly referring to this Agreement and executed by the 
party to be charged. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors, 
assigns or other legal representatives of the Grantor, and shall, together with 
the rights and remedies of Secured Party hereunder, inure to the benefit of 
Secured Party, its successors, assigns or other legal representatives. THIS 
AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS AND THE COLLATERAL SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS 
BY THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS. The 
Grantor hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the 
State of Illinois or of the United States of America for the Northern District 
of Illinois in any action or proceeding arising under this Agreement. If any 
term of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, 
the validity of all other terms hereof shall in no way be affected thereby.

     6.  All notices, requests, demands or other communications provided for 
herein shall be in writing and shall be given in the manner provided in the 
Credit Agreement.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and Secured Party have caused this 
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized
as of the day and year first above written.

                                        [GRANTOR]


                                        By:
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                        ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Agent

                                        By: ABN AMRO North America, Inc.,
                                            as agent for ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

                                            By 
                                              ------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:        

                                            By 
                                              ------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:             

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
                       SCHEDULE A TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                  TRADEMARKS

I.   PENDING APPLICATIONS

II.  REGISTRATIONS

       TRADEMARK                APPLICATION NO.                  FILING DATE
<PAGE>
 
                       SCHEDULE B TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                   LICENSES

                                     None
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 1 to
                                                              Security Agreement

                            ASSIGNMENT FOR SECURITY
                                 (TRADEMARKS)

     WHEREAS,___________________________, a[n] [Illinois] [Delaware] corporation
(herein referred to as "Assignor"), has adopted, used and is using the
trademarks listed on the annexed Schedule 2-A, which trademarks are registered
in the United States Patent and Trademarks Office (the "Trademarks");

     WHEREAS, Assignor is obligated to ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and the other banks 
and other financial Institutions (the "Banks") party to the Revolving Credit and
Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, 
modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the "Credit Agreement"), 
among Assignor, certain other parties, the Co-Agents referred to therein, the 
Banks and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent for the Banks (in it capacity as agent 
herein, referred to as "Assignee") and Assignor has entered into a Security 
Agreement and Mortgage-Trademarks (as amended, modified or supplemented in 
accordance with its terms, the "Agreement")in favor of Assignee; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, Assignor has assigned as collateral 
security to Assignee and granted to Assignee a security interest in, and 
mortgage on, all right, title and interest of Assignor in and to the Trademarks,
together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by the Trademarks and the
applications and registrations thereof, and all proceeds thereof (the 
"Collateral"), to secure the payment, performance and observance of the Secured 
Obligations, as defined in the Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is 
hereby acknowledged, Assignor does hereby further assign unto Assignee and grant
to Assignee a security interest in, and mortgage on, the Collateral to secure 
the prompt payment, performance and observance of the Secured Obligations.

     Assignor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and 
remedies of Assignee with respect to the assignment for collateral security, 
security interest in and mortgage on the Collateral made and granted hereby are
subject to the terms, provisions and restrictions set forth in the Agreement.

     Assignee's address is 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 
60674-9135.
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has caused this Assignment to be duly executed
by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the ________ day of ____________,
1996.


                                        [ASSIGNOR]


                                        By: _________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
                    SCHEDULE 1-A TO ASSIGNMENT FOR SECURITY

                                  TRADEMARKS

I.   PENDING APPLICATIONS

II.  REGISTRATIONS

        TRADEMARK               APPLICATION NO.                 FILING DATE
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 2 to
                                                              Security Agreement


                           SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY


STATE OF ------------- )
                       ) SS.:
COUNTY OF ------------ )
          


     KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT _________________, a[n] [Illinois] 
[Delaware] corporation, with its principal office at (hereinafter called 
"Assignor"), hereby appoints and constitutes ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Agent 
(hereinafter called "Assignee") under the Security Agreement hereinafter 
referred to, its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, and
with full power and authority to perform the following acts on behalf of 
Assignor for the purposes of carrying out the Security Agreement:

          1.  For the purpose of licensing all right, title and interest of 
     Assignor in and to any trademarks, trade names, trade styles and service
     marks, and all registrations, recordings, reissues, extensions and renewals
     thereof, and all pending applications therefor, and for the purpose of the
     recording, registering and filing of, or accomplishing any other formality
     with respect to, the foregoing, to execute and deliver any and all
     agreements, documents, instruments of license or other papers necessary or
     advisable to effect such purpose;

          2.  To execute any and all documents, statements, certificates or 
     other papers necessary or advisable in order to obtain the purposes
     described above as Assignee may in its sole discretion determine.

     This power of attorney is made pursuant to a Security Agreement and
Mortgage -- Trademarks, dated the date hereof (as amended, modified and
supplemented, the "Security Agreement"), between Assignor and Assignee and takes
effect solely for the purposes of paragraph 3(b) thereof, is subject to the
conditions thereof and restrictions contained therein and may not be revoked
until the payment in full of all "Secured Obligations" as defined in such
Security Agreement and the termination of the Credit Agreement (as such term is
defined in the Security Agreement).

Dated: _________________, ____
                                             [ASSIGNOR]


                                             By: 
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

<PAGE>
 
STATE OF ----------- )
                     )SS.:
COUNTY OF ---------- )
          


     On this _______ day of ____________________________, 1996, before me 
personally appeared _________________, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn,
did depose and say that he resides at ______________________________ and that he
is _______________________ of _______________, the corporation described in and 
which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said 
corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; 
that it was affixed pursuant to authority of the Board of Directors of said 
corporation, and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to such authority.




                                                     ---------------------------
                                                             Notary Public
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C



                  See Documents 12, 13 and 14 of transcript.
<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit D
                                                            to Revolving Credit
                                                          and Guaranty Agreement

                          Borrowing Base Certificate
 
INVENTORY AS OF                                              _____________, ____

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                          <C>       <C>
Calculation Of Eligible Retail Value
Current Inventory at retail                                                                                                 _______
"12-Month Historic Rolling Markdown Percentage"/Markdown                                                       ____%*      (_______)
Damaged and defective goods and other ineligibles                                                                          (_______)
Return to vendor                                                                                                           (_______)
                                                                                                                       -------------
Eligible Retail Value of Inventory                                                                                          _______
Retail advance rate                                                                                            40.0%#           
Borrowing availability from Retail Value of Inventory
                                                                                                                       =============
 
Calculation of Book Value of Inventory
Current cost value of Inventory                                                                                             _______
Special goods                                                                                                              (_______)
Damaged and defective goods and other ineligibles adjusted to cost                                                         (_______)
Return to vendor adjusted to cost                                                                                          (_______)
                                                                                                                       ------------
Eligible Book Value of Inventory                                                                                            _______
Cost advance rate                                                                                              60.0%#           
Borrowing availability from Book Value of Inventory
                                                                                                                       =============
 
Borrowing Base Calculation
Least of Eligible Book Value of Inventory, Eligible Retail Value of Inventory and $150,000,000**                            _______

Borrowing Base (must not exceed line cap)                                                                                   _______
 
Direct Borrowings                                                                                                           _______
Documentary Letters of Credit                                                                                               _______
Standby Letters of Credit                                                                                                   _______
                                                                                                                       ------------
Interest Rate Hedge Amount                                                                                                  _______
                                                                                                                       ------------
 
Total Liabilities                                                                                                          (_______)
Net Availability (including Clean Up provisions)                                                                            _______
 
</TABLE>

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that to the best of my knowledge,
this is a correct statement regarding the status of inventory owned by Carson
Pirie Scott & Co. and its subsidiaries (which specifically excludes, without
limitation, all inventory consigned to the Borrower) and that the figures set
forth herein are accurate. The undersigned understands that your loans to the
Borrower will be based upon your reliance on the information contained herein.
 
Capitalized terms used by not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned
thereto in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 24, 1996
as amended from time to time.
 
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
 
_______________________________________
Designated Officer
 
*Greater of 17% or 12-Month Historic Rolling Markdown Percentage
#From the definition of Borrowing Base
**From October 1 through and including November 30 of each calendar year,
Eligible Retail Value shall control.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Exhibit E
                                                           to Revolving Credit
                                                          and Guaranty Agreement

                           Assignment and Acceptance

                        Dated: ________________, ______

      Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as
of May 24, 1996 (as restated, amended, modified, supplemented and in effect from
time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Carson Pirie Scott & Co., an
Illinois corporation (the "Borrower"), CPS Department Stores, Inc., the
Guarantors named therein, the Banks named therein, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent
for the Banks (the "Agent") and the Co-Agents named therein.  Capitalized terms
used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such
terms in the Credit Agreement.  This Assignment and Acceptance between the
Assignor (as set forth on Schedule I hereto and made a part hereof) and the
Assignee (as set forth on Schedule I hereto and made a part hereof) is dated as
of the Effective Date (as set forth on Schedule I hereto and made a part
hereof).

      1.  The Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee
without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases
and assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor, as of the
Effective Date, an undivided interest (the "Assigned Interest") in and to all
the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement respecting
those, and only those, credit facilities contained in the Credit Agreement as
are set forth on Schedule I (the "Assigned Facilities"), in a principal amount
for each Assigned Facility as set forth on Schedule I.

      2. The Assignor (i) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan
Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or
of any Collateral, other than that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the
interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear
of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any
Guarantor or the performance or observance by the Borrower (including the
Guarantors) or any Guarantor of any of its obligations under the Credit
Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) attaches the Note held by it evidencing
the Assigned Facilities and requests that the Agent exchange such Note for a new
Note or Notes payable to the Assignor (if the Assignor has retained any interest
in the Assigned Facility) and a new Note or Notes payable to the Assignee in the
respective amounts which reflect the assignment being made hereby (and after
giving effect to any other assignments which have become effective on the
Effective Date).

<PAGE>
 
      3.  The Assignee (i) represents and warrants that it is legally
authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (ii) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including the Intercreditor Agreement),
together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 3.04
thereof, (or if later the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 5.01 thereof,) and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis; (iii) agrees that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other
Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
action under the Credit Agreement; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the
Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together
with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees to be bound by
the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including the
Intercreditor Agreement); (vi) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of
the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the
obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be
performed by it as a Bank; (vii) if the Assignee is organized under the laws of
a jurisdiction outside the United States, attaches the forms prescribed by the
Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee's
exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to
be made to the Assignee under the Credit Agreement or such other documents as
are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such tax at a
rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty; and (viii) has supplied the
information requested on the administrative questionnaire attached hereto as
Schedule A.

      4.  Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be
delivered to the Agent, together with a processing and recordation fee of
$3,000, for acceptance by it and recording by the Agent pursuant to Section
10.03 of the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date (which
Effective Date shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the Agent, be at least five
Business Days after the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance).

      5.  Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date,
the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including
payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee,
whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Effective Date or accrue
subsequent to the Effective Date. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all
appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to the Effective Date by
the Agent or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between
themselves.

      6.  From and after the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party
to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and
Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Bank thereunder, and (ii) the
Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit
Agreement provided that Assignor hereby represents and warrants that the
restrictions set forth in Section 10.03 of the Credit Agreement pertaining to
the minimum amount of assignments have been satisfied.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
     7.  This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

     In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and
Acceptance to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers on
Schedule I hereto.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
                    Schedule I to Assignment and Acceptance
            Respecting the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement,
                        dated as of May 24, 1996, among
                    Carson Pirie Scott & Co., the Guarantors
                    named therein, the Banks named therein,
                       ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Agent, and
                          the Co-Agents named therein
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Legal Name of Assignor:
Legal Name of Assignee:

Effective Date of
 Assignment:

<S>                                    <C> 
                                       Percentage Assignment (to at least
Principal                              8 decimals) shown as a percentage
Amount                                 of aggregate principal amount of
Assigned                               all Banks



$
 -----------------------------               ----------------------

Accepted:


ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,                   --------------------------------------,
  as Agent                             as Assignor
 
By:                                    By:                                   
   ------------------------------         ----------------------------------, 
   Name:                                  Name:
   Title:                                 Title:

         

   ------------------------------      -------------------------------------,
    as Fronting Bank                    as Assignee

By:                                    By:
   ------------------------------          ---------------------------------,
   Name:                                   Name:
   Title:                                  Title:

 
   ------------------------------
    as Fronting Bank

By:
   ------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:

</TABLE> 
                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Schedule A

                          Administrative Questionnaire

                $150,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Note to Banks:                         Please forward this completed form as
                                       soon as possible to Ryan Robinson of ABN
                                       AMRO Bank N.V. via telecopier to (312)
                                       904-6376

<S>                                    <C>
 
                                       Please type all information
 
Agent:                                 ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
                                       135 South LaSalle Street
                                       Chicago, Illinois  60674
 
Contacts:
 
Operational Contact:
 
Telex:                                 NY:               Answerback:
 
Telecopier:
 
Full Legal Name of your Bank:          
                                       ----------------------------------
  
Exact name of signing officer:        
                                       ----------------------------------
Title of signing officer:             
                                       ---------------------------------- 

Business address for delivery of  
  execution copies of credit
  agreement (Please do not use
  P.O. Box address; hand
  deliveries cannot be made.):        
                                       ----------------------------------
                                     
                                       ----------------------------------
   
Signing officer's phone no.:  
                                       ----------------------------------
 
Alternate officer contact:             
                                       ----------------------------------
Alternate officer's phone no.:        
                                       ----------------------------------

</TABLE>

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
                          Primary Contact Information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
These contacts are for critical notification (drawdowns, repayments, rate
 setting, etc.)
<S>                                       <C>
Bank Name:                                
                                          -------------------------------
Address:                                  
                                          -------------------------------
Primary Contact:                          
                                          -------------------------------
Title and Department:                     
                                          -------------------------------
Phone Number:                             
                                          -------------------------------
Primary Telecopier:                      
                                          -------------------------------
Alternate  Telecopier:                    
                                          -------------------------------
Primary Telex/Answerback:                 
                                          ------------------------------- 
</TABLE>

                         Alternate Contact Information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                      <C>
Alternate Contact:                        -------------------------------

Title and Department:                     -------------------------------

Phone Number:                             -------------------------------

Primary Telecopier:                       -------------------------------

Alternate  Telecopier:                    -------------------------------

Primary Telex/Answerback:                 -------------------------------
</TABLE>

                        General Operational Information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                      <C>
Wire Instructions to your bank:           Bank Name:
                                                     -------------------------
                                          Dept.: 
                                                     -------------------------
                                          ABA #:   
                                                     -------------------------
                                          A/C #:  
                                                     ------------------------- 
                                          Attn:  
                                                     --------------------------
                                          Ref:  
                                                     --------------------------
 
Telex information:                        Contact Name(s):
                                                          ---------------------
                                                             
                                          Number:  
                                                 ------------------------------

                                          Answerback: 
                                                      --------------------------
</TABLE>

If any changes are made to the above information please notify by telecopier to
                                          and

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     Movement of funds: to us: Wire Fed Funds to:

                               ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
                               135 South LaSalle Street
                               Chicago, IL  60674
                               Attention: 
                                          ---------------
                               Reference: 
                                          --------------- 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                 Exhibit F
                                                           to Revolving Credit
                                                          and Guaranty Agreement

                           Form of Settlement Report

     Pursuant to Section 2.27 of the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
dated as of May 24, 1996 (the "Loan Agreement"; terms defined in the Loan
Agreement and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined)
among Carson Pirie Scott & Co. (the "Borrower"), certain Guarantors, the
financial institutions party thereto from time to time (the "Banks"), ABN AMRO
Bank N.V., as agent for the Banks (the "Agent"), and the Co-Agents party
thereto, the Agent hereby delivers this Report to the Banks for the
____________________, _____ Settlement Date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


     1.  Principal amount of Loans
         outstanding as of Settlement
         Date (before settlement)
         <S>                                    <C>  
         (a)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (b)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (c)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (d)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (e)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (f)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (g)    Total                           $__________________________
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


     2.  Principal amount of Loans
         outstanding as of next
         preceding Settlement Date
         (after settlement on such date)

        <S>                                    <C>

         (a)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (b)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (c)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (d)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (e)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (f)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (g)    Total                           $__________________________
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     3.  Commitment Amount of each Bank
         (line l(g) x Commitment
         Percentage)
        <S>                                    <C> 

         (a)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (b)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (c)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (d)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (e)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________

         (f)    [Insert Bank Name]              $__________________________
</TABLE>

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
     4.  Excess (shortfall) of each
         Bank's Commitment Amount over
         its outstandings

         
         <S>                                   <C> 
         (a)    [Insert Bank Name] (line 3(a)
                minus line l(a))                $__________________________

         (b)    [Insert Bank Name] (line 3(b)
                minus line l(b))                $__________________________

         (c)    [Insert Bank Name] Credit
                (line 3(c) minus
                line l(c))                      $__________________________

         (d)    [Insert Bank Name] (line 3(d)
                minus line l(d))                $__________________________

         (e)    [Insert Bank Name] (line 3(e)
                minus line 1(e))                $__________________________

         (f)    [Insert Bank Name] (line
                3(f) minus line 1(f))           $__________________________

     5.  Each Bank for which an excess (a positive dollar amount) is shown in
         item 4 shall pay an amount equal to such excess to the Agent for
         payment by the Agent to each Bank for which a shortfall (a negative
         dollar amount) is shown in item 4 to the extent of such shortfall.

                                     ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Agent.

                                     By:
                                        ----------------------------------
                                     Name:
                                          --------------------------------
                                     Title:
                                           -------------------------------
</TABLE> 
                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Schedule I to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                             Permitted Investments
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Shares in          Shares
                                                 Balance Sheet Dollar       Certificate        in Street
Investments and Notes Receivable                 Value If Appropriate       Form               Name
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>                       <C>                 <C>
The Associated Merchandising Corporation
          Class A                                                                        1
          Class B                                                                      616
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carter Hawley Hale Stores, Inc.                                                         10             2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chicago 21 Corporation                                                                 250
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commonwealth Capital Fund, Inc.                                                      7,961
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit Bureau of Springfield, Inc.                                                      10
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Crowley Milner Co.                                                                                     2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
County Seat Debenture                                      10,850,000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Danville Industrial Park, Inc.
         Common Stock                                                                   20
         Preferred Stock                                                                20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dayton Hudson Corporation                                                               20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dean Witter Discover & Co.                                                               3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dearborn Park Corporation                                                            2,250
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dillard Department Stores, Inc.                                                                       24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Department Stores, Inc.                                                        1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Friendly City Improvement Corporation                                                   62
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greatbanc, Inc.
          Common                                                                       875
          Class B                                                                      337
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J. C. Penney                                                                            20             4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kewanee, Inc.                                                                           30
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The May Department Stores Company                                                       62            10
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mercantile Stores Company, Inc.                                                         30             5
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Neiman-Marcus Group, Inc.                                                           10
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Milwaukee Bancshares, Inc.                                                     1,500
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New Perspective Fund                                           54,384
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payless Shoe Service, Inc.                                                               4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Randhurst Corporation                                                                  300
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sears, Roebuck and Co.                                                                  10             1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strawbridge and Clothier
          Common                                                                        23             3
          Series A Common Stock                                                          8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Venture Stores                                                                           3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wal-mart Stores, Inc.                                                                                128
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Schedule II to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                                Permitted Liens

         
Schedule 6.01 is incorporated here by reference.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.07 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996


                        Litigation; Compliance with Law

  None.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.11 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996


           Chief Executive Office and Store and Collateral Locations


Chief Executive Office

The chief executive office of the Borrower and the Guarantors is 331 West
Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203.

Store and Collateral Locations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Store Name                   Collateral Owned By       Bank Name and Account No.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                       <C>
Aurora                       Carson Pirie Scott &      LaSalle National Bank
970 N. Lake                  Co. (Own)                 acct. no. 23-0038-7
Aurora, IL 60506
 
Bay Shore                    Carson Pirie Scott &      First Bank, Milwaukee
5800 N. Port Washington Rd.  Co. (Lease)               acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
Milwaukee, WI 53217
 
Bloomington/Eastland Mall    Carson Pirie Scott &      First of America Champion
1601 Empire St.              Co. (Ground Lease)        acct. no. 02-09-80000
Bloomington, IL 61701
 
Bradley                      CPS Department Stores,    First of America
1602 N. Field Square State   Inc. (Lease)              acct. no. 82752601
 Rd.
Route 50
Bourbonnais, IL 60914
 
Brookfield                   Carson Pirie Scott &      First Bank Milwaukee
15875 W. Bluemound Rd.       Co. (Own)                 acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
Brookfield, WI 53005
 
Brookfield Furniture         Carson Pirie Scott &      First Bank Milwaukee
                             Co. (Lease)               acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
 
Champaign                    Carson Pirie Scott &      First of America
2000 N. Neil St.             Co. (Lease)               acct. no. 108-839
Champaign, IL 61820
 
Cherryvale                   Carson Pirie Scott &      First of America
#3 Mall at Cherryvale        Co. (Own)                 acct. no. 73-300-2585-4
Perryville & Harrison
Rockford, IL 61112
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                     <C>
Chicago Ridge                CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
9800 S. Ridgeland Ave.       Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Chicago, IL 60415
 
Colonial Village             Carson Pirie Scott &    Amcore Bank
1364 S. Alpine Rd.           Co. (Lease)             acct. no. 8-697-203
Rockford, IL 61108
 
East Towne                   Carson Pirie Scott &    Bank One, Madison
121 East Towne Mall          Co. (Own)               acct. no. 0736-6055
Madison, WI 53704
 
Edens Plaza                  CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
3200 Lake Ave.               Stores, Inc. (Own)      acct. no. 22-7300-8
Wilmette, IL 60091
                                                                          
Edens Furniture Gallery      CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
3232 Lake Avenue, Suite 330  Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8  
Wilmette, IL 60091
 
Evergreen                    CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
9700 South Western Ave.      Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Evergreen Park, IL 60652
 
Ford City                    CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
7601 S. Cicero Ave.          Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Chicago, IL 60652
 
Hickory Point Mall           Carson Pirie Scott &    First National Bank of
U.S. 51 Marian One           Co. (Ground Lease)      Decatur
Forsyth, IL 62523                                    acct. no. 00241-06101
 
Galesburg                    Carson Pirie Scott &    Norwest Bank
1150 W. Carl Sandburg Dr.    Co. (Lease)             acct. no. 00241-60101
Galesburg, IL 61401
 
Gateway                      CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
120 South Riverside Plaza    Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Chicago, IL 60606
 
Grand Avenue                 Carson Pirie Scott &    First Bank Milwaukee
331 W. Wisconsin Avenue      Co. (Own)               acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203
 
Green Bay                    Carson Pirie Scott &    Bank One, Green Bay
301 Adams Street             Co. (Own)               acct. no. 0627-4969
Green Bay, WI 54301
 
Harlem/Irving                CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
4200 North Harlem Ave.       Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Norridge, IL 60634
</TABLE> 

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                     <C>
Hawthorne                    CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
3 Hawthorne Center           Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Vernon Hills, IL 60061
 
Hillside                     CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
101 N. Wolf Road             Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Hillside, IL 60162
 
Hillside Credit Facility     CPS Department          None
101 N. Wolf Road             Stores, Inc. (Lease)
Hillside, IL 60162
 
Janesville                   Carson Pirie Scott &    Heritage Bank Rock County
2500 Milton Ave.             Co. (Lease)             acct. no. 809414
Janesville, IL 53545
 
Joliet                       Carson Pirie Scott &    LaSalle National Bank
3340 Mall Loop Dr.           Co. (Own)               acct. no. 23-0038-7
Joliet, IL 60435
 
Lakehurst                    CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
100 Lakehurst Center         Stores, Inc. as         acct. no. 22-7300-8
Waukegan, IL 60085           beneficial owner.
                             Legal title with
                             CT&T as Land Trustee

LaSalle/Peru                 Carson Pirie Scott &    LaSalle National Bank
51 North & Wenzel Rd.        Co. (Lease)             acct. no. 114856401
Peru, IL 61354
 
Lincolnwood                  CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
3333 W. Touhy                Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Lincolnwood, IL 60645
 
Machesny Park                Carson Pirie Scott &    First of America
8790 N. 2nd                  Co. (Own)               acct. no. 73-3002585-4
Machesny Park, IL 61115
 
Matteson                     CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
300 Lincoln Mall             Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Matteson, IL 60443
 
Mayfair                      Carson Pirie Scott &    First Bank Milwaukee
2400 N. Mayfair Rd.          Co. (Own)               acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
Milwaukee, WI 53226
 
Merchandise Mart             CPS Department          LaSalle National Bank
222 Merchandise Mart         Stores, Inc. (Lease)    acct. no 22-7300-8
Chicago, IL 60654
 
Michigan City                CPS Department          First Citizens Bank
Marquette Mall               Stores, Inc. (Ground    acct. no. 0072-73364
Michigan City, IN 46360      Lease)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                      <C>
Naperville Furniture         CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
1835 Jefferson Avenue        Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Naperville, IL 60540
 
North Towne                  Carson Pirie Scott &     Amcore Bank
3600 N. Main St.             Co. (Lease)              acct. no. 8-697-203
Rockford, IL 61103
 
Northridge                   Carson Pirie Scott &     First Bank, Milwaukee
7700 W. Brown Deer Rd.       Co. (Own)                acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
Milwaukee, WI 53223
 
North Riverside              CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
7505 W. Cermak Road          Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
North Riverside, IL 60546
 
Orland Square                CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
4 Orland Square              Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Orland Park, IL 60462
 
Pekin                        Carson Pirie Scott &     Norwest
3500 Court St.               Co. (Lease)              acct. no. 520-01-47-125
Pekin, IL 61554
 
Quincy                       Carson Pirie Scott &     Town & Country Bank
33rd & Broadway              Co. (Own bldg. with      acct. no. 425214
Quincy, IL 62301             Ground Lease)
 
Randhurst                    Carson Pirie Scott &     LaSalle National Bank
999 N. Elmhurst Rd.          Co. (Lease)              acct. no. 23-0038-7
Mount Prospect, IL 60056
 
Racine                       Carson Pirie Scott &     Bank One, Racine
5500 Durand Avenue           Co. (Own)                acct. no. 2061-4031
Racine, WI 53406
 
River Oaks                   CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
146 River Oaks               Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Calumet City, IL 60409
 
Rockford DC                  Carson Pirie Scott &     None
4650 Shepherd Trail          Co. (Own)
Rockford, IL 61103
 
Rochester                    CPS Department Stores,   First Bank, Rochester
Miracle Mile Shopping        Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 420-1035843
 Center
Rochester, MN 55901

St. Charles                  CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
3850 E. Main                 Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
St. Charles, IL 60174
</TABLE> 

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                      <C>
Schaumburg Furniture         CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
830 E. Golf Road             Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Schaumburg, IL 60173
 
Sheridan Village             Carson Pirie Scott &     Norwest
4125 N. Sheridan Rd.         Co. (Lease)              acct. no. 520-01-47-125
Peoria, IL 61614
 
Southlake                    CPS Department Stores,   First of America
1995 Southlake Mall          Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 73-3002582-1
Merrillville, IN 46410
 
Southridge                   Carson Pirie Scott &     First Bank, Milwaukee
5300 S. 76th Street          Co. (Own)                acct. no. 1-823-2272-9977
Greendale, WI 53129
 
Spring Hill                  Carson Pirie Scott &     LaSalle National Bank
4000 Spring Hill Mall        Co. (Own)                acct. no. 23-0038-7
Dundee, IL 60118
 
State Street                 CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
One South State Street       Inc. (Own/Lease) owns    acct. no. 22-7300-8
Chicago, IL 60603            parcels generally as
                             beneficial owner.
                             Legal owner is CT&T
                             under Land Trust
 
Sterling                     Carson Pirie Scott &     First Bank South at
2900 E. Lincolnway           Co. (Lease)              Sterling
Sterling, IL 61081                                    acct. no. 010-270-9
 
Stratford Square             CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
4 Stratford Square           Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Bloomingdale, IL 60108
 
West Towne                   Carson Pirie Scott &     Bank One, Madison
215 West Towne Mall          Co. (Own bldg. with      acct. no. 0736-6063
Madison, WI 53719            ground lease)
 
White Oaks                   Carson Pirie Scott &     First of America
2501 W. Wabash               Co. (Lease)              acct. no. 053-732
Springfield, IL 62704
 
Woodmar                      CPS Department Stores,   First of America
6600 Indianapolis Blvd.      Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 73-3002582-1
Hammond, IN 46320
 
Yorktown                     CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
230 Yorktown Rd.             Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Lombard, IL 60148
 
Yorktown Furniture Store     CPS Department Stores,   LaSalle National Bank
2 Yorktown Mall              Inc. (Lease)             acct. no. 22-7300-8
Lombard, IL 60148
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.15 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                                     Taxes
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
      Taxing Authority        Tax Period    Return Type            Status
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>      <C>               <C>
Internal Revenue Service        2/3/96   Corporate Income  Extended to 10/15/96
Indiana Dept. of Revenue        2/3/96   Corporate Income  Extended to 11/15/96
Minnesota Dept. of Revenue      2/3/96   Corporate Income  Extended to 11/15/96
Illinois Dept. of Revenue       2/3/96   Corporate Income  Extended to 11/15/96
Wisconsin Dept. of Revenue      2/3/96   Corporate Income  Extended to 11/15/96
</TABLE>

Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement dated December 4, 1989 among CPS
Holding Co., County Seat Stores, Inc., C.S.S. Merger Corp., and County Seat
Holdings, Inc.


<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.16 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                             Employee Benefit Plans


Reportable Event Filing of September 19, 1991 to PBGC regarding the August 23,
1991 filing of petitions for reorganization by P. A. Bergner & Co. (now named
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.) and related entities under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code.

Form 5310 Filing of March 15, 1993 to the Internal Revenue Service regard the
transfer of assets and liabilities from the P. A. Bergner & Co. to Dial Co.
Pension Plan.

Central States Southeast and Southwest Pension Fund claim withdrawal liability
was satisfied in accordance with the Fourth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization
of P. A. Bergner & Co. Holding Company and related debtors, which was
consummated as of October 29, 1993.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.19 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                                  Subsidiaries

                                                       State of Incorporation or
                                                    Jurisdiction of Organization
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-29 S. State St. Corp.                                        Delaware
151 Mannheim Corp.                                             Delaware
331 W. Wisconsin Avenue Corporation                            Delaware
Bergner Credit Corporation                                     Delaware
Bergner Finance Corporation                                    Delaware
Carson Pirie Scott Insurance Services, Inc.                    Illinois
CPS Acquisition Corp.                                          Delaware
CPS Department Stores, Inc.                                    Delaware
CPS Hotel Management Services, Inc.                            Delaware
CPS Holding Co.                                                Delaware
DH Restaurants, Inc.                                           Delaware
Franklin Street Corporation                                    Indiana
Great Lakes Credit Corp.                                       Delaware
Highland Avenue Corporation                                    Delaware
I-65 U.S. 30 Corp.                                             Indiana
Kenneth Widmerpool & Co.                                       Delaware
Lathrop Avenue Corporation                                     Delaware
Lincoln Cicero Corporation                                     Delaware
National Bank of the Great Lakes                               United States
P.A. Bergner & Co.                                             Illinois
Telegraph-120 Corporation                                      Delaware
Urbana Central Development Company                             Delaware
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.22 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                   Permits, Licenses, Approvals, and Consents


None.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.23 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                      Credit Criteria Collection Policies


See the attached Credit Card Guidelines, which are incorporated here by
reference.
<PAGE>

                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.

                BERGNER'S, BOSTON STORE AND CARSON PIRIE SCOTT
 
                            CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                               JANUARY 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE NUMBER
 
<S>                                       <C>
ACCOUNT TYPES                                   1
 
MINIMUM PAYMENTS                              2-3
 
ACCOUNT SOLICITATION                            4
 
UNDERWRITING AND AUTHORIZATION PROCESS          5
 
BILLING PROCEDURES                              6
 
CREDIT SYSTEM                                   7
 
COLLECTION DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES                8
 
AGING AND WRITE-OFF POLICIES                    9
 
CUSTOMER EXCHANGES AND RETURNS                 10
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
                               CREDIT PLAN TYPES

CPS - CARSON PIRIE SCOTT
PAB - BERGNER'S & BOSTON STORE

Both CPS and PAB offer revolving credit accounts.  Six payment plans are
available.  Plans are selected by entering a plan code at the Point of Sale
(POS).  As of August, 1992, payment terms for both CPS and PAB are uniform.

OPTION PLAN
- -----------

Any type of purchase may be made on an Option Plan.  A minimum payment of 5% of
the new balance is required. Option Plan balances account for the majority of
the portfolio.

CONVENIENT INSTALLMENT PLAN (CIP)
- ---------------------------------

CIP is available when the total sales ticket is $250 or greater.  A fixed
payment of 4.166% of the Highest New Balance is required.

TABLETOP PLAN
- -------------

The Tabletop Plan is available for purchases of china, crystal, silver and other
special "tabletop" items with a minimum sales ticket amount of $250.  A fixed
minimum payment of 4.166% of the Highest New Balance is required.  No finance
charge is assessed as long as the account is current.  If the account becomes
delinquent, a finance charge is assessed each month until the account is brought
current.  This plan is currently not being actively marketed.

3 MONTH ZIP AND 12 MONTH ZIP
- ----------------------------

Two Zero Interest Plans (ZIP) are offered; a 3 month ZIP and a 12 month ZIP.
The terms are similar to the Tabletop Plan except that the minimum payment is
1/3rd of the highest new balance on a 3 month ZIP and 1/12th of the highest new
balance on a 12 month ZIP.  Minimum sales ticket amounts are required for both
plans; currently $300 for 12 month ZIP and $100 for 3 month ZIP.

DEFERRED BILLING
- ----------------

Both CPS and PAB offer deferred billing programs which are tied to the sale of
big ticket merchandise and special event type of sales programs such as women's
coats.  Deferred billing events require management approval.  Minimum sales
ticket amounts are required for deferred plans.  Billing and finance charge
accruals are deferred for a period of 3 to 4 months.  Deferred balances comprise
an average of 6% - 7% of the total portfolio.  Deferred billing is limited to
use on the Option Plan only.

                                       1

<PAGE>
 
                           MINIMUM PAYMENT SCHEDULES



Following are minimum monthly payment schedules by Plan type:


REGULAR 30 DAY PLAN
- -------------------

Total balance due within 30 days of billing.

 
OPTION PLAN
- -----------
 
New Balance                     Minimum Payment Due
 
Up to $10.00                         New Balance
$10.01 to $200.00                    $10.00
$200.01 and above          5% of the New Balance rounded up 
                           to nearest dollar
  

CONVENIENT INSTALLMENT PLAN (CIP)
- ---------------------------------
 
New Balance                     Minimum Payment Due
 
Up to $10.00                         New Balance
$10.01 to $250.00                    $10.00
Over $250.00               4.166% of Highest New CIP Balance 
                           rounded up to the nearest dollar
                           
TABLETOP PLAN
- -------------
 
Highest New Balance              Minimum Payment Due
 
Up to $250.00                         $10.00
Over $250.00               4.166% of the Highest New Balance
                           rounded up to the nearest dollar

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                     MINIMUM PAYMENT SCHEDULES (continued)

 

3 MONTH ZERO INTEREST PLAN (3 MONTH ZIP)
- ----------------------------------------
 
Highest New Balance             Minimum Payment Due
 
Up to $100.00                         $33.00
Over $100.00               1/3 of Highest new Balance rounded up 
                           to nearest dollar


12 MONTH ZERO INTEREST PLAN (12 MONTH ZIP)
- ------------------------------------------
 
Highest New Balance             Minimum Payment Due
 
Up to $250.00                         $20.00
Over $250.00                1/12 of Highest New Balance rounded up 
                            to nearest dollar

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                              ACCOUNT SOLICITATION

TAKE ONE APPLICATIONS
- ---------------------

We offer Take One applications in all our stores.  They are located at all wrap
desks, service desks and common traffic areas.  Customers complete the
application and mail it to us at their convenience.

INSTANT CREDIT
- --------------

We offer instant credit to those customers with a major credit card or
department store credit card and acceptable photo identification. The
application is completed at Point of Sale and called into New Accounts by the
sales associate. Processing time is approximately 3 minutes.

PRE-APPROVED MAILINGS
- ---------------------

This type of solicitation is geared towards customers that are highly responsive
to mail offers - new movers, mail order buyers, professionals, magazine
subscriber, etc.  Lists of names from these sources are obtained, pre-screened
using credit bureau data to remove higher risk individuals and assigned a line
of credit as determined by the various levels of pre-screened criteria.  The
prospect is then mailed an invitation to accept their pre-approved charge
account.  These responses are key entered into the New Account System for
duplicate/fraud detection.

PRE-APPROVED TELEMARKETING
- --------------------------

Target specific lists of credit worthy prospects are put together in a manner
similar to that described with pre-approved mailing.  These new credit customer
prospects are then telemarketed.

NEW RESIDENTS
- -------------

Lists derived from National Change of Address (NCOA), postal and county records
of people who have just changed addresses are assembled and then pre-screened.
These individuals are then extended offers of credit with an invitation to visit
the store nearest to their new residence.  Typically this program has the
highest response and activation, of all outside solicitations.

COLLEGE MAILING
- ---------------

Periodically we send pre-approved (pre-screen) mailings to undergraduates
(juniors and seniors only) and graduate students.  The credit limit extended is
small and manageable.  These programs give the students an opportunity to build
their credit, and at the same time it gives us a chance to initiate trail by
introducing these students to our stores and credit services.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                      UNDERWRITING CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES


Account underwriting is based on an uniform, comprehensive, completely automated
credit scoring system that makes extensive use of credit bureau reports.

AUTOMATED NEW ACCOUNT SCORING SYSTEM
- ------------------------------------

All credit applications and requests are processed at the Company's Corporate
Credit Processing Center located in Hillside, Illinois.

The automated new account system screens all applications for duplicate accounts
and fraud situations.

Instant Credit and Take One applications are processed by keying the customer
data into an automated new account system developed by PaySys International,
Inc. (formerly CCS Technology Group, Inc.).

The new account system automatically obtains an on-line credit report from one
of the three major credit bureaus (Trans Union, TRW and Equifax).  Included with
the credit report is the Fair, Isaac's risk score.  This score, which is based
on statistical models developed by Fair, Isaac's (a leading scoring vendor) and
the three major credit bureaus, using credit bureau data, predicts the odds of
the account becoming seriously delinquent.  If the score is within a
predesignated acceptable range, the applicant is approved.  If the score is in
an unacceptable range, the account is declined.  Any overrides are made at the
supervisory, rather than the underwriter, level.

Pre-approved applications are processed through the automated new account system
but the system does not pull a credit report because the applicant was pre-
screened prior to the solicitation being made.

Credit cards for new accounts and for replacement are produced and distributed
at the Credit Center using a Card Technology embosser and a Dynetics
matcher/inserter.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                                    BILLING


Proprietary accounts are assigned to one of 10 billing cycles, each of which is
billed once monthly.  Statements on accounts with outstanding balances are
prepared at the credit center on state of the art printing and insertion systems
which interface with the mainframe account information.  These systems perform
statement bursting, envelope and insert stuffing and sealing functions. Accounts
written-off (and thus in the later stage of the collection process) no longer
accrue finance charges and billing ceases when accounts are assigned to
collection agencies and attorneys.

Mailed payments for both CPS and PAB are received in two post office boxes which
are cleared daily, processed by batch entry into a computerized payment
processing system at Hillside and the checks deposited in a bank concentration
account for clearing.  A file of payments is transmitted to the Company's
mainframe in Milwaukee each day and posted each night to the accounts receivable
file.

Customer payments can be made at each of our store locations through our Point
of Sale and Sales Audit systems.  These payments are applied (memo) to our
credit authorization system immediately and updated to the customer's account at
the following day's batch update.  About 28% of the customer payment dollars are
made in the stores.

The centralized credit billing system provides billing statements to customers
under respective store names, Bergner's, Boston Store and Carson Pirie Scott.
The Bergner's (including Associates) and Boston Store accounts comprise the PAB
general ledger balance and Carson Pirie Scott accounts comprise the CPS general
ledger balance.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                 CREDIT SYSTEM


In November 1991, a new credit system was installed and the CPS and PAB
portfolios were migrated into the new system.  This system is called Vision 21
and was developed by PaySys International, Inc. (formerly CCS Technology Group,
Inc.) of Maitland, Florida.  It comprises five (5) integrated modules:

  CMS-  Accounts Receivable System
  ASM-  Adjusting System 
  CDM-  New Account System
  CAS-  Authorization System
  CTA-  Collection System

System parameters are set through on-line control screens allowing for
flexibility to make changes without the need to modify programming.

A security sub-system controls access at a screen level as well as at a field
level for certain CMS screens.

Three Behavioral Score Cards were developed by Fair, Isaac's and installed in
September 1994.  The score cards comprise:

  -A Current Model - this is used for limit increase/decrease at billing time
  and for authorization decisions.

  -Two Delinquency Models (one cycle and two cycle) which is used with other
  criteria to develop collection strategies and prioritize collection 
  activities.

The behavioral score is calculated each time an account is billed.  Based on the
behavioral score and other criteria contained in on-line control tables, the
account may be eligible for a limit increase if the account is current or a
limit decrease if the account is past due.  The amount and frequency of the
limit increases or decreases is controlled through the on-line tables.  If the
customer's limit is changed during the billing process, a message is printed on
the statement informing the customer of the change.

Sales transactions which would cause the account to go over-limit may receive a
limit increase through an on-line authorization program.  If the account is
current and has no open block or warning code statuses, the system will either
decline the sale, instruct the sales associate to call credit for manual review
or increase the limit and approve the sale.  The determination of which action
to take and the amount and frequency of any limit increase is controlled through
criteria contained in on-line tables.

The behavioral score developed at cycle billing is passed to the collection
system (CTA) each month if the account is delinquent.  The score is used with
other criteria to segment accounts and prioritize collection activities.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                        COLLECTION DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES

Staffing consists of:

  -A Melita Autodialer System with 10 work stations which is staffed to capacity
  during the day and evenings (Monday - Friday) and every Saturday 8:30 a.m. to
  5:00 p.m. The Melita System is used to contact customers that are 60 to 119
  days past due.

  -A Davox Autodialer System with 4 work stations which is staffed to capacity
  Monday through Friday evenings and every Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. The
  Davox System is used to contact customers that are 120 or more days past due.

  -Both of the autodialer systems work in conjunction with our Collection System
  (CTA) and automatically dial telephone numbers for customers in the CTA
  system.

  -Staff of collectors that handle past due accounts aged 120 days to write-off.

  -Current charge-off policy is that the account charges off automatically when
  the account reaches 210 days past due and is assigned to the in-house Recovery
  Department for follow-up.

  -Staff of collectors that handle all calls returned by customers on the ACD
  system.

  -Collectors contact debtors directly on the telephone and/or use a letter
  series depending on the severity of the delinquency.

  -Collectors contact customers with balances of $50.00 and over.

  -The CTA system automatically sends letters to customers with balances under
  $50.00.

Charge accounts that are written off to bad debt:

  -Retained in-house for 60 days; handled by the Recovery Department.

  -Accounts without active repayment arrangements after 60 days are placed with
  an attorney or a collection agency.

  -The attorney/agency pursues collections of the accounts from a pre-legal
  standpoint.

  -Legal action is initiated if all other collection activity fails and if the
  circumstances (i.e. balance, assets, etc.) warrant.

  -Attorney/agency fees vary from 25% to 50% of the amounts collected.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                         AGING AND WRITE-OFF POLICIES

Following are the policies and procedures relative to delinquent charge accounts
for the combined accounts receivable portfolio.

ACCOUNT AGING
- -------------

Payments and credits are applied to the account (oldest to newest plan balance
priority) and the new age of delinquency and past due amount is calculated.

The method used to age accounts is the number of days delinquent (30, 60, 90,
etc.).

PRE-COLLECTION DELINQUENCY
- --------------------------

Accounts aged 30 days past due are considered delinquent and will receive a mid-
month dunning notice.

COLLECTION STATUS
- -----------------

Accounts are placed in collection status at 60 days past due (2 payments
missed).  The collection status is not removed until the account re-ages to 30
days past due or current.  Certain 30 days accounts are selected for collection
activity based on Behavioral History Score and Balance.

While an account is in collection status, all sales will be referred to credit
authorization for review.  Authorization of sales will be withheld unless proof
of payment of the minimum due amount is forthcoming.

WRITE-OFF CRITERIA
- ------------------

Automatic write-off will occur when the account reaches 210 days delinquent.

Aging method will be based on contractual agreement and derived from the full
balance.

BANKRUPTCY AND DEATH
- --------------------

Write-offs due to bankruptcy and death may occur earlier than the automatic
criteria.  These write-offs are taken in the month in which we receive
appropriate documentation of the bankruptcy or death.

CURE POLICIES
- -------------

Accounts will be cured from collections in two ways:

  -Payment or credit reducing the contractual age to 30 days or less.

  -Remittance of three consecutive monthly scheduled payment amounts or that
  amount which equals three monthly scheduled payments within a three month
  period.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                         CUSTOMER EXCHANGES AND RETURNS

General exchange/return policy is as follows:

  -All exchanges/returns should be handled with utmost courtesy and expediency.

  -If an associate cannot, under policy guidelines say "yes" to a customer, a
  supervisor should be called.

  -Only merchandise that has been purchased at a Carson Pirie Scott & Co. store,
  has not been worn/used and is in resalable condition will be accepted for
  exchange/return unless defective or damaged prior to customer receipt.

  -Returns may be made to any Carson Pirie Scott & Co. store regardless of which
  Carson Pirie Scott & Co. store the purchase was made.

  -Every effort should be made to exchange unwanted merchandise for more
  suitable merchandise. However, if the customer does not wish to make an
  exchange, a refund/credit should be issued.

  -Customers returning merchandise with a salescheck/receipt/gift sticker
  receive a refund/credit at the original purchase price.

  -Customers returning ticketed merchandise without a salescheck/receipt/gift
  sticker receive a refund credit at ticketed price.

  -Customers returning un-ticketed merchandise with a salescheck/receipt/gift
  sticker receive a refund/credit at the current selling price.  If the
  merchandise is not current, it is to be refunded/credited at the last known
  selling price.

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 3.25 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                             Environmental Matters


None.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 5.08 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                             Collection Procedures


See the attached Bank Account Flow Chart and Account Summary, which are
incorporated here by reference.
<PAGE>
 
                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.

                            BANK ACCOUNT FLOW CHART

                                 January 1997

                                   Figure 1
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                  <C>                                 <C>        
                                                    1  CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. 
                                                       LASALLE NATIONAL BANK   
                                                          CONCENTRATION
        
2 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.           4 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.          9  CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.         
        M&I BANK                         FIRST BANK MILWAUKEE                 REMOTE STORE ACCOUNTS             
   VEBA TRUST ACCOUNT                      CONCENTRATION                                                      

3 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.           5 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.          10 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
        M&I BANK                         FIRST BANK MILWAUKEE                REMOTE STORE ACCOUNTS
  VEBA CHECKING ACCOUNT                  STORE DEPOSITORY (7)

                                     6 CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.       11 CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
                                          FIRST BANK MILWAUKEE                 LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                       DISCOVER & AMERICAN EXPRESS                STORE DEPOSITORY

                                     7 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.          12 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
                                         FIRST BANK MILWAUKEE                LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                           MASTERCARD/VISA                      STORE DEPOSITORY
 
                                     8 CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.       13 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
                                          FIRST BANK MILWAUKEE               LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                            MASTERCARD/VISA                   HILLSIDE DEPOSITORY

                                                                         14 CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.  
                                                                               LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                                                                HILLSIDE DEPOSITORY
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

<S>                                     <C>       <C>                         <C>       
15 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.                       19         NBGL                   20        NBGL
    LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                            LASALLE NATIONAL BANK              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
   CONTROLLED DISBURSEMENT                           CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT             CONTROLLED DISBURSEMENT

16 CPS DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.                    21 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.
     LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                            LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
    CONTROLLED DISBURSEMENT                            GLCC PROCEEDS ACCOUNT

17 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.                       22 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.
    LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
      TRAVEL ACCOUNT                                  CASH COLLATERAL TRUST

18 CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.             23 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.           24 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.    
    LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                   LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                 LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
      INSURANCE ACCOUNT                    PRINCIPAL FUNDING TRUST                 CARRYING COST TRUST

                                                  25 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.
                                                      LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                                       CASH COLLATERAL DDA

                                        26 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.           27 GREAT LAKES CREDIT CORP.
                                            LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                  LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                           CARSON COLLECTION DEPOSIT             CPSDS COLLECTION DEPOSIT
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 

                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. ACCOUNT SUMMARY
             This document is in reference to Figure 1 (attached)


Reference:             1
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Both
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Primary Concentration Account for all store operations
                       and investment activity


Reference:             2
Bank:                  Marshall & Ilsley Bank
Flow Direction:        Out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Source of trust funds for the payment of employee benefit
                       obligations (non pension)


Reference:             3
Bank:                  Marshall & Ilsley Bank
Flow Direction:        Out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Disbursement point for employee benefit obligations (non
                       pension)


Reference:             4
Bank:                  First Bank Milwaukee
Flow Direction:        Both
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Concentration point for Milwaukee store deposits,
                       Discover, American Express settlement and ACH payroll
                       initiation point


Reference:             5
Bank:                  First Bank Milwaukee
Flow Direction:        To Concentration
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Carson Milwaukee stores and Discover depository



<PAGE>
 
Reference:             6
Bank:                  First Bank Milwaukee
Flow Direction:        To Concentration
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           CPSDS Depository for Discover and American Express



Reference:             7
Bank:                  First Bank Milwaukee
Flow Direction:        Primarily to Concentration
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Carson settlement account for MasterCard and Visa 
                       proceeds



Reference:             8
Bank:                  First Bank Milwaukee
Flow Direction:        Primarily to Concentration
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           CPSDS settlement account for MasterCard and Visa
                       proceeds


Reference:             9
Bank:                  Various
Flow Direction:        Primarily to Concentration
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           CPSDS deposit accounts for cash from sales and collection
                       of payments related to receivables



Reference:             10
Bank:                  Various
Flow Direction:        Primarily to Concentration
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Carson store deposit accounts for cash from sales and
                       collection of payments related to receivables


Reference:             11
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Primarily to Concentration
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           CPSDS store deposit accounts for cash from sales and
                       collection of payments related to receivables



<PAGE>
 
Reference:             12
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Primarily to Concentration
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Carson store deposit accounts for cash from sales and
                       collection of payments related to receivables



Reference:             13
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        To Concentration
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Carson customer reimbursement for non sufficient funds
                       items



Reference:             14
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        To Concentration
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           CPS customer reimbursement for non sufficient funds items



Reference:             15
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank of Westmont
Flow Direction:        Out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Carson controlled disbursement accounts for all 
                       operational activities (checking)



Reference:             16
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank of Westmont
Flow Direction:        Out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           CPSDS controlled disbursement accounts for all 
                       operational activities (checking)

<PAGE>
 
Reference:             17
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Primarily out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Used for settlement of obligations resulting from travel
                       agencies on the behalf of clients (ACH only)



Reference:             18
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Primarily out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           Used for settlement of insurance obligations (ACH only)



Reference:             19
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Both
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Primarily Concentration Account for all operations of
                       National Bank of the Great Lakes including investment
                       activity



Reference:             20
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank of Westmont
Flow Direction:        Out
Commingled Funds:      No
Description:           National Bank of the Great Lakes controlled disbursement
                       accounts for all operational activities (checking)



Reference:             21
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Both
Commingled Funds:      Yes
Description:           Settlement point for proceeds from GLCC activities



<PAGE>
 
Reference:             22
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        Both 
Commingled Funds:      No (all funds belong to GLCC)
Description:           GLCC funds collections point for all customer remittances



Reference:             23
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        To and From Cash Collateral Trust Account
Commingled Funds:      No (All funds belong to GLCC)
Description:           Safe keeping of funds to be used to purchase receivables,
                       pay CP obligations and dividends



Reference:             24
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        To and From Cash Collateral Trust Account
Commingled Funds:      No (All funds belong to GLCC)
Description:           Safe keeping of funds to be used to pay costs related to 
                       the receivables facility



Reference:             25
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        To Trust Cash Collateral Account
Commingled Funds:      No (All funds belong to GLCC)
Description:           Receives transfers of GLCC cash collected at Carson and
                       CPSDS stores and operational locations



Reference:             26
Bank:                  LaSalle National Bank
Flow Direction:        To Cash Collateral Trust Account
Commingled Funds:      No (All funds belong to GLCC)
Description:           GLCC funds collections point for Carson customer
                       remittances

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 6.01 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                                     Liens

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
Location              Type                           Balance as of May 4, 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>                            <C>
Forsyth, IL           Mortgage                                    $  2,831,000
Joliet, IL            Mortgage                                       2,189,000
Bloomington, IL       Mortgage                                         864,000
Aurora, IL            Revenue Bond                                     425,000
Quincy, IL            Revenue Bond                                   2,544,000
36 S. State St.       Mortgage                                         241,000
1-19 S. State         Mortgage                                         745,000
Michigan City         Mortgage                                         390,000
MIS                   Capital Lease                                  6,947,000
Six Anchors           Capital Lease                                 34,031,000
A/R Securitization    Accounts Receivable Financing                107,000,000
</TABLE>

The UCC, Tax Lien, Pending Suit, and Judgment Search Chart attached to this
Schedule is incorporated here by reference.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                Schedule 6.03 to
                                         Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                                                        Dated as of May 24, 1996



                                  Indebtedness


1. Capital lease obligations with respect to the Borrower's management
   information systems of $6,947,000 as of May 4, 1996.

2. Capital lease obligations to Illinois Partners Limited Partnership for six
   real estate leases for department stores operated by the Borrower. These
   capital leases are recorded on the Borrower's books and records at
   $34,031,000 as of May 4, 1996.

3. Loan Participation Purchase Agreement, entered into as part of the chapter 11
   reorganization of the Borrower and related entities, with The Dial Corp and
   several affiliates pursuant to which the Borrower is obligated to purchase a
   $5,000,000 participation interest in a loan on July 1, 1997.

4. Indebtedness, entered into as part of the chapter 11 reorganization, under
   one or more subordinated unsecured promissory notes in an aggregate maximum
   principal amount of $15,000,000, excluding interest, among CPS Department
   Stores, Inc., 1-29 S. State St. Corp., CPS Holding Co. and 331 West Wisconsin
   Avenue Corp.

5. Schedule 6.01 is incorporated here by reference.


<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                     [Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Letterhead]


                              Executive Bonus Plan


A.   Purpose.   The Executive Bonus Plan ("Plan") provides a select group of
management employees with an opportunity to earn additional compensation so as
to attract and retain such employees, and motivate them to enhance the value of
the business of Carson Pirie Scott & Co.  The Plan is not intended to be subject
to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

B.   Eligibility to Participate.

     (a)  Each individual employed by the Employer in a position set forth in
Schedule 1 attached hereto shall become a participant (as designated on such
Schedule) in the Plan upon his or her receipt of a letter of participation from
such Employer, subject to the terms of such letter and the other Plan
provisions.  The Employer may, in its sole discretion, set forth limitations
(including, but not limited to, individual performance objectives) on an
employee's participation in its letter of participation to such employee.

     (b)  An individual shall automatically cease to be a Participant, without
notice to or consent of such individual upon the earlier to occur of the
following events: (i) his or her death, (ii) his or her permanent and total
disability (as confirmed by the Retirement Plan Committee in its sole
discretion), or (iii) his or her termination of employment with the Employer.

C.   The Bonus.

     (a)  In the event the Employer attains the EBITDA (as defined below)
objective set forth for the fiscal year end, each Participant as of such date
shall be eligible to receive a bonus for such year; provided that (i) such
Participant satisfies the individual conditions, if any, set forth in his or her
letter of participation and remains employed by an Employer or any of its
affiliates on the date such bonus (or portion thereof) is paid. At the sole
discretion of the President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice
President-Human Resources, the bonus earned by any Participant and forfeited
solely by reason of his or her termination of employment prior to the date such
bonus is paid may be restored.
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  The amount of bonus, if any, for an eligible Participant shall be the
percentage, as set forth in the Letter of Participation hereto, applicable to
such Participant's position of employment, multiplied by such Participant's base
salary paid (including salary deferrals under Section 125 or 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code) during such fiscal year.

     (c)  "EBITDA" shall be determined and approved by the Compensation 
Committee of the Board of Directors at the meeting closest to April 15 of each
year, and shall be determined after taking into account as an expense the amount
of bonuses payable hereunder.

D.   Administration.

     (a)  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Carson Pirie
Scott & Co., shall administer the Plan and be authorized to take all actions
necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of the Plan, in its sole
discretion, including, but not limited to:

     1.   providing rules for the management, operation and administration of
          the Plan;

     2.   interpreting the Plan in its sole discretion to the fullest extent
          permitted by law; and

     3.   correcting any defect or omission, or reconciling any inconsistency in
          the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem
          appropriate in its sole discretion.

     (b)  The decisions of the Compensation Committee shall be final and
conclusive for all purposes of the Plan and upon all persons, and shall not be
subject to any appeal or review.

E.   Amendment or Termination.  The Plan (including Schedules 1) may be amended,
modified, suspended, or terminated by the Compensation Committee, with the
approval of the Board of Directors of Carson Pirie Scott & Co.

F.   Miscellaneous.

     (a)  Neither the establishment of the Plan nor participation herein shall 
be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any employee or other person
for continuation of employment, and the Employer reserves its right to discharge
any employee without regard to the effect such discharge might have upon such
employee as a Participant in the Plan.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Plan all
federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required to be withheld by
applicable law.

     (c)  Subject to any applicable law, no benefit under the Plan shall be
subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void, nor shall
any such benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant.  In the event that the
Compensation Committee shall find that any Participant has attempted to violate
such provision or has become bankrupt, such benefit shall be forfeited at to the
sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

EXECUTED at Milwaukee, Wisconsin, as of April 27th, 1994.


                                  By:  /s/ Roger C. Gaston
                                  ------------------------------------------
                                  Title: Executive Vice President
                                         Human Resources

                                  CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                                Schedule 1 to
                                                Executive Bonus Plan
                                                --------------------



Name of
Designated Group
- ----------------

   Chief Executive Officer

   Executive Vice President - CAO

   Executive Vice Presidents

   Senior Vice-Presidents

   Vice-Presidents
      on Executive Committee

   Vice Presidents
      on Key Management

   Store Managers

   Buyers

   Other Key Management designated
      by the Employer

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8

                              SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

                           Dated As Of March 25, 1996


     This is a Severance Agreement between Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("CPS") and
________________ (the "Associate").

                             Preliminary Statement

     The Associate is an employee of CPS. This Agreement is designed to protect
the Associate against some of the financial consequences of several adverse
events affecting the Associate's employment. In this Agreement, CPS agrees, upon
and subject to the terms of this Agreement, to provide severance benefits to the
Associate under specified circumstances.

                             Terms and Conditions

     CPS and the Associate agree as follows:

Section 1    Definitions.

     Unless defined elsewhere in this Agreement, capitalized terms used in this
Agreement are defined in Section 11, which begins on page 8.

Section 2    Right to Severance Payment.

     (a)  Prior to a Change of Control.

          (i)  Subject to paragraph (a)(ii) of this section, if prior to a 
Change of Control the Associate is involuntarily terminated from the Associate's
employment position with CPS without Justification, CPS shall pay the Associate
within 15 days after the Termination Date a lump sum payment in cash (the "Pre-
Change-of-Control Payment") equal to the product of the Associate's base weekly
salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date (but
subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this section), multiplied by __ weeks.

          (ii)  a)  If a Change of Control occurs and if the Associate is
involuntarily terminated from the Associate's employment position with CPS
without Cause prior to the Change of Control, and

               (1) if the termination without Cause occurs within six months
prior to the Change of Control, then the termination without Cause (and the
related Termination Date) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately after the
Change of Control for all purposes of this Agreement, including without
limitation for purposes of paragraph (b) of this section and Section 4(b), 
unless CPS reasonably demonstrates that the termination without Cause did not
occur in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of Control, or

               (2) if the Associate reasonably demonstrates the termination
without Cause occurred at the request of an individual, entity, or group which
has taken steps reasonably 
<PAGE>
 
calculated to effect a Change of Control or otherwise occurred in connection
with or in anticipation of a Change of Control, then the termination without
Cause (and the related Termination Date) shall be deemed to have occurred
immediately after the Change of Control for all purposes of this Agreement,
including without limitation for purposes of paragraph (b) of this section and 
Section 4(b).

          b)  If a Change of Control occurs and if the Associate terminates the
Associate's employment position with CPS for Good Reason, and

               (1) if the action constituting Good Reason occurred within six
months prior to the Change of Control, then the termination for Good Reason (and
the related Termination Date) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately after
the Change of Control for all purposes of this Agreement, including without
limitation for purposes of paragraph (b) of this section and Section 4(b), 
unless CPS reasonably demonstrates that the action constituting Good Reason did
not occur in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of Control, or

               (2) if the Associate reasonably demonstrates the action
constituting Good Reason occurred at the request of an individual, entity, or
group which has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control,
or otherwise occurred in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of
Control, then the termination for Good Reason (and the related Termination Date)
shall be deemed to have occurred immediately after the Change of Control for all
purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation for purposes of
paragraph (b) of this section and Section 4(b).

     (b)  Upon or Within Two Years After a Change of Control.  Subject to
paragraph (a)(ii) of this section, if upon or within two years after a Change of
Control the Associate is involuntarily terminated from the Associate's
employment position with CPS without Cause or the Associate terminates the
Associate's employment position with CPS for Good Reason, CPS shall pay the
Associate within 15 days after the Termination Date a lump sum payment in cash
(the "Post-Change-of-Control Payment") equal to the sum of the following:

          (i) the product of the Associate's base weekly salary at the rate in
effect immediately prior to the Termination Date (but subject to paragraph 
(c)(ii) of this section), multiplied by __ weeks; plus

          (ii) the sum of the following: (1) the product of the higher of (A) 
the average of the actual bonus paid to the Associate for each of the three most
recent full fiscal years ended prior to the Change of Control Year and (B) the
average of the Target Bonus for the Associate for the Change of Control Year and
each of the two most recent full fiscal years ended prior to the Change of
Control Year (such higher amount, the "Bonus Amount"), multiplied by a fraction
the numerator of which is the number of days the Associate is employed by CPS
during the Change-of-Control Year and the denominator of which is 365, plus (2)
the product of the Bonus Amount multiplied by __.

     (c)  One Payment Only; Reductions Ignored.

          (i) Subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, upon
termination of employment the Associate is entitled to be paid either the Pre-
Change-of-Control Payment or the Post-Change-of-Control Payment, whichever
becomes applicable (the "Severance Payment"); under no circumstance shall the
Associate be entitled to both payments.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          (ii) Any reduction in the Associate's base weekly salary that either
(A) results in, occurs in connection with, or otherwise precedes the involuntary
termination of the Associate's employment position with CPS without
Justification or without Cause, as the case may be, or (B) constitutes Good
Reason, shall be ignored for purposes of calculating the Severance Payment.

Section 3    Gross up of the Severance Payment.

     (a)  Amount of Gross-up Payment.  If at any time:

          (i) the Severance Payment or other payment or distribution by CPS to
the Associate or for the Associate's benefit (whether paid or payable or
distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required
under this section) (all payments together are referred to as the "Subject
Payments") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or imposed by any comparable statute
having a similar effect (together, "Section 4999"), or

          (ii) the Associate incurs any interest or penalties with respect to
the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (the excise tax imposed by Section 4999,
together with related interest and penalties, are together referred to as the
"Excise Tax"),

then, subject to the other paragraphs of this section, CPS shall make an
additional payment or payments to the Associate (together, the "Gross-Up
Payment") in a total amount such that after the Associate's payment of all taxes
(and related interest or penalties), including without limitation (i) all income
taxes (and related interest and penalties) and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed upon
the Gross-Up Payment, the Associate retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment
equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Subject Payments.

     (b)  Calculations; When Paid.  Subject to the next sentence, all
determinations and calculations required to be made under this section from time
to time shall be made by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, and CPS shall cause the
determinations and calculations to be made and delivered to the Associate within
ten days after the Termination Date at CPS's expense.  If (i) KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP is serving as accountant or auditor for, or otherwise as consultant to, the
individual, entity, or group effecting the Change of Control or (ii) the
Termination Date occurs after the Change of Control, all determinations and
calculations required to be made under this section from time to time shall be
made by a national independent accounting firm, selected by the Associate in the
Associate's sole discretion, within ten days after the Termination Date at CPS's
expense.  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP or the other accounting firm selected by the
Associate in accordance with this paragraph is referred to in this section as
the "Accounting Firm".  Any Gross-Up Payment shall be paid by CPS to the
Associate within ten days after receipt by the Associate of the Accounting
Firm's determination.  Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, any 
determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon CPS and the Associate
in the absence of obvious error.

     (c)  Recalculations.  If after the payment of the Gross-Up Payment CPS
exhausts its remedies described in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Section and
the Associate is required to make a payment of Excise Tax in an amount that is
greater than the amount that the Accounting Firm assumed the Associate would be
required to pay at the time of calculation of the Gross-up Payment, the
Accounting Firm shall

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
recalculate the Gross-Up Payment. If the recalculated Gross-Up Payment is
greater than the amount of Gross-Up Payment paid to the Associate by CPS in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, CPS shall pay the Associate an
amount equal to the difference within ten days of receipt of the Accounting
Firm's recalculation.

     (d)  IRS Claims.  The Associate shall give CPS written notice of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service (within ten days after the Associate receives
the claim) that, if successful, would require CPS to make a Gross-Up Payment to
the Associate.  Not later than ten days prior to the response date indicated in
the claim notice from the Internal Revenue Service, CPS shall give the Associate
written notice whether CPS intends to contest the claim.  If CPS tells the
Associate that it intends to contest the claim, the Associate shall (i) not pay
the claim until CPS directs the Associate otherwise and (ii) fully cooperate in
good faith with CPS concerning the claim, including without limitation accepting
legal representation by a lawyer chosen by CPS in the exercise of its reasonable
discretion and allowing CPS to participate in the claim proceedings.  CPS shall
pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and
penalties) incurred in, or as a result of, the contest and shall indemnify and
hold the Associate harmless, on an after-tax basis, from all Excise Tax and
income tax (and related interest and penalties) imposed as a result of the
representation and payment of costs and expenses.

     (e)  CPS to Control Proceedings.  CPS shall in good faith control all
proceedings taken in the contest that directly relate to issues with respect to
which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable.  CPS may, at its sole option, either
direct the Associate to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the
claim in any permissible manner and the Associate shall prosecute the contest in
good faith as CPS may reasonably request.  If CPS directs the Associate to pay
the claim and sue for a refund, CPS shall advance the amount of the payment to
the Associate, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the
Associate harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax
(and related interest or penalties) imposed as a result of the advance or on any
related imputed income.  Any extension of the statute of limitations relating to
the Associate's taxable year shall be limited solely to the amount contested in
accordance with this paragraph.  CPS's control of the contest shall be limited
to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable, and the
Associate may settle or contest all other issues as the Associate may determine
in the Associate's sole discretion.

Section 4    Additional Obligations of CPS upon Termination.

     (a)  Prior to a Change of Control.  If prior to a Change of Control the
Associate is involuntarily terminated from the Associate's employment position
with CPS without Justification, in addition to the Pre-Change-of-Control Payment
and the Gross-Up Payment (if any shall be required in accordance with Section 3 
of this Agreement), CPS shall credit the Associate with additional hours of
benefit service under the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Pension Plan equal to the
least of (1) the greater of (A) 501 hours and (B) the maximum number of hours of
benefit service attributable to severance pay as such Plan in effect on the
Termination Date may permit, (2) the maximum number of hours permitted by law,
and (3) ___ hours.

     (b)  Upon or Within Two Years After a Change of Control.  If upon or within
two years after a Change of Control the Associate is involuntarily terminated
from the Associate's employment position with CPS without Cause or the Associate
terminates the Associate's employment position with CPS for Good Reason, in
addition to the Post-Change-of-Control Payment and the Gross-Up Payment (if any

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
shall be required in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement), the Associate
shall be entitled to the following:

          (i) CPS shall pay to the Associate within 15 days after the
Termination Date a lump sum in cash equal to the sum of (A) any unvested amount
in the Associate's Post-1990 Matched Contribution Account under the Carson Pirie
Scott & Co. Savings Plan; and (B) the actuarial equivalent, determined as of the
Termination Date, of any unvested accrued benefit under the Carson Pirie Scott &
Co. Pension Plan (using actuarial assumptions no less favorable to the Associate
than the actuarial assumptions used for the determination of benefits in effect
under such Plan immediately prior to the Change of Control);

          (ii) for __ weeks after the Termination Date or such longer term as
may be provided by the appropriate plan, program, practice, or policy, CPS shall
continue benefits to the Associate and, if applicable, to the Associate's family
(at a cost to the Associate not greater than the cost to the Associate on the
Termination Date), at least equal to those benefits which would have been
provided to them in accordance with CPS's health and welfare plans, including
without limitation medical, dental, life insurance, and long-term disability
plans, if the Associate's employment had not been terminated; and

          (iii) CPS shall credit the Associate with additional hours of benefit
service under the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Pension Plan equal to the least of
(1) the greater of (A) 501 hours and (B) the maximum number of hours of benefit
service attributable to severance pay as such Plan in effect on the Termination
Date may permit, (2) the maximum number of hours permitted by law, and (3) ___
hours.

Section 5    No Guaranty of Employment.

     This Agreement and the offering of benefits described in this Agreement are
not a guaranty of employment or of any level of compensation or benefits or
category of employment position for any period. CPS has the right, in good
faith, to evaluate the Associate's performance and take all actions related to
the Associate's employment based on that performance and for all other valid
reasons. Nothing in this section, however, limits CPS's obligations in
accordance with this Agreement.

Section 6    Disputes and Claims.

     (a)  Disputes Under this Agreement.  Disputed claims for benefits under 
this Agreement must be sent in writing to the Secretary of CPS's Employee
Benefits Committee or any successor with comparable functions (the "Committee"),
Carson Pirie Scott & Co., 331 West Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203.
Claims for benefits are subject to the claims procedures described in Section 10
of this Agreement.

     (b)  Associate's Enforcement Costs.  If the Associate brings any litigation
to enforce any of the Associate's rights under this Agreement, CPS shall
reimburse the Associate (i) if the Termination Date occurs prior to a Change of
Control, for all of the Associate's reasonable attorney's fees and disbursements
incurred in the litigation if the Associate obtains a final court order awarding
the Associate damages or the Associate and CPS agree in writing to settle or
otherwise end the litigation and CPS agrees to pay the Associate an amount equal
to 50% or more of the damages the Associate demanded from CPS in the litigation,
and (ii) if the Termination Date occurs on or within two years after 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
a Change of Control, for all of the Associate's reasonable attorney's fees and
disbursements incurred in the litigation regardless of the outcome of the
litigation.

Section 7    Termination.

     The initial term of this Agreement shall end on March 25, 2001. The initial
term shall be extended automatically for an additional five-year term unless CPS
gives the Associate at least 180-day prior written notice that this Agreement
shall not be extended at the end of the initial term. If prior to a Change of
Control this Agreement terminates after the Associate is involuntarily
terminated by CPS from the Associate's employment position with CPS without
Justification, the Associate's rights under this Agreement to receive the
Severance Payment, the Gross-Up Payment, and the other benefits under this
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if the termination of this
Agreement had not occurred. If upon or after a Change of Control this Agreement
terminates, the Associate's rights under this Agreement to receive the Severance
Payment, the Gross-Up Payment, and the other benefits under this Agreement if
(i) the Associate is involuntarily terminated from the Associate's employment
position with CPS without Cause within two years after the Change of Control or
(ii) the Associate terminates the Associate's employment for Good Reason within
two years after the Change of Control, shall continue in full force and effect
as if the termination of this Agreement had not occurred.

Section 8    Administration.

     The Committee is responsible for the administration of this Agreement.  The
Committee has the duty and authority to interpret and construe this Agreement
concerning the Associate's eligibility, status, and rights under this Agreement.
The determinations of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

Section 9    Miscellaneous.

     (a)  Successors and Assigns; Assignments Restricted.  Subject to the next
sentence, this Agreement is binding upon CPS and its successors (including
without limitation by merger or otherwise by operation of law) and permitted
assigns and upon the Associate and the Associate's heirs, executors and other
legal representatives, and permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any
right under this Agreement may be assigned (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) by CPS, and no purported assignment will be given effect, without the
prior written consent the Associate.  The Associate may not assign this
Agreement except by will and the laws of descent and distribution.  This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Associate's
legal representatives.

     (b)  Replacement of Other Severance Arrangements; No Other Effects.  This
Agreement supersedes and replaces in their entirety all agreements, if any,
between the Associate and CPS in effect prior to the date of this Agreement that
provide for a "Severance Payment" or other severance payment, severance
compensation, or severance arrangement (the "Severance Agreements"), and
supersedes and replaces the Associate's rights, if any, to participate in the
Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1994 Executive Severance Plan (the "1994 Plan").
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Associate's continuing or
future participation in any plan, program, policy, or practice (other than the
Severance Agreements and the 1994 Plan) provided by CPS or its affiliates and in
which the Associate participates or may participate or for which the Associate
qualifies or may qualify, including without limitation the Carson Pirie Scott &
Co. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan, the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Deferred
Compensation Plan, and the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan.  

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Associate is otherwise entitled
to receive under any plan, policy, practice, or program of, or any contract or
agreement with, CPS or its affiliates at or subsequent to the Termination Date
shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice, or program or
contract or agreement except to the extent explicitly modified by Section 4 of 
this Agreement.

     (c)  Withholding.  CPS may deduct and withhold from the Severance Payment
and the Gross-Up Payment all amounts required to be deducted or withheld by law.

     (d)  No Mitigation.  The Associate is not required to mitigate the
Associate's damages, and the benefits provided in this Agreement (including
without limitation the Severance Payment and the Gross-Up Payment) are not
subject to mitigation.

     (e)  Amendments; Governing Law.  This Agreement may not be amended except 
in writing signed by the Associate and CPS. Section and paragraph headings are
for convenience of reference only and shall not be used to interpret this
Agreement. Wisconsin law governs the construction, administration, and
enforcement of this Agreement, except to the extent the federal laws of the
United States preempt Wisconsin law.

     (f)  Plan References.  All references in this Agreement to the Carson Pirie
Scott & Co. Pension Plan, the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Savings Plan, and other
plans, policies, practices, and programs of CPS shall be deemed to refer also to
all successor pension plans, successor savings plans, and other successor plans,
policies, practices, and programs, as the case may be, that provide comparable
benefits.

Section 10    Claims Procedures.

     (a)  Initial Claims.  If the Associate has a claim for benefits which are
not being paid, the Associate may file with the Secretary of the Committee a
written claim describing the amount and nature of the claim and the supporting
facts.  The Chairman of the Committee shall designate an individual to review
the claim (the "Authorized Representative").  The Authorized Representative must
notify the Associate of the Authorized Representative's decision in writing by
registered or certified mail within 60 days after receipt of the claim or, under
special circumstances, within 120 days after its receipt of the claim.  If the
Authorized Representative denies the claim, the written notice of denial must
list the reasons for denial, refer to the pertinent provisions of this Agreement
on which the denial is based, describe any additional material or information
necessary for the Associate to realize the claim, and explain the claim review
procedure.

     (b)  Claims Review.  If the Authorized Representative denies the 
Associate's claim, the Associate may file a written request for review of the
denial by the Committee. The Committee must review the claim and notify the
Associate in writing of its decision within 30 days after receipt of the
Associate's request. In special circumstances, the Committee may extend for up
to 30 additional days the deadline for its decision. The notice of the final
decision of the Committee must include the reasons for its decision and specific
references to the provisions of this Agreement on which the decision is based.
The decision of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  ERISA Rights.

          (i) The Associate may obtain copies of all information about this
Agreement upon written request to CPS's Vice President-Compensation and
Benefits, 331 West Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203 (the
"Administrator").  The Administrator and others who administer the Agreement
must do so prudently and in the Associate's interest.  CPS may not fire or
otherwise unlawfully discriminate against the Associate in any way to prevent
the Associate from obtaining a severance benefit or exercising the Associate's
rights under ERISA.  If discrimination occurs, the Associate may seek assistance
from the U.S. Department of Labor or file suit in a federal court.

          (ii) The Associate is entitled to receive a written explanation of the
reasons for the denial of the Associate's claim, and to have the Associate's
claim reviewed.  The Associate may file suit in a state or federal court to
challenge any claim denial.  Under ERISA, there are steps the Associate may take
to enforce the Associate's rights.  For instance, if the Associate requests
materials from the Administrator concerning this Agreement and the Associate
does not receive the materials within 30 days, the Associate may file suit in a
federal court.  In that event, the court may require the Administrator to
provide the materials and pay the Associate up to $100 a day until the Associate
receives the materials, unless due to reasons beyond the control of the
Administrator.  The court shall decide who should pay court costs and legal
fees.  The court may order either the Associate or the person the Associate sues
to pay legal costs and fees.  Contact the Administrator for answers to
questions.  If the Associate has any questions about this paragraph or about
rights under ERISA, contact the nearest Area Office of the U.S. Labor-Management
Services Administration, Department of Labor.

     (d)  Agent for Service of Legal Process.  Service of legal process shall be
made upon the Administrator at 331 West Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53203.

Section 11    Definitions.

     For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
provided in this section.

"Cause" means:

     (a)  the willful and continued failure of the Associate to perform
substantially the Associate's duties with CPS or its affiliates (other than any
such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after
a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Associate by
the Chief Executive Officer of CPS which specifically identifies the manner in
which the Chief Executive Officer believes the Associate has not substantially
performed the Associate's duties; or

     (b)  the Associate's committed acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, or
dishonesty, as determined by a final judgment or an order of a court of
competent jurisdiction, which acts are materially and demonstrably injurious to
CPS.

     No act or failure to act on the Associate's part shall be deemed "willful"
unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Associate in bad faith or
without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests
of CPS.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
resolution adopted by CPS's Board of Directors or upon the instructions of the
Chief Executive Officer or a senior officer of CPS or upon the advice of counsel
shall be presumed conclusively to be done, or omitted to be done, by the
Associate in good faith and in CPS's best interests.

"Change of Control" means:

     (a)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning
of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of voting securities
of CPS where such acquisition causes such Person to own 30% or more of the
combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of CPS entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding CPS Voting
Securities"); provided, however, for purposes of this paragraph (a), the
following acquisitions shall not be deemed to result in a Change of Control: (i)
any acquisition directly from CPS, (ii) any acquisition by CPS, (iii) any
acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
maintained by CPS or any corporation controlled by CPS or (iv) any acquisition
by any corporation pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) of paragraph (c) of this definition of Change of Control; and
provided, further, if any Person's beneficial ownership of the Outstanding CPS
Voting Securities equals or exceeds 30% as a result of a transaction described
in clause (i) or (ii) above, and such Person subsequently acquires beneficial
ownership of additional voting securities of CPS, such subsequent acquisition
shall be treated as an acquisition that causes such Person to own 30% or more of
the Outstanding CPS Voting Securities; or

     (b)  individuals who, as of February 6, 1996, constitute the Board of
Directors of CPS (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
least a majority of the Board of Directors of CPS; provided, however, that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to February 6, 1996 whose election, or
nomination for election by CPS's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at
least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but
excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of
office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with
respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the
Board of Directors of CPS; or

     (c)  the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of CPS or the
acquisition of assets of another corporation ("Business Combination") excluding,
however, any Business Combination pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all
of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the
Outstanding CPS Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the
then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of
such transaction owns CPS or all or substantially all of CPS's assets either
directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination,
of the Outstanding CPS Voting Securities, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) of CPS or such corporation resulting from such
Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of,
respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of  the corporation
resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting 

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed
prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members
of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors of CPS,
providing for such Business Combination; or

     (d)  approval by the shareholders of CPS of a complete liquidation or
dissolution of CPS.

"Change of Control Year" means the fiscal year in which a Change of Control
occurs.

"Committee" is defined in Section 6(a).

"Good Reason" means:

     (a)  the Associate's annual base salary amount, the Associate's annual base
salary opportunity, or the Associate's bonus opportunity is reduced;

     (b)  the Associate's duties, responsibilities, or authority as an employee
of CPS are reduced;

     (c)  the location of the Associate's employment with CPS (the "Original
Location") is changed other than by the Associate to a new location that is more
than fifty miles from the Original Location; or

     (d)  by the time of the earlier of (1) the termination of this Agreement
after a Change of Control and (2) the first anniversary of the date of a Change
of Control, CPS has not entered into an agreement with the Associate that
provides the Associate (for a term of five years commencing immediately prior to
the time the Associate's benefits and rights under this Agreement terminate)
with benefits and rights the same in all material respects as the benefits and
rights provided to the Associate in this Agreement.

     The Associate's good faith determination of "Good Reason" shall be final
and conclusive, absent obvious error.

"Gross-Up Payment" is defined in Section 3(a).

"Justification" means:

     (a)  fraud, embezzlement, theft, or dishonesty against CPS or its
affiliates, or the Board of Directors of CPS;

     (b)  a willful or grossly negligent material violation of law in connection
with or in the course of the Associate's employment with CPS;

     (c)  a felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude for which the
Associate is convicted or pleads nolo contendere or which, in the reasonable
opinion of the Board of Directors of CPS, may cause embarrassment to CPS or its
affiliates;

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  willful or grossly negligent damage to material assets of CPS or any 
of its affiliates;

     (e)  willful or grossly negligent disclosure of material, confidential
information of CPS or any of its affiliates;

     (f)  willful or grossly negligent engagement in any activity competitive
with the business of CPS as to which CPS has notified the Associate in writing
and the Associate has not ceased, within 30 days following the Associate's
receipt of the notice, to participate in the activity;

     (g)  a willful failure to follow reasonable directions or instructions of
the Chief Executive Officer of CPS or, in his absence, his designee, or the
Board of Directors of CPS, and the failure shall have continued for 30 days
after receipt of written notice from CPS; or

     (h)  willful or grossly negligent breach of any stated material employment
policy of CPS, or gross misconduct in the performance of the Associate's duties
as an employee.

     No act or failure to act on the part of the Associate shall be deemed
"willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Associate in bad
faith or without reasonable belief the action or omission was in the best
interests of the CPS.

"Pre-Change-of-Control Payment" is defined in Section 2(a)(i).

"Post-Change-of-Control Payment" is defined in Section 2(b).

"Severance Payment" is defined in Section 2(c)(i).

"Target Bonus" means the bonus payment under CPS's annual cash bonus plan equal
to 50% of the maximum amount eligible to be paid to the Associate under the plan
for a fiscal year.

"Termination Date" means, taking into account Section 2(a)(ii), (i) prior to a
Change of Control, the date the Associate is involuntarily terminated from the
Associate's employment position with CPS without Justification or (ii) upon or
within two years after a Change of Control, the date the Associate is
involuntarily terminated from the Associate's employment position with CPS
without Cause or the date the Associate terminates the Associate's employment
position with CPS for Good Reason, whichever shall be applicable.

                              CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.


                              By: _______________________
                              Executive Vice President-
                              Human Resources



                              _____________________
                              [Name of Associate]

                                       11

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15

                                         As of March 26, 1997

Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203
Attention: Board of Directors

Charles J. Hansen
Vice President, General Counsel,
 and Secretary
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203

     I agree (1) to waive the terms of Section 6(b), second sentence, clause
(ii), with respect to all stock options granted to me by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors on March 26, 1997 under the 1993 Carson
Pirie Scott & Co. Stock Incentive Plan (the "Options") and (2) that the vesting
of the Options shall be governed exclusively by the terms of the stock option
agreement covering the Options. I understand that this letter waiver is a
material inducement to the Compensation Committee to grant the Options. This
letter waiver applies only to the Options and not to any previous or subsequent
grant of stock options and does not affect any other term of the Employment
Agreement dated as of March 25, 1996 between Carson Pirie Scott & Co. and me,
including without limitation Section 12(d) of that agreement.

                                              Sincerely

                                              /s/ Michael R. MacDonald

                                              Michael R MacDonald

<PAGE>
 
                                                 As of March 26, 1997



Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
Attention:  Board of Directors

Charles J. Hansen, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel
 and Secretary
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203

Re:  Waiver of Right to Receive 250 shares of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Common
     Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Shares"), under the Carson Pirie
     Scott & Co. 1996 Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Stock
     Plan") for the Plan Year beginning June 4, 1997 (the "1997 Plan Year")

     If I am elected to the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Board of Directors (the
"Board") at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or any adjournment of the
meeting) I (1) absolutely and unconditionally waive the right to receive 250 of
the 1,500 Common Shares to be granted to me for the 1997 Plan Year and (2) agree
that Carson Pirie Scott & Co. will have fully satisfied its obligations to me
under the Directors' Stock Plan with respect to the 1997 Plan Year by granting
to me 1,250 Common Shares. This waiver will not be affected by any election I
may make to defer receipt of Common Shares granted to me as allowed by the
Directors' Stock Plan nor will this waiver affect my right to make such an
election. This waiver applies only to Common Shares that may be granted to me
with respect to the 1997 Plan Year, does not apply to any grant of Common Shares
to me with respect to any other Plan Year, and does not affect any other term of
the Directors' Stock Plan.

                                    Sincerely,

                                    /s/ Mark Dickstein

                                    Mark Dickstein
<PAGE>
 
                                    As of March 26, 1997



Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
Attention:  Board of Directors

Charles J. Hansen, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel
 and Secretary
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203

Re:  Waiver of Right to Receive 250 shares of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Common
     Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Shares"), under the Carson Pirie
     Scott & Co. 1996 Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Stock
     Plan") for the Plan Year beginning June 4, 1997 (the "1997 Plan Year")

     If I am elected to the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Board of Directors (the
"Board") at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or any adjournment of the
meeting) I (1) absolutely and unconditionally waive the right to receive 250 of
the 1,500 Common Shares to be granted to me for the 1997 Plan Year and (2) agree
that Carson Pirie Scott & Co. will have fully satisfied its obligations to me
under the Directors' Stock Plan with respect to the 1997 Plan Year by granting
to me 1,250 Common Shares. This waiver will not be affected by any election I
may make to defer receipt of Common Shares granted to me as allowed by the
Directors' Stock Plan nor will this waiver affect my right to make such an
election. This waiver applies only to Common Shares that may be granted to me
with respect to the 1997 Plan Year, does not apply to any grant of Common Shares
to me with respect to any other Plan Year, and does not affect any other term of
the Directors' Stock Plan.

                                    Sincerely,

                                    /s/ Mark L. Kaufman

                                    Mark L. Kaufman
<PAGE>
 
                                    As of March 26, 1997



Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
Attention:  Board of Directors

Charles J. Hansen, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel
 and Secretary
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203

Re:  Waiver of Right to Receive 250 shares of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Common
     Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Shares"), under the Carson Pirie
     Scott & Co. 1996 Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Stock
     Plan") for the Plan Year beginning June 4, 1997 (the "1997 Plan Year")

     If I am elected to the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Board of Directors (the
"Board") at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or any adjournment of the
meeting) I (1) absolutely and unconditionally waive the right to receive 250 of
the 1,500 Common Shares to be granted to me for the 1997 Plan Year and (2) agree
that Carson Pirie Scott & Co. will have fully satisfied its obligations to me
under the Directors' Stock Plan with respect to the 1997 Plan Year by granting
to me 1,250 Common Shares. This waiver will not be affected by any election I
may make to defer receipt of Common Shares granted to me as allowed by the
Directors' Stock Plan nor will this waiver affect my right to make such an
election. This waiver applies only to Common Shares that may be granted to me
with respect to the 1997 Plan Year, does not apply to any grant of Common Shares
to me with respect to any other Plan Year, and does not affect any other term of
the Directors' Stock Plan.

                                    Sincerely,

                                    /s/ Chaim Y. Edelstein

                                    Chaim Y. Edelstein
<PAGE>
 
                                    As of March 26, 1997



Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
Attention:  Board of Directors

Charles J. Hansen, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel
 and Secretary
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203

Re:  Waiver of Right to Receive 250 shares of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Common
     Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Shares"), under the Carson Pirie
     Scott & Co. 1996 Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Stock
     Plan") for the Plan Year beginning June 4, 1997 (the "1997 Plan Year")

     If I am elected to the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Board of Directors (the
"Board") at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or any adjournment of the
meeting) I (1) absolutely and unconditionally waive the right to receive 250 of
the 1,500 Common Shares to be granted to me for the 1997 Plan Year and (2) agree
that Carson Pirie Scott & Co. will have fully satisfied its obligations to me
under the Directors' Stock Plan with respect to the 1997 Plan Year by granting
to me 1,250 Common Shares. This waiver will not be affected by any election I
may make to defer receipt of Common Shares granted to me as allowed by the
Directors' Stock Plan nor will this waiver affect my right to make such an
election. This waiver applies only to Common Shares that may be granted to me
with respect to the 1997 Plan Year, does not apply to any grant of Common Shares
to me with respect to any other Plan Year, and does not affect any other term of
the Directors' Stock Plan.

                                    Sincerely,

                                    /s/ John W. Burden III

                                    John W. Burden III
<PAGE>
 
                                    As of March 26, 1997



Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203
Attention:  Board of Directors

Charles J. Hansen, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel
 and Secretary
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
331 West Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53203

Re:  Waiver of Right to Receive 250 shares of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Common
     Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Shares"), under the Carson Pirie
     Scott & Co. 1996 Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Stock
     Plan") for the Plan Year beginning June 4, 1997 (the "1997 Plan Year")

     If I am elected to the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. Board of Directors (the
"Board") at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or any adjournment of the
meeting) I (1) absolutely and unconditionally waive the right to receive 250 of
the 1,500 Common Shares to be granted to me for the 1997 Plan Year and (2) agree
that Carson Pirie Scott & Co. will have fully satisfied its obligations to me
under the Directors' Stock Plan with respect to the 1997 Plan Year by granting
to me 1,250 Common Shares. This waiver will not be affected by any election I
may make to defer receipt of Common Shares granted to me as allowed by the
Directors' Stock Plan nor will this waiver affect my right to make such an
election. This waiver applies only to Common Shares that may be granted to me
with respect to the 1997 Plan Year, does not apply to any grant of Common Shares
to me with respect to any other Plan Year, and does not affect any other term of
the Directors' Stock Plan.

                                    Sincerely,

                                    /s/ William I. Jenkins

                                    William I. Jenkins

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17
 
                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
 
                       1997 SENIOR EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN
 
1. PURPOSE.
 
  The purpose of the 1997 Senior Executive Bonus Plan (the "PLAN") is to
provide a select group of executive officers with an annual incentive
opportunity, based on the achievement of preestablished, objective performance
goals described in Section 4 ("PERFORMANCE GOALS"), to earn additional
compensation so as to attract and retain such executive officers, and motivate
them to enhance the value of the business of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. (the
"COMPANY"). The Plan is intended to provide an annual incentive compensation
opportunity which is not subject to the limitation on deductions for federal
income tax purposes contained in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), and is to be construed to the extent
possible as providing for remuneration which is "qualified performance-based
compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations
thereunder. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
2. ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE.
 
  (a) The participants in the Plan ("PARTICIPANTS") for any annual performance
period (an "ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PERIOD") shall be those executive officers of
the Company who are selected by the Committee (as defined in Section 7) to
participate in the Plan for such Annual Performance Period. Such selection
shall be made by the Committee within 90 days following the commencement of
each Annual Performance Period. No executive officer shall have any right to
participate in the Plan for any Annual Performance Period unless selected to
participate in the Plan by the Committee.
 
  (b) An executive officer shall automatically cease to be a Participant,
without notice to or consent of such executive officer, upon the earliest to
occur of the following events: (i) the Participant's death, (ii) the
Participant's permanent and total disability (within the meaning of the
Company's Pension Plan), or (iii) the Participant's termination of employment
with the Company.
 
3. ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PERIOD.
 
  Each Annual Performance Period shall be a fiscal year of the Company,
commencing with the fiscal year ending January 31, 1998.
 
4. BONUS AMOUNTS AND PERFORMANCE GOALS.
 
  Prior to the 90th day following the start of each Annual Performance Period
and while the outcome of the Performance Goals is substantially uncertain, the
Committee will establish, in writing, for each Participant (i) a bonus amount
(expressed as a percentage of annual rate of base salary) payable in
accordance with the Plan and (ii) one or more Performance Goals with respect
to such bonus amount. Each Performance Goal will consist of, and achievement
of each Performance Goal will be measured against, one of the following
criteria:
 
    (a) Net sales;
 
    (b) Gross margin dollars (sales minus cost of sales);
 
<PAGE>
 
    (c) Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, after
  taking into account bonuses payable under the Company's bonus plans,
  including the Plan ("EBITDA");
 
    (d) Store four-wall EBITDA; and
 
    (e) Customer satisfaction (measured by customer responses).
 
Each Performance Goal established by the Committee will include the following
levels of achievement: a minimum level ("MINIMUM"); a target level ("TARGET");
and a maximum level ("MAXIMUM"). The Committee, in its sole discretion, may
establish all other terms and conditions applicable to the Performance Goals
and the measurement of their achievement, including without limitation the
relative weighting of multiple Performance Goals, that may be necessary or
appropriate to implement the Plan. Each Performance Goal must be based upon
measurable criteria which would permit a third party having knowledge of the
relevant facts to determine whether the Performance Goal was satisfied and to
calculate the amount payable to the Participant. The Performance Goals must
preclude the discretion to increase the bonus amount payable to the
Participant over that which would otherwise be payable upon attainment of the
Performance Goal.
 
5. BONUS AWARDS.
 
  (a) Each Participant shall be eligible to receive the bonus amount
determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 4, payable in cash
pursuant to Section 6, if and to the extent, with respect to such bonus
amount, the Performance Goal or the Performance Goals established for the
Participant for the Annual Performance Period are achieved in accordance with
the following sentence (a "BONUS AWARD"). Subject to subsection (b), if the
performance level achieved is:
 
    (i) equal to or below the established Minimum, no Bonus Award will be
  paid;
 
    (ii) between the Minimum and the Target, the Bonus Award will be prorated
  between such levels;
 
    (iii) equal to the Target, one-half of the maximum Bonus Award will be
  paid;
 
    (iv) between the Target and Maximum, the Bonus Award will be prorated
  between such levels; and
 
    (v) equal to or greater than Maximum, the maximum Bonus Award will be
  paid.
 
  (b) The maximum Bonus Award payable to any Participant for any Annual
Performance Period pursuant to the Plan may not exceed the lesser of (x) 75%
of such Participant's annual rate of base salary as in effect on the first day
of the Annual Performance Period (including salary deferrals under Section 125
or 401(k) of the Code) and (y) $900,000.
 
  (c) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may reduce the amount of, or
eliminate, a Bonus Award of any Participant. In determining whether a Bonus
Award will be reduced or eliminated, the Committee may consider any
extraordinary changes that may also have occurred during the Annual
Performance Period, including without limitation changes in accounting
practices or the law, and may consider such business performance criteria that
it deems appropriate, including without limitation the Company's net income,
cash flow, earnings per share and other relevant operating and strategic
business results.
 
6. PAYMENT OF BONUS AWARDS.
 
  Subject to any shareholder approval required by law, payment of any Bonus
Award for an Annual Performance Period in accordance with the Plan shall be
made in cash to a Participant who is employed by the Company on the last day
of the Annual Performance Period after the Committee shall have certified in
writing
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
that the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for the Annual Performance Period
were achieved and any other material terms of the Bonus Award were satisfied.
Subject to the next sentence, at the request of a Participant made prior to the
end of the ninth month of an Annual Performance Period, the Company may defer,
for such period of time as the Participant may request at the time of such
deferral, in accordance with the plans and policies of the Company, the payment
of all or any portion of any Bonus Award which may become payable to the
Participant with respect to the Annual Performance Period. If a Participant has
the right to defer payment of all or any portion of the Participant's
compensation from the Company in accordance with an employment or similar
agreement, then the right to defer any Bonus Award and the terms of such
deferral will be governed by that agreement.

7. ADMINISTRATION.
 
  (a)  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"BOARD"), or a subcommittee thereof, consisting solely of two or more members of
the Board, each of whom shall be an "outside director" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code (the "COMMITTEE"), shall administer the Plan and be
authorized to take all actions necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of
the Plan, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to:

     (i)  providing rules for the management, operation and administration of
  the Plan;
 
     (ii)  interpreting the Plan in its sole discretion to the fullest extent
  permitted by law; and
 
     (iii)  correcting any defect or omission, or reconciling any inconsistency
  in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in
  its sole discretion.
 
  (b)  The decisions of the Committee shall be final and conclusive for all
purposes of the Plan and upon all persons and will not be subject to any appeal
or review.
 
8. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

  The Committee may, with the approval of the Board, amend or terminate the Plan
by resolution at any time as it shall deem advisable, subject to any shareholder
approval required by law, provided that the Committee may not amend the Plan to
change any Performance Goal without the approval of a majority of the votes cast
by shareholders in a separate vote.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.
 
  (a)  Neither the establishment of the Plan nor participation herein shall be
construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Participant or other person
for continuation of employment, and the Company reserves its right to discharge
any executive officer without regard to the effect such discharge might have
upon such executive officer as a Participant in the Plan.
 
  (b)  The Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under the Plan all
federal, state, local and other taxes as may be required to be withheld by
applicable law.

  (c)  Subject to any applicable law, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject
in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void, nor shall any
such benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant. In the event that the
Committee shall find that any Participant has attempted to violate such
provision or has become bankrupt, such benefit may, in the sole discretion of
the Committee, be forfeited.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  (d)  The Plan shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Wisconsin, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
  (e)  If a provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, the
illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan
and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid
provision had not been included in the Plan.
 
10. EFFECTIVE DATE
 
  The Plan shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for approval
and, if approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Common Shares
present in person or represented by proxy, shall be effective as of February 2,
1997.
 
                                       4

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

                           CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
 
                           1993 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
                 AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 19, 1997
 
I. INTRODUCTION
 
  A. Purpose. This plan shall be known as the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1993
Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan is designed to more closely align
the interests of the executives of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. (the "Company")
with the Company's shareholders and to motivate executives to improve
corporate performance on a long-term basis.
 
  B. Effective Date. The effective date of the Plan shall be October 29, 1993.
The Company intends that the Plan and its operation comply with the provisions
of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor rule
(the "Exchange Act").
 
II. PLAN DEFINITIONS
 
  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
    1. "Acquisition" is defined in Section III.B.
 
    2. "Acquisition Consideration" is defined in Section III.B.
 
    3. "Award" means the grant of a stock option or restricted stock.
 
    4. "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
    5. "Change of Control" means:
 
      a. the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
    meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
    "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
    promulgated under the Exchange Act) of voting securities of the Company
    where such acquisition causes such Person to own 30% or more of the
    combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the
    Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
    "Outstanding CPS Voting Securities"); provided, however, for purposes
    of this paragraph (a), the following acquisitions shall not be deemed
    to result in a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the
    Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by
    any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by
    the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (iv) any
    acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction that complies
    with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (c) of this definition of
    Change of Control; and provided, further, if any Person's beneficial
    ownership of the Outstanding CPS Voting Securities equals or exceeds
    30% as a result of a transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above,
    and such Person subsequently acquires beneficial ownership of
    additional voting securities of the Company, such subsequent
    acquisition shall be treated as an acquisition that causes such Person
    to own 30% or more of the Outstanding CPS Voting Securities; or
 
      b. individuals who, as of February 6, 1996, constitute the Board of
    Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason
    to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the
    Company; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director
    subsequent to February 6, 1996 whose election, or nomination for
    election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a
 
<PAGE>
 
    vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the
    Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a
    member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any
    such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result
    of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the
    election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened
    solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other
    than the Board of Directors of the Company; or
 
      c. the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or
    sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
    the Company or the acquisition of assets of another corporation
    ("Business Combination") excluding, however, any Business Combination
    pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and
    entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding CPS Voting
    Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially
    own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then-
    outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the
    then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
    election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting
    from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a
    corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or
    all or substantially all of the Companys assets either directly or
    through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions
    as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of
    the Outstanding CPS Voting Securities, (ii) no Person (excluding any
    employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such
    corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially
    owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then-
    outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from
    such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-
    outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent
    that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii)
    at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
    corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of
    the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial
    agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors of the Company,
    providing for such Business Combination; or
 
      d. approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete
    liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
    6. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
  successor statute.
 
    7. "Committee" means the Committee described in Section IV.A.
 
    8. "Company" is defined in Section I.A.
 
    9. "Common Stock" means the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value, and
  such other stock as may be substituted for the Company's Common Stock
  pursuant to Section III.B.
 
    10. "Eligible Employee" means the officers and other key employees of the
  Company or a Subsidiary. Directors who are not full-time employees of the
  Company or a Subsidiary shall not be eligible to be granted Awards under
  this Plan. Eligibility under this Plan shall be determined by the
  Committee.
 
    11. "Exchange Act" is defined in Section I.B.
 
    12. "Fair Market Value" means with respect to the Common Stock, on any
  date (a) if the Common Stock is then listed and traded on a registered
  national securities exchange or is quoted in the NASDAQ National Market
  System, the closing price recorded in composite transactions as reported in
  The Wall Street Journal (Midwest Edition) for such date or the preceding
  business day if such date is not a business day, or (b) in the absence of
  reported sales or if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, the value
  of the Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Committee.

                                       2

<PAGE>
 
    13. "Grantee" means any Eligible Employee who has been granted an Award
  under the Plan.
 
    14. "Option Price" is defined in Section V.B.
 
    15. "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
    16. "Subsidiary" means any corporation now or hereafter in existence in
  which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, a voting stock interest of
  more than fifty percent.
 
III. SHARES SUBJECT TO AWARD
 
  A. Available Shares. The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be
issued under the Plan shall not exceed 2,339,130. Subject to the next
sentence, shares of Common Stock subject to and not issued under Awards which
expire, terminate, or are canceled or forfeited for any reason under the Plan
shall again become available for the granting of Awards. The Committee may
modify share usage and issuance so as to conform this Plan and any Awards to
the requirements of Rule 16b-3.
 
  B. Adjustment Provisions.
 
  1. The Committee may provide, with respect to any Award, that if the Company
shall at any time change the number of issued shares of Common Stock without
new consideration to the Company (such as by stock dividend, stock split,
recapitalization, reorganization, exchange of shares, liquidation, combination
or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common Stock) or make a
distribution of cash or property which has a substantial impact on the value
of issued Common Stock, the total number of shares available for Awards under
this Plan shall be appropriately adjusted and the number of shares covered by
each outstanding Award and the reference price or Fair Market Value for each
outstanding Award shall be adjusted so that the net value of such Award shall
not be changed.
 
  2. The Committee may provide with respect to any Award that, in the case of
any Acquisition (subject to the provisions of this Plan and any limitation
applicable to the Award):
 
    a. any Eligible Employee to whom an option has been granted shall have
  the right thereafter and during the term of the option to receive upon
  exercise thereof only the Acquisition Consideration receivable upon the
  Acquisition by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which might
  have been obtained upon exercise of the option or portion thereof, as the
  case may be, immediately prior to the Acquisition; and
 
    b. any Eligible Employee to whom restricted stock has been awarded shall
  have the right thereafter and during the term of the Award to substitute
  the Acquisition Consideration for the Common Stock upon which the Award is
  valued or in which the Award is payable.
 
  "Acquisition" means a sale of assets, merger, consolidation, combination or
other corporate reorganization or restructuring of the Company with or into
another corporation which results in the outstanding Common Stock being
converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property,
or any combination.
 
  "Acquisition Consideration" means the kind and amount of securities, cash or
other property or any combination thereof receivable for one share of Common
Stock upon consummation of an Acquisition.
 
IV. ADMINISTRATION
 
  A. Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a
committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Committee at all
times shall be constituted to permit the Plan to comply with the provisions of
Rule 16b-3 and shall be comprised solely of "outside directors" within the
meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code. A majority of the members of
the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
approval of a quorum, expressed by a vote at a meeting, or the unanimous
consent of all members in writing without a meeting, shall constitute the
action of the Committee and shall be valid and effective for all purposes of
the Plan.
 
  B. Committee Powers Generally. The Committee may adopt all rules,
regulations and procedures and take all other action as it shall deem
necessary or proper for the administration of the Plan and, in its discretion,
may modify, extend, or renew any Award. The Committee may also interpret the
Plan and the Committee's interpretation shall be final and conclusive. The
Committee may consult with counsel, who may be counsel for the Company, and
shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance
upon the advice of counsel.
 
  C. Specific Committee Powers. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee shall have full and final authority to:
 
    1. designate the Eligible Employees to whom Awards shall be granted;
 
    2. grant Awards in such form and amount as the Committee shall determine;
 
    3. impose such limitations, restrictions and conditions upon any such
  Award as the Committee shall deem appropriate;
 
    4. waive in whole or in part any or all restrictions or conditions
  imposed on Awards as the Committee shall deem appropriate; and
 
    5. prescribe from time to time the form of agreement with Eligible
  Employees that shall effect the Awards.
 
  The specific enumeration in other sections of this Plan of the Committee's
powers shall not limit the Committee's power specified in this Section IV.
 
V. NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS
 
  A. General. The Committee shall determine from time to time those Eligible
Employees to whom stock options shall be granted. All stock options granted
under the Plan shall be nonqualified stock options. No Eligible Employee shall
have any right whatsoever to receive an Award unless so determined by the
Committee. Each stock option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement
between the Company and the Grantee which shall contain the terms and
conditions required by this Section V. and such other consistent terms and
conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. A Grantee of a stock option
shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares of
Common Stock covered by the stock option until the shares of Common Stock have
been delivered to the Grantee in accordance with this Plan. The provisions of
stock option Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
 
  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, no Eligible Employee
shall be granted stock options in any year that in the aggregate would be
exercisable for more than 20% of the total number of shares of Common Stock
that may be issued in accordance with Section III.A. of this Plan.
 
  B. Option Price. The price at which each share of Common Stock covered by a
stock option may be purchased (the "Option Price") shall be:
 
    1. $10.25 per share if the stock option is granted on or before the 30th
  day following the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization in the cases
  entitled In the Matter of P. A. Bergner & Co. Holding Company, et al.,
  Debtors (Jointly Administered Case Nos. 91-05501 to 91-05516 and 93-20736
  (RAE)) (the "Plan of Reorganization"); or
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
    2. no less than one hundred percent of the Fair Market Value of the
  Common Stock at the time the stock option is granted if the stock option is
  granted after the 30th day following the consummation of the Plan of
  Reorganization.
 
  C. Date Option Granted. A stock option shall be considered as having been
granted on the date on which the Committee authorized the grant of the stock
option, except where the Committee has designated a later date, in which event
the later date shall constitute the date of grant of the stock option. The
Committee shall cause notice of the stock option grant date to be given to the
employee within a reasonable time after the Committee has authorized the
Award.
 
  D. Period for Exercise of Options. Each stock option agreement shall state
that the stock option may be exercised by the Grantee, in whole or in part,
for ten years. The Committee may provide that if a Grantee's employment by the
Company or a Subsidiary terminates by reason of death, disability or
retirement, any stock option held by the Grantee shall be fully vested and
thereafter may be exercised, during a period specified by the Committee, by
the Grantee or by any beneficiary or legal representative of the estate of a
disabled or deceased Grantee. The terms of any stock option agreement
notwithstanding, the Committee may at any time accelerate any date on which
the Grantee may exercise all or any portion of a stock option Award and
otherwise waive or amend any condition of a stock option Award. All stock
option Awards shall become fully vested and thereafter may be exercised in
full upon a Change of Control and each stock option agreement shall reflect
full vesting upon such event.
 
  E. Method of Exercise. Each stock option may be exercised in whole or in
part from time to time as specified in the stock option agreement. Each
Grantee may exercise a stock option by giving written notice of the exercise
to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased, accompanied
by payment in full of the Option Price for the shares of Common Stock to be
purchased. The Option Price may be paid in cash, by check, or, with the
approval of the Committee, by delivering shares of Common Stock which have
been beneficially owned by the Grantee, the Grantee's spouse, or both of them
for a period of at least six months prior to the time of exercise ("Delivered
Stock") or a combination of cash and Delivered Stock. Delivered Stock shall be
valued at its Fair Market Value determined as of the date of exercise of the
stock option. No Grantee shall be under any obligation to exercise any stock
option granted under this Plan.
 
  F. Nontransferability. No stock option granted under the Plan shall be
transferable or assignable except by last will and testament or the laws of
descent and distribution. During the Grantee's lifetime, options shall be
exercisable only by the Grantee or by the Grantee's guardian or legal
representative.
 
VI. RESTRICTED STOCK
 
  A. Administration. Shares of Common Stock may be issued to Eligible
Employees as restricted stock either alone or in addition to other Awards
granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Employees
to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of restricted stock will be
made, the number of shares to be awarded, the purchase price, if any, the time
or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other
terms and conditions of the Awards. The Committee may condition the grant of
restricted stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such
other factors or criteria as the Committee shall determine. The provisions of
restricted stock Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
 
  B. Lapse of Restrictions. The Committee may provide, with respect to any
Award of restricted stock, that the restrictions with respect to restricted
stock granted under the Plan shall lapse upon the earliest of the following:
(a) three years from the date of grant or (b) a Change of Control. The terms
of any restricted stock
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
agreement notwithstanding, the Committee may at any time accelerate any date
on which restrictions with respect to restricted stock Awards shall lapse and
otherwise waive or amend any conditions of the restricted stock Award.
 
  C. Awards and Certificates. Each Grantee receiving a restricted stock Award
shall be issued a certificate in respect of the shares of restricted stock.
Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Grantee and shall bear
an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions
applicable to the Award, substantially in the following form:
 
    "The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock
  represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions of the Carson
  Pirie Scott & Co. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock
  Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of
  Carson Pirie Scott & Co."
 
  The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing restricted shares
be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have
lapsed and that, as a condition of any restricted stock Award, the Grantee
shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common
Stock covered by the Award.
 
  D. Terms and Conditions. Shares of restricted stock shall be subject to the
following terms and conditions:
 
    1. Until the applicable restrictions lapse, the Grantee shall not be
  permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of
  restricted stock.
 
    2. The Grantee shall have, with respect to the shares of restricted
  stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the
  right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends.
  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, cash dividends shall be
  automatically paid in cash and dividends payable in Common Stock shall be
  paid in the form of additional restricted stock.
 
    3. Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable restricted
  stock agreement, all shares subject to restriction shall be forfeited by
  the Grantee upon termination of a Grantee's employment for any reason.
 
    4. If and when the applicable restrictions lapse, unlegended certificates
  for the restricted shares shall be delivered to the Grantee.
 
    5. Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to the terms of, a
  restricted stock agreement.
 
VII. WITHHOLDING TAXES
 
  A. General Rule. Pursuant to applicable federal and state laws, the Company
is or may be required to collect withholding taxes upon the exercise of an
option or the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock. The Company may
require, as a condition to the exercise of an option or the issuance of a
stock certificate, that the Grantee concurrently pay to the Company the entire
amount or a portion of any taxes which the Company is required to withhold by
reason of such exercise or lapse of restrictions, in such amount as the
Committee or the Company in its discretion may determine.
 
  B. Withholding from Shares to be Issued. In lieu of part or all of any such
tax payment, the Grantee may elect, subject to such rules and regulations as
the Committee may adopt from time to time, or the Company may require, that
the Company withhold from the shares to be issued that number of shares having
a Fair Market Value equal to the amount which the Company is required to
withhold. Any such request or election by a Grantee who is subject to the
provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be made in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
promulgated thereunder.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
VIII. GENERAL
 
  A. General Restriction. Each Award shall be subject to the requirement that
if at any time the Board or the Committee shall determine, in its discretion,
that the listing, registration, or qualification of securities upon any
securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or
approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a
condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such option or the issue
or purchase of securities thereunder, such option may not be exercised in
whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or
approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not
acceptable to the Board or the Committee.
 
  B. No Employment Rights. The Plan shall not be construed as conferring any
rights upon any person for a continuation of employment, nor shall it
interfere with the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the
employment of any person or to take any other action affecting such person.
 
  C. Expiration and Termination of the Plan. Awards may be granted under the
Plan at any time and from time to time, prior to the tenth anniversary of the
effective date of this Plan, the date on which the Plan will expire, except as
to Awards then outstanding under the Plan, which shall remain in effect until
they have been exercised, the restrictions have lapsed or the Awards have
expired or been forfeited. The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any time
by the Board of Directors of the Company, except with respect to any Awards
then outstanding under the Plan.
 
  D. Amendments. Subject to the next sentence, the Board may from time to time
amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan and any amendment or modification
(other than an amendment to Section III.A of the Plan which changes the number
of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan) will be effective
with respect to all options granted under the Plan both prior to and after the
time the amendment or modification becomes effective. No such action shall (a)
impair without the Grantee's consent any Award theretofore granted under the
Plan or deprive any Grantee of any shares of Common Stock which he or she may
have acquired through or as a result of the Plan or (b) be made without
shareholder approval where such approval would be required as a condition of
compliance with Rule 16b-3.
 
  E. Construction. Except as otherwise required by applicable federal laws,
the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Illinois.
 
                                      7 


<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19

                            CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO.
                         1996 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

I.   INTRODUCTION

     A.   Purpose.  This plan is the Carson Pirie Scott & Co. 1996 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (the "Plan").  The Plan is designed to (1) motivate the members
of the Executive Committee and other selected employees of Carson Pirie Scott &
Co. (the "Company") to improve corporate performance and achieve the Company's
long-term strategic goals by providing cash awards for superior business
performance and (2) more closely align the interests of Executive Committee
members with the Company's shareholders.

     B.   Effective Date.  The effective date of the Plan is February 4, 1996, 
subject to the approval of the Plan by the Company's Board of Directors (the 
"Board"). 

     C.   Definitions.  Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined are
defined in Section IV.

II.  AWARD

     A.   Award.  Subject to Sections II.D., II.E., II.F. and II.H., the
Committee shall award each Participant an Award as of the last business day of
each Determination Period in an amount determined under Section II.B.

     B.   Determination of Amount of Awards.  The amount of a Participant's
Award for each Determination Period shall be determined as follows:

          1.   If, for the Determination Period, DP Actual Earnings are less
than the DP Threshold Earnings Goal, no Award shall be paid.

          2.   If, for the Determination Period, DP Actual Earnings equal the DP
Threshold Earnings Goal, the Participant shall receive the Participant's
Threshold Award.

          3.   If, for the Determination Period, DP Actual Earnings are greater
than the DP Threshold Earnings Goal and less than the DP Maximum Earnings Goal,
the Participant shall receive a prorated portion of the Participant's Maximum
Award in an amount determined by the following formula:

          ((X-A)/(B-A) x (D-C)) + C

where:
          X equals the DP Actual Earnings;
          A equals DP Threshold Earnings Goal;
          B equals DP Maximum Earnings Goal;
          C equals the Participant's Threshold Award; and
          D equals the Participant's Maximum Award.
<PAGE>
 
          4.   If, for the Determination Period, DP Actual Earnings are equal to
or greater than the DP Maximum Earnings Goal, the Participant shall receive the
Participant's Maximum Award.

     C.   Award Payment Date.  Except as provided in Sections II.D., II.E. and
II.G., the Company shall pay each Participant entitled to an Award for a
Determination Period the amount of the Award in a cash lump sum within 90 days
after the last business day of such Determination Period. Except for Awards paid
pursuant to Sections II.D., II.E. and II.G., a Participant must be employed by
and actively at work providing services to the Company on the date specified
under this Plan as the date the Award is to be paid to the Participant or else
such Award shall be forfeited and the Company shall have no obligation to pay
such Award.

     D.   Retirement, Death or Disability.  If a Participant ceases to be a
Participant during a Determination Period as a result of the Participant's
Retirement, death or Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a
prorated portion of the Award the Participant would have been entitled to
receive under Section II.B. for such Determination Period, as follows:

          1.   Include Applicable Fiscal Years Only.  The definitions of "DP
Maximum Earnings Goal", "DP Threshold Earnings Goal" and "DP Actual Earnings"
for such Determination Period shall be reduced to only include the FY Maximum
Earnings Goal, the FY Threshold Earnings Goal and the FY Actual Earnings for
each Fiscal Year included as part of such Determination Period that has been
completed as of the date of the Participant's Retirement, death or Disability,
if any.  If no Fiscal Year included in such Determination Period has been
completed as of the date of the Participant's Retirement, death or Disability,
no Award shall be paid to the Participant for such Determination Period.

          2.   Prorate Award for Shorter Employment Period.  Any Award that is
payable in accordance with this Section II.D. shall be prorated so that the
Award to be paid shall equal the product of (a) the amount payable as an Award
under Section II.B. to the Participant, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the Determination Period that have
been completed as of the date of the Participant's Retirement, death or
Disability, and the denominator of which is 36.

          3.   Payment of Award.  Any Award that is payable in accordance with
this Section II.D. shall be paid as soon as practicable after the date of the
Participant's Retirement, death or Disability to the Participant or, in the case
of the Participant's death, to the beneficiary the Participant has designated
under the Plan (or, if the Participant has failed to make an effective
beneficiary designation, to the Participant's estate).

     E.   Change in Control.  If a Change in Control occurs during any
Determination Period, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a prorated
portion of the Award the Participant would have been entitled to receive under
Section II.B. for such Determination Period, as follows:

          1.   Include Applicable Fiscal Years Only.  The definitions of "DP
Maximum Earnings Goal", "DP Threshold Earnings Goal" and "DP Actual Earnings"
for such Determination 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Period shall be reduced to only include (a) the FY Maximum Earnings Goal, the FY
Threshold Earnings Goal and the FY Actual Earnings for each Fiscal Year included
as part of such Determination Period that has been completed as of the date of
the Change in Control, if any, and (b) the FY Maximum Earnings Goal, the FY
Threshold Earnings Goal and the FY Actual Earnings for the Fiscal Year included
as part of such Determination Period during which the Change in Control occurs.
For purposes of this paragraph 1., FY Actual Earnings for the Fiscal Year in
which the Change in Control occurs shall be deemed to equal the FY Maximum
Earnings Goal for such Fiscal Year.

          2.   Prorate Award for Shorter Employment Period.  Any Award that is
payable in accordance with this Section II.E. shall be prorated so that the
Award to be paid shall equal (a) the amount payable as an Award under Section
II.B. to the Participant multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of months in the entire Determination Period that have been completed
as of the date of the Change in Control (giving 12 months credit for the Fiscal
Year in which the Change in Control occurs), and the denominator of which is 36.

          3.   Payment of Award.  Any Award that is payable in accordance with
this Section II.E. shall be paid to the Participant as soon as practicable after
the Change in Control but no later than 30 days after the Change in Control.
 
     F.   New Hires and Promotions.  If a person becomes a Participant after the
commencement of any Determination Period, the Participant shall be entitled to
receive a prorated portion of the Award the Participant would have been entitled
to receive under Section II.B. for such Determination Period, as follows:

          1.   Include All Fiscal Years.  The DP Maximum Earnings Goal, the DP
Threshold Earnings Goal and the DP Actual Earnings for such Determination Period
shall not be adjusted under this Section II.F.1. so that the FY Maximum Earnings
Goal, the FY Threshold Earnings Goal and the FY Actual Earnings for each Fiscal
Year included in such Determination Period shall be included.

          2.   Prorate Award for Shorter Employment Period.  Any Award that is
payable in accordance with this Section II.F. shall be prorated so that the
Award to be paid shall equal the product of (a) the amount payable as an Award
under Section II.B. to the Participant, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the Determination Period that the
Participant was a Participant, and the denominator of which is 36.

     G.   Deferral.

          1.   Payments Deferred.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Plan, if payment of the full amount of a Participant's Award, at any specified
payment date, would cause the Company to pay an amount that exceeds the amount
for which a deduction is allowable to the Company under Section 162(m) of the
IRC, the Company shall pay, on such specified payment date, only the amount of
the Award for which a deduction is allowable.  The Company shall pay the
remaining portion of the Award as soon as the Company is allowed a deduction for
the payment.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          2.   Interest on Amounts Deferred.  Each payment deferred under
Section II.G.1. shall accrue simple interest (on the basis of 360-day year),
from the date it would have been paid if no deferral had been made until the
date of actual payment, at the rate of interest per annum reported in The Wall
Street Journal from time to time as the "Prime Rate" or at such other rate as
may be agreed to by the Company and the affected Participant.

     H.   Termination of Participation.  No Award shall be payable under this
Plan for any Determination Period to any Participant who, during such
Determination Period, ceases to be a Participant for any reason other than
Retirement, death, Disability or a Change in Control.

III. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     A.   Administration of the Plan.  The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee.  The Committee may adopt rules, regulations and procedures and take
all other action as it deems necessary or proper for the administration of the
Plan.  The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret the Plan
and the Committee's interpretation shall be final and conclusive.  The Committee
may consult with counsel, who may be counsel for the Company, and shall not
incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the
advice of counsel.

     B.   Facility of Payment.  If the Committee, in its sole discretion,
determines that a Participant or beneficiary entitled to receive a payment under
this Plan is incompetent to receive such payment by reason of infirmity or
incapacity of any kind, the Committee may apply or make the payment to any
person selected by the Committee to disburse the payment for the benefit of the
Participant or beneficiary.  Payments made pursuant to this Section III.B. shall
completely discharge all the Company's obligations or liabilities under the Plan
with respect to such payment.

     C.   Participant's Rights Unsecured.  The right of any Participant to
receive future payments under the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the
Company's general assets.

     D.   Restrictions on Transferability.  No right to receive payments under
the Plan shall be transferable or assignable other than by an effective
beneficiary designation made under the Plan, by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment or alienation of payments
under the Plan shall be void and of no force and effect.

     E.   No Employment Rights.  The Plan shall not be construed as conferring
any rights upon any person for a continuation of employment, nor shall it
interfere with the rights of the Company to terminate any person's employment or
to take any other action affecting such person.

     F.   Withholding on Payments.  The Company shall deduct from the amount of
any cash payable under the Plan an amount necessary to satisfy any applicable
federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     G.   Amendments.  The Plan may be amended, modified or terminated by the
Board at any time; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, or
termination shall, during any Determination Period:

          1.   alter the levels of the DP Threshold Earnings Goal or the DP
Maximum Earnings Goal with respect to such Determination Period;

          2.   increase the amount of any Awards payable under Article II as a
reward for achievement of such performance targets;

          3.   cause the acceleration of the payment of any Awards payable under
Article II, unless they are reduced in amount to take into account the time
value of money; or

          4.   cause the payment of any Award to be delayed, unless the amount
paid reflects the crediting of interest at the rate of interest per annum
reported in The Wall Street Journal from time to time as the "Prime Rate" or at
such other rate as may be agreed to by the Company and the affected Participant.

     H.   Governing Law.  Except as otherwise required by applicable federal
laws, this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
internal laws of the State of Illinois.

     I.   Captions.  Captions and Section headings are for reference purposes
only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Plan.

IV.  DEFINITIONS

     A.   "Award" means compensation awarded to a Participant for a
Determination Period pursuant to Section II.A.

     B.   "Board" is defined in Section I.B.

     C.   "Change in Control" means:

          1.   The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of voting
securities of the Company where such acquisition causes such Person to own 30%
or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities
of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
"Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, for purposes of
this paragraph 1., the following acquisitions shall not be deemed to result in a
Change of Control: (a) any acquisition directly from the Company, (b) any
acquisition by the Company, (c) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or
related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation
controlled by the Company or (d) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to
a transaction that complies with clauses (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 3. of
this definition of Change of Control; and provided, further, if any Person's
beneficial ownership of the

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Outstanding Company Voting Securities equals or exceeds 30% as a result of a
transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above, and such Person subsequently
acquires beneficial ownership of additional voting securities of the Company,
such subsequent acquisition shall be treated as an acquisition that causes such
Person to own 30% or more of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities; or

          2.   Individuals who, as of February 6, 1996, constitute the Board
(the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that any individual
becoming a director subsequent to February 6, 1996 whose election, or nomination
for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a
majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but
excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of
office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with
respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the
Board; or

          3.   The earlier of shareholder approval of, or consummation of, a
reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or the acquisition of assets of
another corporation ("Business Combination") excluding, however, any Business
Combination pursuant to which (a) all or substantially all of the individuals
and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting
Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own,
directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then-outstanding
shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding
voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as
the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination
(including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets
either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination,
of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, (b) no Person (excluding any
employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or
indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common
stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the
combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such
corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the
Business Combination and (c) at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were
members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial
agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business
Combination; or

          4.   Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

     D.   "Committee" means the compensation committee of the Board which
committee shall have at least two members, each of whom shall be a member of the
Board and shall be an Outside Director.

     E.   "Company" is defined in Section I.A.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     F.   "DP Actual Earnings" means, except as provided in Sections II.D.1. and
II.E.1., the sum of FY Actual Earnings for each Fiscal Year within a
Determination Period.

     G.   "DP Maximum Earnings Goal" means, except as provided in Sections
II.D.1. and II.E.1., the sum of  FY Maximum Earnings Goal for each Fiscal Year
within a Determination Period which amount represents the DP Actual Earnings
that the Company must achieve in order for the Company to pay Maximum Awards for
that Determination Period.

     H.   "DP Threshold Earnings Goal" means, except as provided in Sections
II.D.1. and II.E.1., the sum of FY Threshold Earnings Goal for each Fiscal Year
within a Determination Period which amount represents the DP Actual Earnings
that the Company must achieve in order for the Company to pay Threshold Awards
for that Determination Period.

     I.   "Determination Period" means (1) an amount of time equal to three
consecutive Fiscal Years with the first Fiscal Year of the first Determination
Period beginning on February 4, 1996 and the first Fiscal Year of each
successive Determination Period beginning on the first day of each next Fiscal
Year or (2) if Section II.D. or II.E. shall be applicable, the lesser number of
Fiscal Years determined in accordance with such Section.

     J.   "Disability" means any permanent mental or physical condition which
(1) prevents a Participant from reasonably discharging the duties of the
Participant's position, (2) is attested to in writing from time to time by a
physician selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Participant,
and (3) has continued for at least six consecutive months or for a period
aggregating 6 months in any period of 18 consecutive months for the same or a
related condition.
 
     K.   "Executive Committee" means the Company's executive committee,
including its senior executive committee, as comprised from time to time in
accordance with the Company's policies.

     L.   "FY Actual Earnings"  means, subject to Section II.E.1., the Company's
cumulative earnings for the Fiscal Year computed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting practices, as determined by the Company's independent
accountants, but before deductions for interest, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization provided that, if the Company's actual capital expenditures in the
preceding Fiscal Year were less than or greater than the budgeted capital
expenditures for such preceding year, FY Actual Earnings shall be increased by
(if less than) or reduced by (if greater than), as applicable, an amount equal
to 20% of the difference between the preceding year's actual capital
expenditures and the budgeted capital expenditures.

     M.   "FY Maximum Earnings Goal" means 120% of the preceding Fiscal Year's
FY Maximum Earnings Goal, provided, however, that for the first Fiscal Year of
the Plan, the FY Maximum Earnings Goal shall equal $105,200,000.

     N.   "FY Threshold Earnings Goal" means 110% of the preceding Fiscal Year's
FY Threshold Earnings Goal, provided, however, that for the first Fiscal Year of
the Plan, the FY Threshold Earnings Goal shall equal $96,500,000.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     O.   "Fiscal Year"  means the 52-53 week period each year that is the
Company's fiscal year.

     P.   "IRC" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     Q.   "Maximum Award" means, with respect to a Participant, the amount of
the Award that, no later than 90 days after the start of a Determination Period,
the Committee determines to be the maximum award for such Participant under this
Plan and is based upon the Participant's position with the Company, provided,
however, Maximum Awards for the Determination Period commencing February 4, 1996
are listed on Exhibit A to this Plan.

     R.   "Outside Director" means a person who is an outside director within
the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(c)(i) of the IRC.

     S.   "Participant" means each member of the Executive Committee whose
participation in the Plan is approved in writing by the Committee, and each
additional employee of the Company recommended by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer to the Committee for participation in the Plan, provided the Committee
grants its written approval of such individual's participation in the Plan.  An
individual's status as a Participant shall terminate automatically upon the
Participant's ceasing to be a member of the Executive Committee, or, in the case
of a Participant who is not a member of the Executive Committee, at such time as
may be determined by the Committee, but not later than the date such individual
ceases to be employed by the Company.

     T.   "Plan" is defined in Section I.A.

     U.   "Retirement" means retirement under the terms of the Carson Pirie
Scott & Co. Pension Plan.

     V.   "Threshold Award" means, with respect to a Participant, the amount of
Award that, no later than 90 days after the start of a Determination Period, the
Committee determines to be the threshold award for such Participant under this
Plan and is based upon the Participant's position with the Company, provided,
however, Threshold Awards for the Determination Period commencing February 4,
1996 are listed on Exhibit A to this Plan.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A


Threshold Awards and Maximum Awards for the Determination Period of the Plan
beginning February 4, 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Title                     Threshold Award      Maximum Award
                 -----                     ---------------      -------------
<S>                                        <C>                  <C> 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of        $50,000             $150,000
the Board (the "CEO")

President and Chief Operating Officer          $35,000             $105,000
(the "COO")

Senior Executive Committee
Members excluding the CEO and COO              $30,000             $ 90,000
(the "Remaining SEC Members")

Executive Committee Members excluding          $15,000             $ 45,000
the CEO, COO and Remaining SEC 
Members
</TABLE>

                                       9

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1
 
                   CARSON PIRIE SCOTT & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
 
               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                        -----------------------
                                                        FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
                                                           1997        1996
                                                        ----------- -----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Net income............................................. $    39,810 $    64,541
                                                        =========== ===========
PRIMARY:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding...  16,138,425  16,885,899
Weighted average number of common share equivalents--
 stock options.........................................     528,834     331,808
                                                        ----------- -----------
Total common and common share equivalents..............  16,667,259  17,217,707
                                                        ----------- -----------
Primary net income per share........................... $      2.39 $      3.75
                                                        =========== ===========
FULLY DILUTED:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding...  16,138,425  16,885,899
Weighted average number of common share equivalents--
 stock options.........................................     548,516     331,808
                                                        ----------- -----------
Total common and common share equivalents..............  16,686,941  17,217,707
                                                        ----------- -----------
Fully diluted net income per share..................... $      2.39 $      3.75
                                                        =========== ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
Primary net income per share was computed using the treasury stock method,
assuming common share purchases at the average market price of the common
shares for the year.
 
Fully diluted net income per share was computed using the treasury stock
method, assuming common share purchases at the greater of the average market
price of the common shares for the year or the ending price of the common
shares.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 18.1



The Board of Directors
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.:


We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. and
subsidiaries as of February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended February 1, 1997, and have
reported thereon under date of February 27, 1997.  The aforementioned
consolidated financial statements and our audit report thereon are included in
the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 1997.
As stated in Note 4 to those financial statements, the Company changed its
method of calculating LIFO inventories and states that the newly adopted
accounting principle is preferable in the circumstances since internally
developed price indices more accurately measure inflation or deflation in retail
prices than the Bureau of Labor Statistics price indices, which were previously
used.  In accordance with your request, we have reviewed and discussed with
Company officials the circumstances and business judgment and planning upon
which the decision to make this change in the method of accounting was based.

With regard to the aforementioned accounting change, authoritative criteria have
not been established for evaluating the preferability of one acceptable method
of accounting over another acceptable method.  However, for purposes of Carson
Pirie Scott & Co.'s compliance with the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, we are furnishing this letter.

Based on our review and discussion, with reliance on management's business
judgment and planning, we concur that the newly adopted method of accounting is
preferable in the Company's circumstances.


                                        Sincerely,


                                        /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                        KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 27, 1997

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                                Subsidiaries of
                            Carson Pirie Scott & Co.
                            ----------------------- 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Subsidiaries                                   State of Incorporation or
- ------------                                   -------------------------
                                              Jurisdiction of Organization
                                              ----------------------------
<S>                                           <C>
 
1-29 S. State St. Corp.                                 Delaware
 
151 Mannheim Corp.                                      Delaware
 
331 W. Wisconsin Avenue Corporation                     Delaware
 
Bergner Credit Corporation                              Delaware
 
Bergner Finance Corporation                             Delaware
 
Carson Pirie Scott Insurance Services, Inc.             Illinois
 
CPS Acquisition Corp.                                   Delaware
 
CPS Department Stores, Inc.                             Delaware
 
CPS Hotel Management Services Inc.                      Delaware
 
CPS Holding Co.                                         Delaware
 
DH Restaurants, Inc.                                    Delaware
 
Franklin Street Corporation                             Indiana
 
Great Lakes Credit Corp.                                Delaware
 
Highland Avenue Corporation                             Delaware
 
1-65 U.S. 30 Corp.                                      Indiana
 
Lathrop Avenue Corporation                              Delaware
 
Lincoln Cicero Corporation                              Delaware
 
National Bank of the Great Lakes                     United States
 
P.A. Bergner & Co.                                      Illinois
 
Telegraph-120 Corporation                               Delaware
 
Urbana Central Development Company                      Delaware
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                        Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


The Board of Directors
Carson Pirie Scott & Co.:


We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos.
333-20419, 33-89262, 33-84764, 33-71684 and 33-93012) on Form S-8 of Carson
Pirie Scott & Co. of our report dated February 27, 1997, relating to the
consolidated balance sheets of Carson Pirie Scott & Co. and subsidiaries as of
February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended February 1, 1997, and the related schedule, which report
appears in the February 1, 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Carson Pirie Scott
& Co.

As discussed in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has
changed its method of calculating LIFO inventories in 1996.

                                                       /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                                       KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Milwaukee, Wisconsin
April 24, 1997

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.1

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I, Robert Tammero, constitute and appoint Charles J. Hansen as my true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
revocation, for him and in his name, in any and all capacities, to sign on my
behalf and to cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"):

     a)  an annual report on Form 10-K for Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("Carson") 
         for Carson's fiscal year ended February 1, 1997 to be filed with the
         SEC on or before May 2, 1997 (the "Form 10-K"),

     b)  any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and

     c)  any other documents in connection with the Form 10-K or any amendments
         to the Form 10-K,

granting Charles J. Hansen full power and authority to do and perform each and
every necessary act and thing, as fully to all intents and purposes as I might
or could do in person, ratifying and confirming all that Charles J. Hansen or
his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to
this Power of Attorney.



/s/ Robert Tammero                   Director                 4/11/97
- --------------------                                    -------------------
   Robert Tammero                                              (Date)
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I, John W. Burden, III, constitute and appoint Charles J. Hansen as my true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
revocation, for him and in his name, in any and all capacities, to sign on my
behalf and to cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"):

     a)  an annual report on Form 10-K for Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("Carson") 
         for Carson's fiscal year ended February 1, 1997 to be filed with the
         SEC on or before May 2, 1997 (the "Form 10-K"),

     b)  any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and

     c)  any other documents in connection with the Form 10-K or any amendments
         to the Form 10-K,

granting Charles J. Hansen full power and authority to do and perform each and
every necessary act and thing, as fully to all intents and purposes as I might
or could do in person, ratifying and confirming all that Charles J. Hansen or
his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to
this Power of Attorney.



/s/ John W. Burden, III                Director              12 Apr. 97
- -------------------------                              ----------------------
   John W. Burden, III                                         (Date)
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I, Chaim Y. Edelstein, constitute and appoint Charles J. Hansen as my true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
revocation, for him and in his name, in any and all capacities, to sign on my
behalf and to cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"):

     a)  an annual report on Form 10-K for Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("Carson") 
for Carson's fiscal year ended February 1, 1997 to be filed with the SEC on or
before May 2, 1997 (the "Form 10-K"),

     b)  any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and

     c)  any other documents in connection with the Form 10-K or any amendments 
         to the Form 10-K,

granting Charles J. Hansen full power and authority to do and perform each and
every necessary act and thing, as fully to all intents and purposes as I might
or could do in person, ratifying and confirming all that Charles J. Hansen or
his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to
this Power of Attorney.



/s/ Chaim Y. Edelstein                 Director               4-14-1997
- ------------------------                                 -------------------
   Chaim Y. Edelstein                                           (Date)
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I, Mark L. Kaufman, constitute and appoint Charles J. Hansen as my true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
revocation, for him and in his name, in any and all capacities, to sign on my
behalf and to cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"):

     a)  an annual report on Form 10-K for Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("Carson") 
         for Carson's fiscal year ended February 1, 1997 to be filed with the
         SEC on or before May 2, 1997 (the "Form 10-K"),

     b)  any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and

     c)  any other documents in connection with the Form 10-K or any amendments
         to the Form 10-K,

granting Charles J. Hansen full power and authority to do and perform each and
every necessary act and thing, as fully to all intents and purposes as I might
or could do in person, ratifying and confirming all that Charles J. Hansen or
his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to
this Power of Attorney.



/s/ Mark L. Kaufman                  Director                  4/10/97
- ---------------------                                     -----------------
   Mark L. Kaufman                                              (Date)
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I, Mark Dickstein, constitute and appoint Charles J. Hansen as my true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
revocation, for him and in his name, in any and all capacities, to sign on my
behalf and to cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"):

     a)  an annual report on Form 10-K for Carson Pirie Scott & Co. ("Carson") 
         for Carson's fiscal year ended February 1, 1997 to be filed with the
         SEC on or before May 2, 1997 (the "Form 10-K"),

     b)  any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and

     c)  any other documents in connection with the Form 10-K or any amendments
         to the Form 10-K,

granting Charles J. Hansen full power and authority to do and perform each and
every necessary act and thing, as fully to all intents and purposes as I might
or could do in person, ratifying and confirming all that Charles J. Hansen or
his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to
this Power of Attorney.



/s/ Mark Dickstein                 Director                  4/11/97
- --------------------                                    -----------------
   Mark Dickstein                                             (Date)

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
THE REGISTRANT AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF FEBRUARY 1, 
1997 AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 
FEBRUARY 1, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. 
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                         FEB-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                              FEB-01-1997
<CASH>                                         20,618 
<SECURITIES>                                        0 
<RECEIVABLES>                                 267,433 
<ALLOWANCES>                                        0 
<INVENTORY>                                   190,646 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              494,962       
<PP&E>                                        174,260      
<DEPRECIATION>                                      0    
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                724,047      
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         158,010    
<BONDS>                                             0  
                               0 
                                         0 
<COMMON>                                          159 
<OTHER-SE>                                    358,658       
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  724,047         
<SALES>                                     1,102,826          
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            1,102,826          
<CGS>                                         700,080          
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 700,080          
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              322,466       
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    0      
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             15,910       
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                65,910       
<INCOME-TAX>                                   26,100      
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            39,810      
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0      
<CHANGES>                                           0  
<NET-INCOME>                                   39,810 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    2.39 
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    2.39 
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission